第374A章赋权条文

道路交通(车辆构造及保养)规例*
(第374章第9条)
[1984年8月25日] 1984年第297号法律公告
(本为1983年第286号法律公告)
___________________________________________________________________________
注：
*
1.本规例的实施受载于1998年第113号法律公告第3条的过渡性条文影响。该条条文转录内容如下─
“3.过渡性条文
(1)自本规例生效日期起，经本规例修订的条文适用于在1998年6月1日或以后登记的巴士、小型巴士、货车、特别用途车辆及拖车。
(2)自署长藉宪报公告指定的日期起，经本规例修订的条文适用于在1998年6月1日之前登记的巴士、小型巴士、货车、特别用途车辆及拖车。
(3)第(2)款所指的公告，可为就不同车辆而适用的经本规例修订的不同条文，指定不同的日期；不同的公告亦可按不同情况而就不同车辆指定不同的日期。”。
2.1998年第113号法律公告自1998年2月20日起实施。

第374A章 第1条引称
第I部
导言
(1)本规例可引称为《道路交通(车辆构造及保养)规例》(已失时效的文字已被略去)。
(2)(已失时效而略去)

第374A章 第2条释义
“1926年国际公约”(1926 Convention) 及“1949年国际公约”(1949 Convention) 具有《道路交通(车辆登记及领牌)规例》(第374章，附属法例E)第2条给予该两词的涵义； (1984年第258号法律公告)
“一层半式巴士”(half-decked bus) 指任何既非属单层巴士亦非属双层巴士的巴士；
“入口”(entrance) 指供乘客登车用的任何开口或空间；
“土地拖拉机”(land tractor) 指主要设计及用作与农业、割草、林业、土地平整、土地挖掘或类似操作相关的土地工作的机动拖拉机，而该拖拉机并非经构造或改装以运载并非下列东西的负载物─
(a) 水、燃料、蓄电池及其他用作推进的装备、散装工具及散装装备；
(b) 装配在拖拉机上用作与农业或林业操作相关的土地工作的机具；“土地机车”(land locomotive) 指主要设计及用作与农业、林业、土地平整、土地挖掘或类似操作相关的土地工作的机车，而该机车只是在往返进行该等工作的工地时才会在道路上行驶，且在行驶时除了拖运土地机具或土地机具运输装置之外，不会拖运任何其他东西；
“土地机具”(land implement) 指在与农业、割草、林业、土地平整、土地挖掘或类似的相关操作上，与土地机车或土地拖拉机一起使用的任何机具或机械，以及任何当其时只载有将其拖曳的土地机车或土地拖拉机所必需的齿轮或装备的拖车；
“土地机具运输装置”(land implement conveyor) 指净重量不超过510公斤，经特别设计及构造以运载不超过一台土地机具，车身写上净重量，每个车轮均装上充气轮胎，并由一辆土地机车或土地拖拉机所拖曳的拖车；
“工程装置”(engineering plant) 指─
(a) 可移动的装置或装备，即经特别设计或构造以供筑路、维修或作标记，或其他工程作业之用的汽车或拖车，而该汽车或拖车─
(i) 由于在作上述用途时的需要，不能在所有方面符合本规例的规定；及
(ii) 除运载由该汽车或拖车上的器具从地面挖掘出来的挖出物，或运载该特别设计汽车或拖车在运载时使用或处理的材料外，其构造并不是主要作运载之用；或 (2003年第14号第24条)(b) 并不是在所有方面符合本规例规定的移动式起重机；“工业用拖拉机”(industrial tractor) 指不属土地拖拉机的机动拖拉机，而─
(a) 该拖拉机的设计及用途主要是为并非道路的地方工作的，或在道路上只用作与筑路、维修或收集垃圾相关的工作(包括任何装有一种或多种机具的汽车，而该等机具的设计，主要是与该等工作相关使用，不论其本身是否设计用来载货)；及
(b) 该拖拉机的构造，使其在以本身动力行驶时，不能在水平面上超过每小时30公里的速度；“大灯”(headlamp) 指不属雾灯而车辆规定必须安装的灯，该灯在设计上是于亮时用以照明该车辆前面道路的；
“切向平面”(tangential plane) 就侧护板的规定而言，指由在该侧护板同一边的在车尾最外面的轮胎外表面形成的垂直平面； (1990年第203号法律公告)
“反光面积”(reflecting area) 就车辆的反光体而言，指设计用来反射光的反光体部分在与该车辆纵轴成直角的垂直平面上的正交投影面积；
“分路式制动系统”(split braking system) 就汽车而言，指有以下设计及构造的制动系统─
(a) 由2个可产生制动力的独立机械装置组成，而不计操作工具在内，上述独立装置其中一个有任何部分(固定组件或制动蹄支承销除外)失效，亦不会减低另一个独立装置可产生的制动力；
(b) 上述2个独立装置均由共用的操作工具操作；及
(c) 上述2个独立装置的制动效能均可轻易检查；“内燃引擎”(internal combustion engine) 指压燃式引擎或强制点火式引擎；
“出口”(exit) 指供乘客下车用的任何开口或空间；
“主光”(main beam) 指由大灯发出而并非是低光的光束；
“主要紧急出口”(primary emergency exit) 指位于单层巴士或双层巴士下层，而尺寸不少于1350毫米乘500毫米的紧急出口；
“打印”(printing) 包括藉电子或机械方式将文字以可见形式表述； (1997年第148号法律公告)
“可回卷安全带”(retractable belt) 的涵义与《道路交通(安全装备)规例》(第374章，附属法例)中该词的涵义相同； (2002年第147号法律公告)
“石油气”(liquefied petroleum gas) 的涵义与《气体安全条例》(第51章)第2条中该词的涵义相同； (2000年第160号法律公告)
“充气轮胎”(pneumatic tyre) 指─
(a) 一个设有连续封闭式气腔的轮胎，而该气腔所载的空气，当轮胎在正常使用状况且无任何负载时，其压力远超过大气压力；
(b) 可无须从车轮或车辆除下，即可充气或放气；及
(c) 在构造上，当轮胎放气并承受正常负载时，轮胎的两边会扁塌；“多次拉力操作工具”(multi-pull means of operation) 就制动系统而言，指一个设备，当驾驶人连续运用该设备时，该设备会令该驾驶人的膂力能量渐进地运用于该系统的制动器上；
“安全玻璃”(safety glass) 指经构造或处理以致在破裂时碎片不会飞散而引起严重割伤的玻璃；
“安全透明物料”(safety glazing) 指不包括玻璃在内的物料，经构造或处理以致在破裂时碎片不会飞散而引起严重割伤；
“全长度”(overall length) 指在与车辆纵轴成直角并通过该车辆极端处突出点的垂直平面之间量度的车辆长度，但极端处突出点并不包括─
(a) 任何后视镜；
(b) 任何起动手摇柄；
(c) 任何放下的车罩；
(d) 任何属于安装在车辆上的转台式安全出口一部分的可延伸或伸缩式机械装置；及
(e) 任何前角标志灯或旁标志灯，在确定车辆的极端处突出点时，任何在车辆上或附设于车辆上而会增加该车辆载重量的设备或容器亦须计算在内，但以下所述者除外─
(i) 车辆停定时放下以方便装卸货物的尾板；
(ii) 放下以方便运载负载物但并无必要用来承担该负载物的尾板，而该等负载物本身至少会伸展至尾板在直立时的位置；或
(iii) 经构造或改装用以装载货物一起搬上或搬离车辆的容器，而该容器实际上不时作该用途；“全高度”(overall height) 指车辆停放在水平面而所有轮胎均充气至正常压力时，从该平面垂直量度至该车辆或其负载物的最高点(两者以较高者为准)的车辆高度；
“全宽度”(overall width) 指在与车辆纵轴平行并通过该车辆极端处突出点的垂直平面之间量度的车辆宽度，但极端处突出点并不包括─
(a) 任何后视镜；
(b) 任何转向指示器；
(c) 任何轮胎由于车辆的重量而引致变形的部分；及
(d) 任何前角标志灯或旁标志灯，在确定车辆的极端处突出点时，任何在车辆上或附设于车辆上而会增加该车辆载重量的设备或容器亦须计算在内，但以下所述者除外─
(i) 车辆停定时放下以方便装卸货物的侧板；或
(ii) 经构造或改装用以装载货物一起搬上或搬离车辆的容器，而该容器实际上不时作该用途；“收据打印设备”(receipt printing device) 就的士而言，指按照第42A条安装于的士的设备； (1997年第148号法律公告)
“低光”(dipped beam) 指由装在车辆的大灯所发出的向下折射，或同时向下及向左折射的光束，其折射程度是任何人如与该车辆处于同一水平面并距离该大灯8米以上，而其眼睛高度离该水平不少于1米时，该光束无论何时都不会使该人目眩；
“车尾平台”(rear platform) 指在车尾的平台，乘客可利用该平台经出口直接步下地面而其间并无任何梯级；
“车尾标记”(rear marking) 指附表11第I部图1至5所示类型的任何车尾标记；
“车费收据”(fare receipt) 就的士而言，指《道路交通(公共服务车辆)规例》(第374章，附属法例D)第49A(1)条所指并且符合该条规定的收据； (1997年第148号法律公告)
“车轴重量”(axle weight) 就汽车或拖车的每一条车轴而言，指由该车轴的所有车轮传送至路面的重量总和，而在计算车轴数量，以及测定车辆任何一条车轴传送至路面的重量总和时，如所有车轮与路面之间的接触面积的中心，均可包括在任何与该车辆的纵轴成直角而相距少于1米的2个垂直平面之间，则该等车轮须被视为组成一条车轴；
“车轮”(wheel) 就汽车或拖车而言，指其轮胎或轮辋在该车辆于道路上行驶时会与地面接触的车轮，而如两个车轮与路面的接触面积的中心之间相距少于460亳米，则该两个车轮须视为同一个车轮；
“尾端”(extreme rear) 指包括任何行李箱及尾板，或其他可调节部分在内，车辆或侧车当其时最后面的一点，但尾板或可调节部分在车辆停定上落货时的延长部分不包括在内；
“拖曳机具”(towing implement) 指任何装有车轮，并经设计以令一辆汽车能够拖曳另一部车辆的设备，方法是将该设备牢固地连接到该另一车辆上，以致该另一车辆其中的一部分是搁在或悬挂在该设备上，而该另一车辆部分平常用来行驶的车轮(但非全部车轮)会被提离地面；
“固定车顶”(permanent top) 指车辆的任何覆盖物，但不包括下述的车罩∶以帆布或其他软质材料制成的车罩，易于向后摺叠，摺叠后该车罩的任何部分或车顶的任何固定结构，均不会覆盖在该车辆的任何座位的任何部分之上；如属双层巴士，则不会覆盖在该巴士上层的任何座位之上；
“指明日期”(specified date) 指《2002年道路交通(车辆构造及保养)(修订)(第2号)规例》(2002年第147号法律公告)的生效日期； (2002年第147号法律公告)
“空气污染物”(air pollutant) 的涵义与《空气污染管制条例》(第311章)第2条中该词的涵义相同； (2000年第160号法律公告)
“制动效能”(braking efficiency) 就运用制动器在任何时间制动汽车而言，指运用该等制动器而能产生的最大制动力，而制动效能是以该车辆的车辆总重的百分比来表示；
“重切充气轮胎”(recut pneumatic tyre) 指原有的胎面花纹已被切割或烧得更深，或已切割或燃烧成一个新的胎面花纹的任何充气轮胎，但如花纹是完全在为此目的而加在轮胎上的额外材料上切割者，则不包括在内；
“前角标志灯”(front corner marker lamp) 指第108条规定拖车必须安装的灯，该灯以弧形向该拖车的旁边及前面发出白光，而该弧形则由与该拖车纵轴成直角的开始向前延伸90度角；
“封闭式大灯”(sealed beam lamp) 指由一个反光体系统、一个透镜系统和一条或多条电灯丝组成的灯组，该灯组已在制造过程中被密封，并且不能拆开，如拆开后即不能再作为灯组使用；
“客运车辆”(passenger vehicle) 指经构造只用作运载乘客及其财物的车辆；
“后灯”(rear lamp) 指向车辆后方发出红光的灯，而该红光可从一个合理距离看见；
“徒步控制车辆”(pedestrian-controlled vehicle) 指以徒步方式控制，而并非经构造或改装为运载司机或乘客的车辆，但不包括人力车在内；
“能见度低的情况”(poor visibility conditions) 具有《道路交通(交通管制)规例》(第374章，附属法例)第2(1)条给予该词的涵义；
“倒车灯”(reversing lamp) 指在倒车时向车辆后方发出白光的灯；
“配对大灯”(matched pair of headlamps) 指在车辆上分别位于通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的两边，并符合以下规定的一对大灯(在确定该条轴时，无须理会该车辆附设的任何侧车)─
(a) 该对大灯的每一盏灯均处于离地面同样的高度；及
(b) 该对大灯的每一盏灯的中心点，与通过车辆纵轴的上述垂直平面的距离，不会相差超过25毫米；“配对强制性大灯”(matched pair of obligatory headlamps) 指第96、97或98条规定车辆必须安装的配对大灯；
“旁标志灯”(side marker lamp) 指第109条规定拖车必须安装的灯，该灯以弧形向该拖车旁边发出白光，而该弧形由与该拖车的纵轴成直角的开始向前延伸至少70度角；此外，该灯亦以弧形向该拖车旁边发出红光，而该弧形则由该向后延伸至少70度角；
“组合式车辆”(combination of vehicles) 指作为一整体在道路上行驶的拖挂式车辆；
“组合式车辆总重”(gross combined weight) 指由组合式车辆的所有车轮传送至路面的实际重量；
“停车灯”(stop lamp) 指规定汽车或被汽车拖曳的拖车必须安装的灯，目的是警告其他道路使用者，当该灯亮着时表示该汽车的制动器(如属拖车，则是该牵引车辆或组合式车辆的制动器)正在运用；
“强制性大灯”(obligatory headlamp) 指第96、97或98条规定车辆必须安装的任何大灯；
“强制性反光体”(obligatory reflector) 指第106条规定必须在车辆装配的红色反光体；
“强制性前灯”(obligatory front lamp) 指第89条规定必须安装的灯，该灯向车辆前方发出白光；
“强制性后灯”(obligatory rear lamp) 指第103条规定必须安装的灯，该灯向车辆后方发出红光； (1984年第258号法律公告)
“强制点火式引擎”(positive-ignition engine) 指按奥托循环操作的引擎，而该引擎在操作时，燃料与空气会混合抽入气缸内，并会在压缩后于该循环中一个已知的既定时间以电火花点燃；
“净重量”(unladen weight) 就车辆而言，指包括车身及所有零件(如有可供选择使用的车身或零件，则以较重的车身或零件为准)在内的车辆重量，其中包括该车辆在道路上使用时所必要或通常使用的水或蓄电池的重量，但在该车辆上的燃料、散装工具及散装装备的重量则不包括在内；
“排气污染物”(exhaust emission) 指从汽车的尾管排放的空气污染物； (2000年第160号法律公告)
“挂接车辆”(articulated vehicle) 指一部附有拖车的汽车，而其连接方式是拖车的一部分叠加于汽车上面，以致当拖车均匀负载时，负载物的颇大部分重量由汽车承担；
“过道”(gangway) 就巴士或小型巴士而言，指为让人从任何入口通往乘客座位，或从该等座位通往出口(紧急出口除外)而提供的空间，但楼梯或在座位前面只供占用该个或该排座位的乘客使用的任何空间，则不包括在内；
“国际通行许可证”(international circulation permit) 具有《道路交通(车辆登记及领牌)规例》(第374章，附属法例)第2条给予该词的涵义；
“最外部分”(outermost part) 就车辆而言，并不包括车辆上打开或伸出的门、铰接式侧栏板或其他可调节部分，也不包括后视镜或转向指示器；
“备用紧急出口”(secondary emergency exit) 指巴士上并非主要紧急出口的紧急出口，其尺寸不少于900毫米乘500毫米；
“黑夜时间”(hours of darkness) 具有《道路交通(交通管制)规例》(第374章，附属法例)第2(1)及(2)条给予该词的涵义；
“无铅汽油”(unleaded petrol) 的涵义与《空气污染管制(汽车燃料)规例》(第311章，附属法例)第2条中该词的涵义相同； (2000年第160号法律公告)
“单层巴士”(single-decked bus) 指车厢地板或过道上一层再无任何其他车厢地板或过道的巴士；
“农具”(agricultural implement) 指农具或农业机器，而两者均属车辆；
“农业用拖车”(agricultural trailer) 指不属农业用拖挂装置，经构造或改装作农业、园艺或林业用途，并只是用作上述一种或多种用途的拖车； (1990年第203号法律公告)
“农业用拖拉机”(agricultural tractor) 指设计或改装为主要用于农业方面，而并不是用来在道路上运载非农产品或非农业用物品的其他货物的汽车；
“照明面积”(illuminated area) 就车灯而言，指该灯发出光的部分在与该车辆纵轴成直角的垂直平面上的正交投影面积；
“载货拖车”(goods-carrying trailer) 指经构造或改装用以运载任何种类货物的拖车，而该拖车是属于以下其中一类─
(a) 半拖车；或
(b) 由一辆货车或工业用拖拉机或土地拖拉机拖行而有4个或以上车轮的拖车；“过道”(gangway) 就巴士或小型巴士而言，指为让人从任何入口通往乘客座位，或从该等座位通往出口(紧急出口除外)而提供的空间，但楼梯或在座位前面只供占用该个或该排座位的乘客使用的任何空间，则不包括在内；
“跨运车”(straddle carrier) 指经构造用作跨运及提升负载物作运输用途的汽车；
“辅助主光”(supplementary main beam) 指由强制性大灯发出的主光，该强制性大灯亦可发出低光，并只可与在通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的同一边的另一盏强制性大灯的主光一起使用；
“紧急出口”(emergency exit) 指本规例规定车辆上必须提供的出口，该出口只供在紧急情况下使用；
“紧耦合”(close-coupled) 就拖车而言，指当该拖车行驶时，安装在该拖车同一边的车轮，一直保持与该拖车的纵轴平行，而各车轮与路面的接触面积的中心之间的距离，亦不超过850毫米；
“监督”(Authority) 的涵义与《空气污染管制条例》(第311章)第2条中该词的涵义相同； (2000年第160号法律公告)
“层”、“车厢地板”(deck) 指车辆的地板或平台，而乘客的座位则在该地板或平台上面；
“履带式车辆”(track laying vehicle) 指经设计及构造以将车辆重量以连续履带或以车轮及连续履带的组合传送至路面的车辆，且由该等履带传送至路面的重量不少于该车辆的一半重量；
“轮距”(wheel span) 指最前与最后车轴之间的距离；
“宽轮胎”(wide tyre) 指与路面的接触面积的宽度在与该车辆纵轴成直角量度时不少于300亳米的充气轮胎；
“头部保护装置”(head restraint) 指功用为限制在座乘客的头部自其躯干向后移位，从而减低该乘客在遇到意外时颈椎受伤的危险的设备； (2002年第147号法律公告)
“机车”(locomotive) 指净重量超过8公吨，而并非经构造以运载水、燃料、蓄电池及其他用作推进的装备、散装工具及散装装备以外的其他负载物的汽车；
“机动拖拉机”(motor tractor) 指净重量不超过8公吨，而并非经构造以运载水、燃料、蓄电池及其他用作推进的装备、散装工具及散装装备以外的其他负载物的汽车；
“整体式车辆”(rigid vehicle) 指并非经构造或改装用作组成挂接车辆的汽车；
“压燃式引擎”(compression-ignition engine) 指在正常运转期间，燃油注入汽缸或燃烧室后只是由汽缸充气时所产生的压缩热力点燃的引擎；
“双用途灯”(dual purpose lamp) 指一盏将强制性前灯和强制性后灯结合在一起的灯；
“转向指示器”(direction indicator) 指规定安装在汽车或拖车上以显示驾驶人将车辆右转或左转意向的设备；
“储存能量”(stored energy) 就车辆的制动系统而言，指储存在储存器内的能量(驾驶人的膂力能量或弹簧的机械能量除外)，该等能量是供驾驶人在其本人的控制下直接使用制动器，或在驾驶人运用制动器时作为辅助其膂力能量之用；
“双音喇叭”(two-tone horn) 指一个在操作时会定期自动交替发出2个不同音调的声音的仪器或器具；
“双层巴士”(double-decked bus) 指有2层的巴士，其中一层是全部或有部分在另一层的上面，而每层都只有一条通往该层座位的过道；
“雾灯”(fog lamp) 指一盏在汽车上主要是在有雾或有薄雾时才会使用的灯；
“悬出量”(overhang) 指在与车辆纵轴成直角并通过本定义(a)及(b)段分别指定的2点的垂直平面之间与该车辆纵轴平行的水平量度的距离─
(a) 车辆最后的一点，但不包括─
(i) 任何放下的车罩；
(ii) 任何属于安装在车辆上的转台式安全出口一部分的可延伸或伸缩式机械装置；
(iii) 如汽车经构造只用来运载乘客及其财物，并改装以运载不超过7名乘客，则任何安装在该车辆上的行李箱；及
(iv) 如车辆经构造用作拖曳拖车，则该车辆上主要设计作为连接拖车的工具的任何部分，以及设计以供与该部分相关使用的任何配件，而作为车辆的一部分或配件，其与车辆纵轴平行的总长度不超过300毫米；及(b) (i) 如汽车有不超过3条车轴，而其中只有一条车轴不是转向轴，则该车轴的中心点；
(ii) 如汽车有3条车轴，而前轴是唯一的转向轴，以及如汽车有4条车轴，而只有最前的2条轴是转向轴，则从2条最后车轴的中心点连接起来的直的中心向后量度100毫米的一点；及
(iii) 如在任何其他的情况，则位于车辆纵轴上的一点，而从该点划一条与该轴成直角的会通过该车辆的最小转向圆的中心点；“警报仪器”(warning instrument) 指规定要装配或安装于车辆上以便在该车辆驶近或出现时发出声响信号的仪器。

第374A章 第3条适用范围
除适用于车辆重量及车辆尺寸的条文外，本规例不适用于以下的车辆─
(a)在各方面均符合《1926年国际公约》第3条第I、III及VIII段，以及《1949年国际公约》第22条第1、2及3段的规定的汽车，且该汽车是由一名在香港以外地方居住的人或在香港居住而只打算在香港作短暂逗留的人暂时带入香港，由该汽车运抵香港的日期起计为期不超过1年，而该汽车是由该人在其逗留期间使用的； (1984年第258号法律公告)
(b)只依据《道路交通(车辆登记及领牌)规例》(第374章，附属法例)第53条发出的车辆行驶许可证，在道路上使用以便从一个地盘驶往另一个地盘的未领牌车辆。

第374A章 第4条署长的豁免权力
如署长认为如此作是为了公众利益，可豁免任何车辆或任何种类的车辆符合本规例或其任何部分的规定。

第374A章 第5条构造及保养
第II部
一般条文
(1)每部车辆，包括所有车身及配件在内，须符合以下的规定─
(a)采用合适的材料，妥善及适当地构造；
(b)在良好及可使用的状态；及
(c)其设计及构造方法，使其能抵受相当可能会在运作时遇到的负荷及应力。(2)所有车辆的车厢侧门门闩及铰链，须有足够的强度。
(3)除第(5)款另有规定外，汽车的任何部分均不得接触道路，但车辆的车轮或履带，以及运载易燃货物货 车的接地链条除外。
(4)本规例规定汽车须装配的每个挡风玻璃刮水器及每个转向指示器，及装配在汽车或拖车上的每个制动系统及其操作工具的每一部分，以及装配在汽车上的所有转向齿轮，当该汽车或拖车在道路上行驶时，无论何时均须保持良好及有效的工作运作，并须适当地加以调节。
(5)第(3)款不适用于工程装置、工业用拖拉机、土地机车及土地拖拉机。

第374A章 第6条车辆的最大尺寸
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，属于附表1第1栏列出种类的车辆尺寸，不得超过在该附表第2、3及4栏就该车辆指明的总尺寸。
(2)署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用超过附表1指明的尺寸的车辆，但须受该许可证内指定的条件及条款所规限。

第374A章 第7条车辆的最高重量
(1)属于附表2第I部第1栏列出种类的车辆(该附表第II、III或IV部适用的车辆除外)的车辆总重，不得超过在该部第2栏就该车辆指明的最高车辆总重。
(2)属于附表2第II部第1栏列出种类的整体式车辆的车辆总重，就该部第2栏指定的轮距而言，不得超过在该部第3栏指明的最高车辆总重。
(3)(a)如属附表2第III部第1栏列出种类的挂接车辆，则就该部第2栏指明的轮距而言，其车辆总重不得超过在该部第3栏指明的最高车辆总重。
(b)如属双轴半拖车，则就附表2第III部第2栏指明的两轴之间的距离而言，其车轴重量总重不得超过该附表第III部第3栏为2条近距车轴而指明的最高车轴重量总重。
(c)如属3轴半拖车，则就附表2第III部第2栏指明的该等车轴的2条外轴之间的距离而言，其车轴重量总重不得超过附表2第III部第3栏为3条近距车轴而指明的最高车轴重量总重。 (1985年第242号法律公告)(4)属于附表2第IV部第1栏列出类型的组合式挂接车辆的组合式车辆总重，就该部第2栏指明的内轴距而言，不得超过该部第3栏指明的最高组合式车辆总重。
(5)凡车辆的2条近距车轴是有如附表2第V部第1栏指明的距离分隔，则就该等车轴之间的距离而言，每条车轴的车轴重量总重，不得超过该部第2栏为任何一条车轴而指明的最高车轴重量总重。
(6)凡车辆的3条近距车轴的外车轴是有如附表2第VI部第1栏指明的距离分隔，则就该等外车轴之间的距离而言，每条车轴的车轴重量总重，不得超过该部第2栏为任何一条车轴而指明的最高车轴重量总重。
(7)除本条另有规定外，货车或特别用途车辆的许可车辆总重，须为或须当作为已根据《道路交通(车辆登记及领牌)规例》(第374章，附属法例)而指定的车辆总重。 (1985年第242号法律公告)
(7A) 除货车或特别用途车辆外，任何车辆的许可车辆总重，须为根据本条而厘定的最高车辆总重或最高组合式车辆总重，视属何情况而定。 (1985年第242号法律公告)
(8)署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用超过附表2第II、III或IV部第3栏为该种类或该类型车辆而指明的最高车辆总重或最高组合式车辆总重(视属何情况而定)的车辆，但须受该许可证内指明的条款及条件规限。
(1985年第242号法律公告)

第374A章 第8条悬出量
(1)除第(2)、(3)及(4)款另有规定外，汽车的悬出量，不得超过与该车辆纵轴成直角而通过前轮(或多个前轮)的中心(或多个中心)的平面，与量度悬出量的最前垂直平面之间的距离的百分之六十。
(2)如车辆经设计用作在建造、修理或保养过程中将道路或其他同类表面加热，而实际上该车辆亦主要作上述用途，则根据第(1)款计算悬出量时，该加热装置的任何部分均不得计算在内。
(3)尽管第(1)款另有规定，凡车辆是在道路使用，而署长认为该款所允许的悬出量百分比可能会造成交通意外的危险，则署长可指明其认为适当的较少百分比，而该车辆的悬出量则不得超过该指定的较少百分比。
(4)本条不适用于─
(a)经设计及实际上只用作与清洁街道、垃圾收集及处理，或收集或处理沟渠或污水池的废物等事项相关的车辆；及
(b)经设计可向后倾斜以卸下其负载物的货车，但悬出量不得超过1.2米。

第374A章 第9条驱动功率
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部拟在道路上使用或在道路上使用的汽车，须由以下机器驱动─
(a)强制点火式引擎；
(b)压燃式引擎；或
(c)马达。(2)尽管第(1)款另有规定，署长如认为某汽车适合在香港的道路上使用，则可以书面批准该车辆以其他方式驱动，以便在道路上使用。
(3)署长在根据第(2)款就某车辆作出批准前，可要求─
(a)提交他认为必需的图样及资料；及
(b)进行他认为必需的测试及检查。

第374A章 第10条功率重量比
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，在本条实施后才首次登记的每一部由压燃式引擎驱动的汽车，须经构造使其引擎可就该车辆每1000公斤的许可车辆总重，产生至少4.4千瓦的功率。
(2)凡第(1)款适用的汽车装配有辅助装备，而该辅助装备的设计，是在该车辆于道路上以超过每小时8公里的速度行驶时才使用或相当可能使用，而该辅助装备所吸收的功率是由驱动该车辆的引擎提供的，则该汽车须经构造使其引擎剩下用来驱动该汽车的功率(当该辅助装备正在使用时)至少须为每1000公斤许可车辆总重有4.4千瓦。
(3)就本条而言，“辅助装备”(ancillary equipment) 指组成车辆一部分，或装置于车辆上，用作与驱动该车辆无关的其他用途上的机器或器具。

第374A章 第11条车身
车辆的车身须牢固地安装在底盘上，而在该车辆地板上的每道活门均须装配坚固及扣紧，不会因震动而打开，而任何揭开装置均须属凹嵌形式。

第374A章 第12条转向圆圈
(1)每部车辆须经构造以能向左右任何一个方向转圈，而该圆圈的直径不得超过以下的规定─
(a)如车辆的全长度不超过10米，则直径不得超过24.5米；及
(b)如车辆的全长度超过10米，则直径不得超过26米。(2)就本条而言，车辆转向圆圈的直径，须根据由包括在该车辆全长度及全宽度内的极端处突出点所划出的圆圈来厘定。

第374A章 第13条车轮负荷的变化
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部汽车、有超过4个车轮的拖车，以及有超过2个车轮并组成挂接车辆一部分的拖车，均须设有调节安排，以确保所有车轮都会与路面保持接触，而在最恶劣的情况下负荷也不会有不正常的变化。
(2)第(1)款在以下情况并不适用─
(a)如汽车的任何转向轮的负荷不超过3.5公吨，则第(1)款不适用于该转向轮；及
(b)任何经适当构造的伸缩轴，在该伸缩轴于收缩位置时，第(1)款不适用。

第374A章 第14条车轴负荷
(1)除第(2)及(3)款另有规定外，凡并无其他车轮横向地在同一条上，则由车辆上任何一个车轮传送至路面的重量不得超过4.5公吨，而由车辆上任何2个横向地在同一条上的车轮传送至路面的总重量，则不得超过9公吨。
(2)车辆上任何2个横向地在同一条上的车轮，如每个车轮都装有2个充气轮胎，而与该车辆纵轴成直角量度时，该等轮胎与路面的接触面积的中心之间相距不少于300毫米，或每个车轮都装有宽轮胎，则由2个车轮传送至路面的总重量，不得超过10公吨。
(3)如车辆有超过2个横向地在同一条上的车轮，则该等车轮传送至路面的总重量不得超过11公吨。

第374A章 第15条悬挂系统
(1)除第(5)及(6)款另有规定外，每部汽车及由其拖曳的拖车，须在该车辆的每个车轮与车架之间，配备一个合适及足够的悬挂系统。
(2)任何有3个或以上车轮的车辆，其悬挂系统须经设计及构造以使车身没有过量的摆动。
(3)悬挂系统(包括其内的任何减震装置)须保持有效的工作运作。
(4)就本条而言，轮胎不得视为是组成悬挂系统的一部分。
(5)尽管第(1)款另有规定，署长在顾及车辆的设计及用途后，可豁免任何特别用途车辆符合本条的规定。
(6)本条不适用于─
(a)电单车；
(b)移动式起重机；
(c)压路机；
(d)一部经设计在工场或私人处所使用的车辆，而该车辆只是在从工场或私人处所的一部分驶往另一部分，或驶往在贴邻的工场或处所时，才会在道路上使用的；及
(e)一部许可车辆总重不超过4公吨，而所有并无安装弹簧的车轮都装上了充气轮胎的机动拖拉机。

第374A章 第16条制动器
(1)除第(8)款另有规定外，每部汽车须配备具有2个操作工具的有效制动系统一个，或配备分别有不同操作工具的有效制动系统2个。
(2)就第(1)款而言，多次拉力操作工具不予计算在内，但如该操作工具在首次运用时乃操作一个液压、电力或气压设备，而该设备会引致制动器在运用时产生的总制动效能，不低于第19(1)(b)条就由另一个独立操作工具运用的制动器而规定的总制动效能，则属例外。
(3)除第(8)款另有规定外，每部汽车的所有制动系统，即使有任何通过其传送或用以传送运用该制动器所必需的力量的部分(固定组件或制动蹄支承销除外)发生故障，必须在设计及构造上，使驾驶人仍能运用制动器，在最恶劣的情况下于合理的距离内将该车辆停下。
(4)除第(9)款另有规定外，本条规定的操作工具，其中须至少有一个能使制动器直接地运用于该车辆的所有车轮上，而其他的操作工具，则须能使制动器直接地而并非通过传送装置而运用于下列车轮─
(a)如车辆的车轮不超过3个，则至少运用于其中一个车轮；及
(b)如车辆的车轮超过3个，则至少运用于其中半数车轮，而就本款而言，将一个车轴的任何差速传动齿轮装置连接到驱动轮的传动轴，须当作为不属组成传送装置的一部分。
(5)本条规定的其中一个操作工具的运用，不得影响或操作其他操作工具的踏板或手柄。
(6)任何制动系统均不得因引擎不转动而致无效。
(7)就本条而言，每条连接或支承制动系统的任何部分或其任何操作工具的活动传动轴，均当作为该系统的一部分。
(8)第(1)及(3)款不适用于配备有使用一个操作工具的有效制动系统(如该系统是分路式制动系统)的汽车。
(9)第(4)款不适用于工程装置、工业用拖拉机、土地机车、土地拖拉机、电单车、机动三轮车、伤残者车辆、徒步控制车辆及跨运车。

第374A章 第17条停泊制动器
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部汽车须配备一个制动系统，该制动系统可以是第16条订明的其中一种制动系统，其设计及构造如下─
(a)其操作工具(无论是否多次拉力操作工具)均是独立于任何制动系统的操作工具，而根据第19(1)(a)条的规定，该等制动系统的总制动效能不得少于百分之五十；
(b)当车辆并非由人驾驶或无人看顾时，其制动力─
(i)无论何时均能由直接机械作用保持操作，而无须任何液压、电力或气压设备的介入；及
(ii)当由直接机械作用保持操作时，能在至少1比6.25的坡度上保持该车辆静止不动，而无须储存能量协助。(2)第(1)款不适用于电单车及伤残者车辆。

第374A章 第18条真空或压力制动系统
(1)除第(2)款另有规定及第(3)款适用的汽车外，每部配备有真空或压力缸的制动系统的汽车，须装上一个警报设备，而该警报设备须设置在驾驶人坐在驾驶座椅时轻易看到或听到的位置，以便显示真空或压力系统内有任何即将发生的故障或毛病。
(2)如属许可车辆总重不超过5.5公吨，并由内燃引擎推动及配备有真空缸的制动系统的车辆，而该真空缸内的真空是直接由该引擎的进气系统所产生的，则如该真空系统发生故障或毛病时，该制动系统的制动器足以提供百分之五十的制动效能，该车辆便无须按照第(1)款的规定装上警报设备。
(3)一部配备只用压缩空气作为其操作工具的制动系统的汽车，须安装合适的气压计和合适的音响警报设备以显示低气压。 (1990年第203号法律公告)
(4)凡第(3)款适用的汽车是在1990年1月1日或之前制造的，或是在1990年7月1日或之前首次登记的，则如该汽车已装配合适的气压计，便已属充分符合第(3)款的规定。 (1990年第203号法律公告)

第374A章 第18A条液压制动系统
(1)凡在1990年1月1日或之后制造及在1990年7月1日或之后首次登记，并配备了液压制动系统的汽车，须装上警报设备，而该警报设备须设置在驾驶人坐在驾驶座椅时轻易看到或听到的位置，以便显示该液压制动系统由于液体流失而即将发生的任何故障。
(2)第(1)款所提述的警报设备须如下设计及构造─
(a)就配备分路式制动系统的汽车而言，该器件会检测到液压的差别，或液位的下降；及
(b)就配备非分路式制动系统的汽车而言，该器件会检测到所应用的液压损失，或液位的下降。(3)署长可在其认为适当的情况下，以书面批准将在设计及构造方面有别于第(2)款所叙明的警报设备，装配在液压制动系统内，作为已充分符合第(1)款的规定。
(1990年第203号法律公告)

第374A章 第19条制动效能
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部汽车的每个制动系统须符合以下的规定─
(a)制动系统须设有作用于该车辆所有车轮上的制动器，而该制动器如由一个操作工具运用，其总制动效能不得少于百分之五十；
(b)除(c)段另有规定外，制动系统须设有制动器，而该制动器如由另一个独立操作工具运用，其总制动效能不得少于百分之二十五；及
(c)如属第16(8)条适用配备有分路式制动系统的汽车，则制动系统须设有制动器，而如组成该分路式制动系统的其中一个独立组件的任何部分(固定组件或制动蹄支承销除外)发生故障，则由其他组件运用的制动器，仍须足以提供不少于百分之二十五的总制动效能。(2)本条不适用于工程装置、工业用拖拉机、土地机车、土地拖拉机、电单车、机动三轮车、伤残者车辆、徒步控制车辆及跨运车。

第374A章 第20条车轮及履带
(1)每部汽车及每部拖车须经构造以将该车辆及其附有的任何拖车的所有重量，利用车轮或履带，或利用车轮和履带的组合传送至路面。
(2)如属履带式车辆，则─
(a)与路面接触的履带部分须是平坦的，而其宽度至少为15毫米；及
(b)每条履带实际上与路面接触的总面积，按该车辆的车辆总重计算，在任何时间每公吨都不得少于230平方厘米。(3)除第(6)及(7)款另有规定外，汽车(压路机除外)的每个车轮，以及拖车(只作道路修理工程用的拖车除外)在道路上被拖曳时的每个车轮，须配备有适当大小及设计的充气轮胎。
(4)除第(8)款另有规定外，汽车或拖车配备有轮胎(充气轮胎除外)的所有车轮，其轮辋直径不得少于700毫米。
(5)车辆的每个车轮须为真正圆形的，并须准确地以其车轴为中心，在车轴上运转时更无振荡或侧隙。
(6)署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用不符合第(3)款规定的汽车，但须受其觉得适当的条款及条件，以及其觉得适当的期限所规限。
(7)如下列车辆的每个车轮配备有以软性或弹性材料制成的轮胎，而该等材料的设计及类型亦已获署长认可，则第(3)款的规定不适用于下列车辆─
(a)机动拖拉机；及
(b)一部经设计在工场或私人处所使用的车辆，而该车辆只是在从工场或私人处所的一部分驶往另一部分，或驶往在贴邻的工场或处所时，才会在道路上使用的。(8)第(4)款不适用于─
(a)任何净重量不超过1.5公吨，并经设计在工场或私人处所使用的汽车或拖车，而该汽车或拖车只是在从工场或私人处所的一部分驶往另一部分，或驶往在贴邻的工场或处所时，才会在道路上使用的；及
(b)任何移动式起重机。

第374A章 第21条软性或弹性材料轮胎
除非软性或弹性材料是─
(a)连续地围绕着车轮的圆周；或
(b)以组件形式安装，并在合理切实可行范围内各组件的边缘之间尽量不留空隙，而其厚度及设计在合理可能的情况下，可尽量减低车辆在行驶时的振荡，其构造亦没有任何缺陷，不致在任何方面造成道路表面受损，否则，任何轮胎均不得当作为以软性或弹性材料制造。

第374A章 第22条轮胎
(1)除第(2)及(7)款另有规定外，任何汽车或拖车的车轮不得装配有下列情况的充气轮胎─
(a)在顾及该汽车或拖车的用途，或在顾及安装在其他车轮上的轮胎的类型后，该充气轮胎并不适合；
(b)该充气轮胎并无充气至适合该汽车或拖车使用；
(c)该充气轮胎的纤维已破烂，或由该轮胎外面的任何方向量度，该轮胎有切割口超过25毫米的长度或超过其截面宽度的百分之十(两者以较大者为准)，并深至可达到其胎体的帘布线；
(d)该充气轮胎由于结构分离或有部分损坏而引致隆起或凸起；
(e)该充气轮胎的帘布层或帘布线结构有任何部分暴露出来；或
(f)该充气轮胎并无下列胎面花纹─
(i)如属引擎的气缸容量不超过50立方厘米的电单车，则环绕着整个轮胎外圆周的胎面，须有至少3/4的宽度刻有凹凸清晰可见的花纹；及
(ii)如属其他汽车或拖车，则环绕着整个轮胎外圆周的胎面，须有至少3/4的宽度刻有至少1毫米深的胎面花纹(转向横拉杆除外)∶
但本段不适用于附有侧车而总共只有3个车轮，重量不超过100公斤，而其在以本身动力行驶时，不能在水平面上超过每小时20公里的速度的汽车。(2)如轮胎及装配有该轮胎的车辆经构造以令该轮胎在并非完全充气的情况下亦可适合汽车或拖车使用，而该轮胎胎壁外边亦作出有关的标记，以便使该轮胎可识别为有上述构造，则不得只因该车辆或拖车的某个车轮装配有一个并非完全充气的轮胎，而根据第(1)款禁止该汽车或拖车在道路上使用。
(3)任何汽车或拖车，不得安装纤维已被切割或因重切过程而暴露出来的重切充气轮胎。
(4)在不损害第(1)及(3)款的原则下，当车辆或拖车在道路上使用时，该车辆或拖车的所有轮胎，无论何时均须保持适合该车辆或拖车使用，亦不会有任何缺陷，不致在任何方面造成道路表面受损，或对车辆上的人或其他使用道路的人造成危险。
(5)车辆上的同一车轴不得装配结构类型不同的充气轮胎。
(6)汽车或拖车不得─
(a)在后车轴装配斜纹帘布层轮胎或交叉帘布缓冲层轮胎，以及在前车轴装配径向帘布层轮胎；或
(b)在后车轴安装斜纹帘布层轮胎，以及在前车轴安装交叉帘布缓冲层轮胎。(7)第(1)款不适用于土地拖拉机、土地机具或正由一部土地拖拉机拖曳的农业用拖车，而第(1)或(3)款亦无任何规定适用于正由一部汽车以不超过每小时20公里的速度拖曳的故障车辆，或正由一部汽车以不超过每小时20公里的速度拖往拆车地方的车辆。
(8)就本条而言─
“交叉帘布缓冲层轮胎”(bias-belted tyre) 指一种充气轮胎，其结构是帘布层的帘布线伸至胎缘，并以错角方式铺设，而该等帘布层的帘布线与胎面周边的角度，则远小于90度，且该等帘布层的帘布线并由一条环形束带包住，该束带以2层或更多层基本上无延伸性的帘布线材料组成，且以错角铺设，其错角的角度则小于该等帘布层的帘布线结构的角度；
“径向帘布层轮胎”(radial-ply tyre) 指一种充气轮胎，其结构是帘布层的帘布线伸至胎缘，并以与胎面周边成90度角的方式铺设，而帘布层的帘布线结构则由一条基本上无延伸性的环形束带固定；
“斜纹帘布层轮胎”(diagonal-ply tyre) 指一种并非属交叉帘布缓冲层轮胎的充气轮胎，其结构是帘布层的帘布线伸至胎缘，并以错角方式铺设，而该等帘布层的帘布线与胎面周边的角度，则远小于90度；
“结构类型”(type of structure) 就轮胎而言，指本款所界定的轮胎种类的结构类型。

第374A章 第23条转向
车辆转向机械装置的构造或安排，须令到没有可能发生梗锁，而车轮在任何情况下均不会引致车辆的任何部分失效。

第374A章 第24条速度表
(1)除法律规定无论何时均不得以超过每小时20公里的速度行驶的汽车，以及伤残者车辆外，每部汽车须装配一个有效的速度表，而该速度表须─
(a)放置在驾驶人轻易辨读的地方；
(b)保持良好的工作运作；
(c)没有任何可能会阻碍驾驶人容易辨读该速度表的障碍；
(d)已经校准及作出标记，以便可清楚地显示该汽车正在行驶的速度；及
(e)能够在该汽车以超过每小时15公里的速度行驶时，令到其显示出来的速度的准确性在正负百分之十范围内。(2)就违反第(1)(b)款规定而提出的法律程序而言，如能证明以下事项，即属好的免责辩护─
(a)该缺陷是在行程中发生，而违反上述规例，亦是在该行程中发觉；或
(b)当发觉违反上述规例时，已在合理范围内尽速采取步骤补救该缺陷。

第374A章 第25条倒车的能力
除电单车、机动三轮车或伤残者车辆外，每部汽车须能够向前及向后行驶。

第374A章 第26条司机驾驶间
(1)除巴士或小型巴士外，每部汽车在设计及构造上，须─
(a)为驾驶人提供足够的空间，且令到驾驶人可以容易接触及迅速操作控制装置；
(b)令驾驶人在控制该车辆时，无论何时均可完全看到汽车前面的道路和交通情况。(2)除巴士及小型巴士外，每部汽车的驾驶人座位须牢置在车身上，而该座位的靠背至前边缘至少须长380毫米，而靠背的宽度亦须为380毫米，但如该车辆装配有连续式座位以供乘客坐在驾驶人旁边，则根据第27条供乘客使用的空间，须从距离最接近驾驶盘中心的座位部分380毫米的一点开始计算。
(3)每部汽车的驾驶人座位，但巴士及小型巴士的除外，须能够就该车辆的驾驶盘调校，以便可以由距离驾驶盘350毫米调校到距离至少450毫米，而该距离则是以驾驶盘周边最接近的一点至驾驶人座椅靠背最接近的部分的距离计算。
(4)除第(5)款另有规定外，每部车辆的驾驶人座位的放置，须能够容许驾驶人在该车辆的右侧以手势作出惯常的交通信号。
(5)署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用不符合第(4)款规定的汽车，但须受其觉得适当的条款及条件，以及其觉得适当的期间所规限。

第374A章 第27条乘客座位数目
(1)任何车辆的乘客座位数目，不得超过附表3就该种类车辆指定的座位数目。
(2)巴士或特别用途车辆的乘客座位数目，须为就该车辆而发出的登记文件内所指明的座位数目，而任何巴士或特别用途车辆的座位数目，均不得超过上述指明的座位数目。
(3)伤残者车辆、拖车、三轮车或徒步控制车辆，不得设有乘客座位。
(4)除第26条另有规定外，车辆上的每张座椅均须牢置在车身上，该座椅的靠背至前边缘至少须长380毫米，而靠背的宽度亦须为380毫米，巴士或小型巴士除外。
(5)就本条的规定计算车辆的座位数目时─
(a)只须计算按照第(4)款或第73条(视属何情况而定)而提供的座位；及
(b)无须计算座位上任何小于380毫米的空间。

第374A章 第28条安全玻璃或安全透明物料
(1)汽车所有挡风玻璃、窗门及隔板所使用的玻璃或透明材料，须属符合以下各项规定的安全玻璃或安全透明物料─
(a)其类型须经署长认可；
(b)就透明度而言，不会令该汽车内部景观不清晰；及
(c)在切实可行范围内，刻有一个可清楚识别其为安全玻璃或安全透明物料的永久标记。(2)第(1)款所提述的任何挡风玻璃、窗门或隔板，不得作出任何改动或增补，以增加其反射效能，或减低其透光能力。 (1990年第203号法律公告)
(3)署长须在宪报公告上就第(1)(a)款指定他认可的安全玻璃或安全透明物料的类型。

第374A章 第29条挡风玻璃刮水器及喷洗器
(1)如属装配有挡风玻璃的车辆，但电单车、伤残者车辆或拖车除外，则该车辆须装配有一个或以上的有效自动挡风玻璃刮水器，但如该驾驶人无须透过该挡风玻璃亦可看到该车辆前面的情况，并有足够的视野，则属例外。
(2)第(1)款规定的挡风玻璃刮水器须能将挡风玻璃抹清，以便驾驶人除了对车辆前面有足够的视野之外，对车辆左右两侧前面的道路亦一样有足够的视野。
(3)除第(4)款另有规定外，每部根据第(1)款须装配一个或以上有效自动挡风玻璃刮水器的汽车，须装配一个挡风玻璃喷洗器，而该喷洗器与该等挡风玻璃刮水器一起使用时，能够清除留在该等挡风玻璃刮水器可清扫的地方上的泥土或其他类似的沉积物。
(4)第(3)款不适用于─
(a)土地拖拉机；或
(b)因其构造而在其以本身动力行驶时，不能在水平面上超过每小时35公里的速度的车辆。

第374A章 第30条灭声器
(1)每部由内燃引擎推动的车辆，须安装一个适合或足以在合理的情况下，尽量减少由引擎溢出的废气所引致的声响的灭声器、膨胀室或其他机械装置。
(2)每部由内燃引擎推动并在任何道路上使用的车辆，须经构造及维修以能令到由引擎溢出的废气，在未先经过根据第(1)款装配的灭声器、膨胀室或其他机械装置前，不会向外溢出。
(3)当车辆在道路上使用时，每个上述的灭声器、膨胀室或其他机械装置，无论何时均须保持良好及有效的工作运作，而且不得改装或替换，以致令溢出废气发出更大的声响。

第374A章 第31条烟雾等
(1)每部汽车须经构造及保养以符合以下的情况─
(a)汽车不得排放过量的烟雾及可见气体；
(b)在合理切实可行范围内，尽量不将燃烧产物、灰渣、蒸汽、炉渣、汽油、水或油等排出路面，或以任何其他方式排出，以致相当可能导致财产损坏，或导致他人受伤或产生危险，或导致他人失去舒适环境或令人烦扰等。(2)就第(1)(a)款而言，如由车辆排放的烟雾或可见气体以署长不时藉宪报公告所指明的器具中的任何一种测量时，超出附表4第I部第1栏指明的最高许可烟雾或可见气体水平，或超出该部第2栏指明的以光吸收绝对单位计算的最高许可烟雾或可见气体水平，则由该车辆排放的烟雾或可见气体即当作过量。 (1999年第14号法律公告；2000年第160号法律公告)
(2A) 为免生疑问，现宣布第(2)款所指的公告并非附属法例。 (1999年第14号法律公告)
(3)每部使用固体燃料的汽车，须装配一个有效的器具，以防止喷出火花或碎粒。
(4)就违反本条而进行的任何法律程序而言，如能证明排放或排出情况是由于一些临时或意外的原因所引致，而该等原因在采取合理的谨慎措施下亦不能避免，即属好的免责辩护。

第374A章 第31A条排气污染物
(1)在不限制第31条的原则下，本条适用于─
(a)在1975年1月1日或以后制造，并且装有强制点火式引擎及使用无铅汽油作为燃料的汽车(电单车及机动三轮车除外)；及
(b)装有强制点火式引擎及使用石油气作为燃料的汽车(电单车及机动三轮车除外)。(2)本条适用的汽车的构造及保养须使其不排放过量的排气污染物。
(3)为施行第(2)款，由装有强制点火式引擎及使用无铅汽油作为燃料的汽车所排放的排气污染物，如按照附表4第II部第2栏内指明的、并就该汽车的制造日期而言是适用于该汽车的程序测量时，不符合该部第3栏内适用于该汽车的排放标准，则该汽车排放的排气污染物即属过量。
(4)为施行第(2)款，由装有强制点火式引擎及使用石油气作为燃料的汽车所排放的排气污染物，如按照附表4第III部第1栏内所指明的程序测量时，不符合该部第2栏内所指明的排放标准，则由该汽车排放的排气污染物即属过量。
(5)为施行第(3)及(4)款，排气污染物须以署长不时藉宪报公告所指明的器具中的任何一种测量。
(6)为免生疑问，现宣布第(5)款所指的公告并非附属法例。
(7)在因违反本条而进行的任何法律程序中，被告人如能证明过量排气污染物是由于某临时或意外的原因所致，而即使已合理谨慎行事亦不能防止，即可以此作为免责辩护。
(2000年第160号法律公告)

第374A章 第32条废除
(由1991年第134号法律公告废除)

第374A章 第33条废除
(由1991年第134号法律公告废除)

第374A章 第34条废除
(由1991年第134号法律公告废除)

第374A章 第35条挡泥板及挡泥翼
(1)每部不属巴士、小型巴士、货车或特别用途车辆的汽车须配备挡泥板或其他类似的配件，以覆盖每个车轮及轮胎的整个宽度，并充分延伸及每个车轮及轮胎的圆周，以便在合理切实可行范围内，尽量挡着因车轮转动而溅起的泥或水，但如车身已提供足够保护，则属例外。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(2)除第(3)款另有规定外，每部巴士、小型巴士、货车或特别用途车辆须─
(a)在所有车轮配备挡泥板；及
(b)在最后方的车轮的后面配备挡泥翼，而挡泥板及挡泥翼须符合经署长认可是为了确保在合理切实可行范围内，尽量挡因车轮转动而溅起的泥或水而合理需要的规格。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(3)如巴士、小型巴士、货车或特别用途车辆的车身已足以在合理切实可行范围内，尽量挡因车轮转动而溅起的泥或水，则第(2)款不适用。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(4)署长须藉宪报公告，公布他为施行第(2)款而认可的挡泥板反挡泥翼的规格。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(5)在本条中，“挡泥翼”(mudflap) 指作为挡泥板下方伸延部分的器件。 (1998年第113号法律公告)

第374A章 第36条吉祥物及其他附件
如汽车与任何人发生碰撞时，挂在该汽车的任何位置的吉祥物或其他不必要的附件相当可能会撞击该人，则该汽车不得在该等位置挂上该等吉祥物或附件，但如该等吉祥物或附件的凸出部分不会引致人受伤，则属例外。

第374A章 第37条视象显示器
(1)除根据第(2)款可予安装的视象显示器外，任何人不得在汽车的下列地方安装或安排在该等地方安装视象显示器，而汽车的下列地方亦不得装有视象显示器─
(a)驾驶人座椅前面的任何地方；
(b)驾驶人在驾驶座椅时可看到(无论是直接看到或是经反射后看到)该视象显示器部分或全部屏幕的地方；或
(c)驾驶人在驾驶座椅时可接触到该视象显示器的控制器的地方，而该控制器并不属声量控制及开关掣。 (2000年第1号法律公告)(2)除第(3)款另有规定外，汽车上可安装为向驾驶人提供下述资料或视景而设计的视象显示器─
(a)关于该汽车或其装备的现况的资料；
(b)该汽车任何部分或该汽车四周范围当时的闭路式视景；
(c)关于该汽车当时所处位置的资料；或
(d)其他只供用于该汽车导航的资料。 (2000年第1号法律公告)(3)能够显示下述广播或视象的视象显示器不得根据第(2)款在第(1)(a)款所提述的地方安装，亦不得根据第(2)款以第(1)(b)或(c)款所提述的方式安装─
(a)《广播条例》(第562章)第2(1)条所指的电视节目；或 (2000年第48号第44条)
(b)并非用于第(2)(d)款所指的用途的预录视象。 (2000年第1号法律公告)

第374A章 第38条警报仪器
(1)每部汽车须装配一个能够发出声音并可就其驶近或出现而给予充分警告的仪器。
(1A)每部货车亦须装配一个能够在其倒车时及即将倒车时发出声音并可给予充分警告的自动装置。 (2000年第1号法律公告)
(1B)为第(1)款的目的而装配的仪器必须能够发出连续而不变的声音而不得发出其他声音。 (2000年第1号法律公告)
(1C)第(1A)款所描述的自动装置如─
(a)为该款的目的而装配于货车内；或
(b)装配于其他汽车内，该装置必须能够发出间歇而不变的声音而不得发出其他声音。 (2000年第1号法律公告)
(2)虽然第(1)、(1A)、(1B)及(1C)款另有规定，任何汽车不得装配─
(a)铜锣或铃；
(b)警报器；
(c)可连续发出不同音调的多音喇叭；
(d)双音喇叭；
(e)发出过度刺耳、尖锐、嘈吵或骇人声音的发声器；或
(f)发出的声音相当可能会与设于《道路交通(交通管制)规例》(第374章，附属法例)所指的交通灯控制的过路处的该规例第33条所订明的交通灯在运作时所发出的声音混淆的发声器，[比照 S.I. 1986/1078 r. 99(3)(b) U.K.] (2000年第1号法律公告)但如署长以书面发出许可证批准使用上述仪器，则属例外，而该等许可证亦须受署长所指明的条件所规限。 (2000年第1号法律公告)

第374A章 第39条反射镜
(1)每部私家车、的士、小型巴士、巴士、货车及特别用途车辆，须至少配备2块镜子，其中一块须装配在该车辆右侧的外面，而另一块则须装配在该车辆里面或安装在该车辆左侧的外面，而该等镜子须经构造及装配以令驾驶人(如他打算这样做时)知道该车辆后面及该车辆后面两旁的交通情况。
(2)每部电单车、机动三轮车及伤残者车辆，须配备一块镜子，而该块镜子须装配在该车辆右侧的外面，并须经构造及装配以令驾驶人(如他打算这样做时)知道该车辆后面的交通情况。
(2A) 除第(2B)款另有规定外，每部公共巴士、私家巴士、公共小巴及私家小巴，均须至少配备1块镜子，而该块镜子须装配在车辆前左侧的外面，其大小、构造及装配须足以令驾驶人在看该块镜子时能全面而清楚地看见任何正在下车的乘客。 (1997年第96号法律公告；1998年第306号法律公告)
(2B) 在以下时限之前，第(2A)款不适用于在1997年5月1日前注册的公共巴士、私家巴士、公共小巴或私家小巴─
(a)该巴士或小巴依据本条例第78条而须在1998年11月1日或之后的任何时间被交出以作检验；或
(b)1999年11月1日，两个时限中以较早者为准。 (1998年第306号法律公告)
(3)装配在车辆里里面以便能令驾驶人(如他打算这样做时)知道该车辆后面的交通情况的任何镜子的边缘，均须围以一些物料，以致该车辆内任何占用人碰撞该块 镜子或该等物料时，亦相当不可能引致严重的割伤。
(4)每块装配在车辆外面的镜子须符合以下规定─
(a)该镜子装配在车辆上的方式，能令该镜子在正常的驾驶情况下保持稳定；
(b)如车辆装配有窗门及挡风玻璃，则该镜子装配的方式，能令驾驶人坐在驾驶位置时能透过侧窗，或透过被挡风玻璃刮水器清理的挡风玻璃部分看到该镜子；及
(c)当车辆负载而该镜子的底部离地面少于2米时，则该镜子不得凸出该车辆全宽度以外超过10厘米，或如该车辆正拖曳着一辆拖车，而该拖车的全宽度比该牵引车辆较宽，则该镜子不得凸出该拖车全宽度以外超过20厘米，但如该镜子经设计可避免在撞车时引致任何人受伤，则属例外。

第374A章 第40条油缸的构造
每部汽车须经如下的构造─
(a)任何油缸须安装在一个合理安全的地方，确保该油缸不会受损；及
(b)已充分防止该等油缸漏出任何液体或气体∶
但本段并不阻止在任何油缸安装一个可藉吸入空气或排放气体而减轻缸内压力变化的设备。

第374A章 第40A条侧护板
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，本条适用于─
(a)许可车辆总重超过5.5公吨，而任何2条相邻车轴的中心之间的距离超过3米的货车；
(b)许可车辆总重超过2公吨，而任何2条相邻车轴的中心之间的距离超过3米的拖车；及
(c)许可车辆总重超过2公吨，而其第一条车轴的中心与转向主销的中心(如有超过一条转向主销，则指最后的一条)之间的距离超过4.5米的半拖车。(2)本条不适用于─
(a)挂接车辆内的拖拉机；
(b)因其构造在其以本身动力行驶时，不能在道路上超过每小时25公里的速度的车辆；
(c)农业用拖车；
(d)经构造以向侧面或后面倾侧而卸下负载物的车辆；
(e)正由制造商、经营商或分销商驾驶或拖曳以作品质检查，或正由制造商、经营商或分销商驾驶或拖曳往其处所的未有车身车辆；
(f)正驾驶或拖曳往根据事前的安排进行装配车身或侧护板的地方的车辆；
(g)经特别设计及构造，以用作运载特长圆木材、横梁或撑柱的拖车；
(h)经特别设计及构造，以用作装载其他车辆的拖车，而该等其他车辆可从该拖车的前面或后面登车；及
(i)设有装载平台的拖车，而从切向平面起计，该平台的边缘并无任何部分深入车内超过60毫米，且在如无本条条文的规定则须装配侧护板的地方，该平台的上表面离地面不超过750毫米。(3)每部本条适用的车辆，须装配经构造及装配以符合以下规定的侧护板─
(a)每块侧护板均须构造坚固，以致在撞车时可有效地防止电单车驾驶人或行人夹在车轴之间；
(b)侧护板的最外表面平滑，基本上坚硬，以及属平坦或有水平波纹；
(c)当车辆在水平地面时，以及如属半拖车，则当其装载平台处于水平位置时，侧护板最低的边缘离地面不得超过550毫米；
(d)凡装配有侧护板的车辆的地板─
(i)横向地延伸出切向平面之外；
(ii)离地面不超过1.85米；
(iii)横向地延伸超过侧护板的整个长度；及
(iv)边缘完全由侧围板盖着，而该侧围板的下边缘不低于该地板的底部超过150毫米，
则该侧护板最高的边缘不得低于该侧围板的下边缘超过350毫米；(e)凡装配有侧护板的车辆的地板─
(i)横向地延伸出切向平面之外；及
(ii)并不符合(d)(ii)、(iii)及(iv)段所指明的全部规定，而该车辆的结构有任何部分在离地面1.85米之内与切向平面相交，
则该侧护板最高的边缘不得低于该车辆与切向平面相交的结构超过350毫米；(f)凡─
(i)该车辆的结构并无任何部分在离地面1.85米之内与切向平面相交；及
(ii)该车辆的承载结构的上表面离地面少于1.5米，
则侧护板最高的边缘不得低于该车辆承载结构的上表面的高度；(g)在(d)、(e)或(f)段以外的其他情况，侧护板最高的边缘离地面不得少于1.5米；
(h)侧护板最后的边缘与最接近轮胎之间的距离不得超过300毫米；
(i)如属并无装配起落支脚的半拖车，则侧护板的前边缘与转向主销中心成直角的一点之间的距离，不得超过3米；
(j)如属装配有起落支脚的半拖车，则距离须如(i)段一样，但如该起落支脚的中心距离转向主销少于2.75米，则侧护板的前边缘距离该支脚的中心不得超过250毫米；
(k)如属半拖车以外的车辆，则就汽车而言，侧护板的前边缘距离最接近的前轮胎不得超过300毫米，而就拖车而言，则不得超过500毫米；
(l)侧护板所有的外边缘都必须制成圆形，而半径则至少为2.5毫米；
(m)从切向平面起计，任何侧护板均不得深入车内超过30毫米；
(n)侧护板不得增加车辆的宽度；
(o)侧护板由其最高的边缘起计，须向下延伸至少100毫米，而由其最低的边缘起计，亦须向上延伸至少100毫米；此外，侧护板由其前边缘起计，亦须向后及向内延伸至少100毫米，并不得有一个超过300毫米的垂直间隙，或一个少于100毫米的垂直面；及
(p)(h)至(k)段不适用于轴距可调节的拖车延长至超过其最低长度而出现的任何额外长度，亦不适用于经构造以运载可拆卸车厢或可起卸货柜的任何车辆。(4)对于装配有用来装载液体的液缸的车辆(而该液缸又装上了阀及软管或管道接头以供装卸之用)，以及对于设有伸缩稳定器以便在装卸时，或在用作其设计或改装的用途时用来保持稳定的车辆，第(3)款的规定只在切实可行范围内尽量适用。
(5)依据本条装配在车辆上的每块侧护板，在该车辆于道路上使用时，无论何时均须保持没有任何缺陷，不致在任何方面影响其效能。
(1990年第203号法律公告)

第374A章 第40B条后护板
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，本条适用于─
(a)许可车辆总重超过5.5公吨的货车；
(b)许可车辆总重超过2公吨的拖车；及
(c)许可车辆总重超过2公吨的半拖车。(2)本条不适用于─
(a)挂接车辆内的拖拉机；
(b)因其构造在其以本身动力行驶时，不能在道路上超过每小时25公里的速度的车辆；
(c)农业用拖车；
(d)在车尾装配有经特别设计的器具，以便在道路上撒布材料的车辆；
(e)正由制造商、经营商或分销商驾驶或拖曳以作品质检查，或正由制造商、经营商或分销商驾驶或拖曳往其处所的未有车身车辆；
(f)底盘驾驶室总成；
(g)经特别设计及构造，以用作运载车辆的车辆；
(h)经特别设计及构造，以用作运载特长圆木材、横梁或撑柱的拖车；
(i)正驾驶或拖曳往根据事前的安排进行装配车身或后护板的地方的车辆；
(j)混凝土搅拌车；
(k)装配有后置提升器的车辆，经构造以使该提升器的提升平台组成该车辆地板的一部分，而该部分的长度与该车辆纵轴平行量度时至少为1米；或车辆装配有后置提升器，致令安装后护板变成不可行；
(l)在设计及使用上只是作输送之用的车辆，而输送的方式是在使用时于该车辆的车尾装配一条运输带进行；及
(m)经构造以将车辆的一部分向后提起而卸下负载物的车辆。(3)每部本条适用的车辆，须装配经构造及装配以符合以下规定的后护板─
(a)每块后护板均须构造坚固，以致撞车在车尾发生时，可有效地防止后面的汽车撞入前面的汽车的下面；
(b)后护板的下边缘离地面不得超过550毫米；
(c)由车轮的最外一点起计(不包括轮胎在靠近地面的凸出部分)，后护板的外边缘不得延伸超过后车轴的外表面，或从后车轴的任何一个外表面起计，后护板的外边缘亦不得向内延伸超过100毫米；至于装配有可拆卸车厢的车辆，则从后车轴的任何一个外表面起计，后护板的外边缘不得向内延伸超过300毫米；凡有超过一条后车轴时，所考虑的宽度是最宽的后车轴的宽度；及
(d)后护板须由一条横梁，以及连接到车身底盘侧梁或任何代替该车身底盘侧梁的东西的连接元件组成；该横梁的切面高度不得少于100毫米。(4)依据本条装配在车辆上的每块后护板，在该车辆于道路上使用时，无论何时均须保持没有任何缺陷，不致对该车辆在尾部发生碰撞时的抵抗功能有任何不利影响。
(1990年第203号法律公告)

第374A章 第41条的士计程表
第III部
的士、巴士及小型巴士
(1)每部的士须装配一个在设计及构造上获署长认可之的士计程表。
(2)就第(1)款而言，署长可以下列其中一种方式表示认可─
(a)概括地藉宪报刊登公告；或
(b)在个别情况下采用书面形式。(3)署长可以就装配在的士上之的士计程表指明装配的位置及方式，而凡署长已作出上述的指明，则每个的士计程表须按照指明装配。
(4)未经署长事先认可，不得在车辆上装配的士计程表或类似的士计程表的仪器。

第374A章 第42条的士计程表的构造
(1)每个的士计程表须装上一个面积不小于100毫米乘50毫米，而上面展示“FOR HIRE”或“TAXI”的字的指示器。
(2)每个的士计程表须经构造以符合下列规定─
(a)可封盖至令署长感到满意；
(b)在车费表盘上显示已订明按时间或距离，或兼按时间及距离计算出来的车费款额；
(c)在车费表盘上显示经订明由最低车费起累进的附加车费款额；及
(d)显示车费及附加车费的数字，高度至少为10毫米。(3)每个的士计程表的车费表盘，均须符合下列规定─
(a)在显示车费及附加费用的数字上面、下面或旁边，须有“FARE”及“EXTRAS”的字；及
(b)在紧接显示车费及附加费用的数字上面、下面或旁边，须有“H.K.dollars”及“cents”等英文字母及字，或“H.K$.”及“c”等英文字母及符号；及
(c)显示的车费能够清楚地区分为元与角。(4)每个的士计程表须由一个可导致的士计程表调校至下列任何一个位置操作的设备启动─
(a)FOR HIRE，当时的士计程表并无进行记录，而任何人站在该的士前面20米距离内，均可清楚看到展示的指示器；
(b)HIRED，当时的士计程表正在按时间或距离，或兼按时间及距离进行记录，而从的士外面不能看见展示的指示器；
(c)STOPPED，当时─
(i)的士计程表只按距离进行记录，而在的士外面不能看见展示的指示器；或
(ii)的士之机械并不运行，而在的士外面不能看见展示的指示器。(5)无论的士计程表的启动设备是在─
(a)FOR HIRE 的位置；
(b)HIRED 的位置；或
(c)STOPPED 的位置，该位置均须清楚地在车费表盘上显示出来。
(6)的士计程表的启动设备在操作时，须直接由“FOR HIRE”的位置转到“HIRED”的位置，并须经过“STOPPED”的位置才能回到“FOR HIRE”的位置上。
(7)每个的士计程表的车费表盘，须能够在黑夜时间或在租用人要求时亮灯照明，使表盘的读数容易辨读。

第374A章 第42A条收据打印设备
于任何的士上须安装一个在良好运作中能在12秒内打印出一张车费收据的设备，不论该设备是属于装配于该的士之的士计程表的一部分或是连接于该的士计程表。
(1997年第148号法律公告)

第374A章 第43条的士计程表传动装置
(1)装配在的士计程表传动装置内的齿轮箱或传感器须经设计，以使其输出转数或产生的电子脉数目，以及传动导线的接头，均能被认可类型之的士计程表所接受。
(2)所有导线及的士计程表齿轮箱或传感器的接头，均须可以封盖至令署长感到满意。
(3)每个的士计程表齿轮箱或传感器须附有一块类型及式样均获认可的金属牌子。
(4)按照第(3)款附设的金属牌子，须清楚及正确地标明─
(a)与的士计程表连接之的士车轮上的轮胎的最小有效圆周；
(b)任何驱动的士计程表齿轮箱的传动小齿轮的轮齿数目；
(c)车辆变速器最终传动的减速比；及
(d)的士计程表齿轮箱的转动比，或在1公里内产生的电子脉数目。

第374A章 第44条的士计程表的封盖及测试
(1)每个的士计程表在装配于的士之前，须由署长测试，此后则每隔不超过6个月再进行测试；如测试结果令人满意以及安装于的士的收据打印设备(不论该设备是属于的士计程表的一部分或是连接于的士计程表)在良好运作中，则署长会盖上印章，并加以封盖。 (1997年第148号法律公告)
(2)的士登记车主须将已装妥计程表之的士送交署长，以便按照第(1)款进行测试。
(3)的士登记车主须在合理切实可行范围内，尽快将装配在的士之的士计程表任何会导致车费记录不正确的故障或损坏，或的士计程表上署长的印章或封盖的损坏，向署长作出报告。

第374A章 第45条的士须有照明标志及标记
每部的士须─
(a)在车顶装配类型获署长认可的照明标志，而在黑夜时间当的士可供租用时，无论何时该标志均须展示“TAXI”的字，以致无论从该车辆的前面或后面均可以清楚看到；及 (1984年第258号法律公告)
(b)在该车辆外面的左右两侧，清楚以划一大小而高度不少于100毫米的中英文字体，标明英文字“TAXI”及中文字“的士”。

第374A章 第46条的士的字牌
(1)每辆的士须在车头及车尾展示一块颜色、形式及尺寸符合附表6第I部列出的图形的字牌。
(2)第(1)款所提述的字牌，须符合附表6第II部的条文。

第374A章 第47条车辆的涂漆
(1)署长可藉宪报刊登的公告，指明公共巴士、公共小巴及的士外面所髹油漆的颜色、颜色组合或颜色配搭。
(2)署长可藉宪报刊登的公告，或在发出汽车牌照时就每部车辆施加条件，指明私家巴士及私家小巴外面所髹油漆的颜色、颜色组合或颜色配搭。
(3)每辆公共巴士、私家巴士、公共小巴、私家小巴及的士外面，须按署长根据第(1)或(2)款就该车辆所指明的颜色、颜色组合或颜色配搭髹上油漆。
(4)本条不适用于根据《公共巴士服务条例》(第230章)获专营权经营的巴士。

第374A章 第48条巴士的标记
每辆巴士须清楚及正确地以划一大小而高度不少于10毫米的中英文字体─
(a)在巴士内(如属双层巴士，则在下层)；及
(b)在巴士外面的尾部或左侧，标明该巴士每一层提供给乘客的座位数目，以及在行驶时单层巴士或双层巴士下层可以站立的乘客人数(一如就车辆发出的登记文件上所指明者)。

第374A章 第49条公共小巴及私家小巴的标记
每部公共小巴及私家小巴，须在其外面的左右两侧，清楚及正确地以划一大小而高度不少于100毫米的中英文字体，标明提供给乘客的座位数目。

第374A章 第50条公共小巴的额外标记
每部公共小巴须清楚地─
(a)以划一大小而高度不少于100毫米的英文正楷字母及中文字，在该车辆外面的左右两侧，标明英文字“Public Light Bus”及中文字“公共小型巴士”；及
(b)(由1997年第243号法律公告废除)

第374A章 第51条学校私家小巴的标志
(1)为出租或取酬而提供服务的学校私家小巴─
(a)须在其外面的两侧、前面及后面，涂上一条连续而划一宽度不少于200毫米的紫色横条；
(b)须在其左右两侧的紫色横条上，以白色用划一大小而高度不少于150毫米的英文正楷字母及中文字，涂上英文字“School Private Light Bus”及中文字“学校私家小巴”；
(c)须在车尾的紫色横条上，涂上颜色、设计及尺寸符合附表13列出的图形的标志；
(d)可以在其外面的左右两侧，涂上以中英文字体标明其运载乘客往返的一个或多个教育机构的名称；及 (1997年第96号法律公告)
(e)在不抵触(a)至(d)段的条文下，须在该车辆的外面髹上黄色的油漆。 (1997年第96号法律公告)(2)为施行─
(a)第(1)(a)、(b)及(c)款，紫色须为英国标准颜色 24E56 @BS5252 ：1976 或澳洲标准颜色 AS2700-1985：P13；及
(b)第(1)(e)款，黄色须为英国标准颜色 08E53 @BS 5252：1976 或澳洲标准颜色 AS2700-1985：Y15。 (1997年第96号法律公告)(3)在1997年5月1日前注册的学校私家小巴如符合紧接在该日期前有效的本条规定，即当作符合本条规定。 (1998年第306号法律公告)
(1987年第225号法律公告；1999年第50号第12条)

第374A章 第51A条(废除)
(由1997年第96号法律公告废除)

第374A章 第52条一些车辆的标记及涂漆的保养
每部巴士、公共小巴、私家小巴及的士的车主，须确保─
(a)本规例规定车辆上须有的标记，无论何时均须保持清楚易读；及
(b)该车辆无论何时均按照本规例髹上油漆。

第374A章 第53条巴士及的士以外的车辆的标记及涂漆
(1)任何汽车不得─
(a)加上本规例规定公共小巴、私家小巴或的士 上须有的标记；或
(b)加上某些标记，以致其看起来与公共小巴、私家小巴或的士非常相似，但如该车辆是公共小巴、私家小巴或的士(视属何情况而定)，则属例外。
(2)任何汽车不得─
(a)髹上署长根据第47(1)条指明的颜色、颜色组合或配搭；或
(b)髹上某些油漆，以致其看起来与该种颜色、颜色组合或配搭法非常相似，但如该车辆是公共巴士、公共小巴或的士，则属例外。

第374A章 第54条巴士、小型巴士及的士的标记
(1)任何巴士、公共小巴、私家小巴或的士，不得有任何标记、颜色标记、标志、字、数字或字体，但如属以下所述者，则属例外─
(a)根据任何条例或根据该车辆获发汽车牌照时所订的任何条件，规定或允许在该车辆上加上的任何标记、颜色标记、标志、字、数字或字体；或
(b)署长以书面允许者。(2)任何巴士、公共小巴、私家小巴或的士，不得在车上加上看来是该车辆座位或企位数量的数字，但如该数字与该车辆在登记文件上注明的下述数字相符，则属例外─
(a)该车辆提供给乘客的座位数目；及
(b)在行驶时单层巴士或双层巴士下层可以站立的乘客人数。

第374A章 第55条稳定性
(1)双层巴士的稳定性，须达到当在巴士内正确的相对位置放置重物，以代表驾驶人及只是上层满载的乘客时，即使放置车辆的平面向任何一边倾斜至与水平成28度，发生翻车点仍不会超越。
(2)单层巴士及小型巴士的稳定性，须达到当在车内正确的相对位置放置重物，以代表驾驶人及满载的乘客时，即使放置车辆的平面向任何一边倾斜至与水平成35度，发生翻车点仍不会超越。
(3)就进行稳定性测试而言，用作防止巴士或小型巴士的车轮向侧滑移的任何挡块的高度，均不得超过放置车辆的平面在倾斜前，与按照本条的规定，在车辆内加上重物后最接近该平面的车辆的轮辋部分的距离的三分之二。
(4)就本条而言，57公斤当作为代表一个人的重量。

第374A章 第56条侧悬出量
除转向指示器或后视镜外，巴士或小型巴士的任何部分不得横向伸出在该车辆同一边的最后车轮外侧轮胎的外表面以外─
(a)(如属巴士)超过150毫米；及
(b)(如属小型巴士)超过180毫米。

第374A章 第57条护栏
(1)如在巴士同一边的任何两个车轮的最接近两点之间，有超过600毫米的净空间，则须安装一个伸展至前轮220毫米范围，以及后轮150毫米范围内的护栏、踏脚板或其他类似的器件，以便有效地防护该空间，而当该车辆在没有载客及停放在水平地面时，防护范围至少达到离地面250毫米。
(2)任何在遵从本条下安装的护栏，须经构造及安装，以便在有需要时藉提起护栏或其他方式，容易地通往该车辆底部空间的任何部分。

第374A章 第58条制动器及转向接头
(1)凡巴士的制动器及转向接头是以螺栓或销钉扣紧，则该等螺栓或销钉须刻有螺纹及有效地锁紧。
(2)巴士转向机械装置中的转向臂、转向操纵杆和关节，以及所有其他的活动部件，均须保持清洁及不生锈。
(3)转向接头的球窝节在巴士的转向机械装置中使用时不得悬垂∶
但本款不适用于弹簧式自动调节球窝节。
(4)安装在巴士转向机械装置任何关节或接头上的防尘罩，均须易于除下，以便检查。

第374A章 第59条轮毂的凸出部分
巴士车轮的任何部分或其任何配件，不得伸出完全充气的轮胎的最外表面超过90毫米。

第374A章 第60条巴士及小型巴士的油箱、化油器等
(1)任何单层巴士、一层半式巴士、或双层巴士的下层，如过道或通道的有关部分是在任何出口或入口的600毫米范围之内，则不得在过道的该部分下面，或在通往紧急出口(并非备用紧急出口)的通道的该部分下面放置油箱。
(2)在小型巴士内，不得在紧贴任何出口或入口下面的地方，或在任何出口或入口的300毫米范围内放置油箱，而油箱的加油口亦不得位于车尾。
(3)在任何巴士或小型巴士内，油箱或供油器具的任何部分，均不得放置在车厢或其他用作驾驶人或乘客座位的空间内。
(4)在每一辆巴士及小型巴士内，所有油箱及向引擎供油的器具，均须妥为放置或保护，使溢出或漏出的燃油不能流到或积聚在该车辆的任何木制部分，或该车辆的任何其他部分或其配件上，以致容易火，并不得使溢出或漏出的燃油流入任何可能会将燃油积聚起来的容器内。
(5)在每辆巴士或小型巴士内，所有油箱的加油口均须只设于该车辆的外面，而加油口盖须经设计及构造以致不能因意外操作而打开，而排气孔则须受到防护，以避免被火侵入，以及经设计以防止被燃油溅湿。
(6)每辆巴士及小巴须装上一个设备，以便可以随时切断化油器的燃油供应，或喷油泵中喷油嘴的燃油供应，并符合以下的规定─
(a)其操作工具无论何时均可轻易从该车辆外面接触到，亦须轻易从该车辆外面看见，但装有喷油系统引擎的车辆除外；及
(b)如该设备可从该车辆外面看见，则该设备的操作工具的“停止操作”(off) 位置亦须清楚地标明在该车辆外面，但如该设备不能从该车辆外面看见，则须清楚地在该车辆外面标明其所在位置，以及清楚地显示操作工具的所在。

第374A章 第61条巴士及小型巴士的排气管
(1)每辆巴士及小型巴士的排气管，须在装配或防护以及保养方面符合以下的规定─
(a)易燃物料不能由该车辆的任何其他部分掉在排气管上；
(b)相当不可能因为接近该车辆上任何易燃物料而引致火灾；及
(c)在合理切实可行范围内，尽量防止烟气从排气管进入该车辆。(2)每辆巴士及小型巴士的排气管，均须放置在─
(a)该车辆的右侧；或
(b)该车辆的车尾，并在合理切实可行范围内，尽量接近该车辆的右侧。

第374A章 第62条螺母的锁紧
巴士及小型巴士的所有活动部件，以及所有用螺栓或双头螺栓及螺母连接并会遭受严重振荡的部件，均须用锁紧螺母，或用螺母及有效弹簧或锁紧垫圈，或用堞形螺母及开尾销，或用其他一些有效的器件栓紧，以防止松脱。

第374A章 第63条人工照明
(1)每辆巴士─
(a)须提供足够的内部照明，以照亮─
(i)车上有固定车顶的各层；
(ii)车上任何梯级及平台，而该梯级及平台是任何出口(紧急出口除外)或入口的一部分；(b)在合理切实可行范围内，尽量在通往没有固定车顶的上层的楼梯接近顶部的地方，安装至少一盏灯；及
(c)所有照明电路须经安排，以使任何照明分支电路即使发生电力故障，也不致令车上任何一层的所有电灯熄灭。(2)每辆小型巴士须提供足够的内部照明，以照亮小型巴士及其内任何出口(紧急出口除外)或入口的梯级或平台部分，而所有照明电路须经安排，以使任何照明分支电路即使发生故障，也不致令车内所有电灯熄灭。

第374A章 第64条电力设备
(1)每辆巴士及小型巴士的所有电力器具及电路，须经构造及安装以提供足够的防护，以避免触电及火警的危险。
(2)除第(3)款另有规定外，凡巴士或小型巴士内其中一个或多个电路的电压超过100伏特，则总电源未有接地的每一电极，均须连接一个可将所有该等电路与总电源截断的人手操作隔离开关，而该等隔离开关并须位于巴士或小型巴士内驾驶人或指导员轻易接触到的位置。
(3)根据第(2)款装配的任何隔离开关，须不能截断供电予本规例第VII部规定安装的电灯的任何电路。
(4)在本条内，任何提述电路的地方，须解作提述并非高压点火电路或设备单元内部电路的电路。

第374A章 第65条梯级、平台及楼梯
(1)在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a)任何入口或出口(紧急出口除外)的最低一级梯级的梯面顶部，在该车辆空载时不得离地面超过450毫米或少于250毫米；
(b)所有梯级须装配防滑梯面；及
(c)固定梯级的深度不得少于230毫米，而在任何情况下不得横向地伸出车身之外，但如梯级受到该车辆前翼子板的保护或不会对行人造成损害，则属例外。(2)在每辆巴士内─
(a)当其空载时，任何车尾平台不得离地面超过450毫米或少于250毫米；
(b)任何车尾平台的外缘须装配防滑梯面；及
(c)梯级竖板的高度不得超过270毫米。(3)在不损害第(1)款的原则下，如属双层巴士─
(a)所有由下层通往上层的梯级竖板均须密闭，而最上面的一级楼梯踏板亦不得有未加防护的隙缝；
(b)所有由下层通往上层的梯级须装配防滑梯面；
(c)最上面的一级梯级竖板的最接近一点，与通过楼梯最上面一级对面座位最接近一点的垂直之间的水平距离(不包括由座位靠背伸出不超过200毫米的任何扶手)，不得少于600毫米；及
(d)外楼梯的外侧纵桁的构造，或镶边安放的位置，须可令其作为上落楼梯的人的挡板，而外护栏的高度，亦不得少于每一级梯级的梯面前面以上1.2米。(4)每辆巴士的车厢地板须装配防滑表面。

第374A章 第66条巴士的入口及出口
(1)除第(2)及(3)款另有规定外，不超过45个座位的巴士须设有2个出口，而该2个出口不得位于巴士的同一边。其中一个出口可以是主要紧急出口，但该2个出口均不得是备用紧急出口。
(2)如巴士的座位数目超过23个，并靠其车尾平台透过一个无门的开口与某层贯通(如属双层巴士，则指与下层贯通)而提供一个出口，且该巴士的左侧有一个无门的开口，一直伸展至与该巴士尾部的无门开口连接在一起，作为进出该巴士之用，则第(1)款不适用。
(3)凡因按照第(1)款而设的2个出口的所在位置，使该2个出口中心之间有下述的距离─
(a)如属超过23个座位的巴士，距离少于3米；
(b)如属不超过23个座位的巴士，距离少于2.4米，则须设有主要紧急出口或备用紧急出口，而其所在位置须使该出口的开口与第(1)款所规定的2个出口之一的最接近2点之间，有下述的距离─
(i)如属超过23个座位的巴士，则距离不少于3米；及
(ii)如属不超过23个座位的巴士，则距离不少于2.4米。(4)超过45个座位的巴士须设有3个出口，而该等出口须符合下述规定─
(a)其中一个出口可属备用紧急出口；
(b)其中2个出口(两者均不是备用紧急出口)不得位于该巴士的同一边；
(c)凡有2个出口位于巴士的同一边，则该等出口的中心之间的距离不得少于3米；及
(d)其中一个出口(并非备用紧急出口)须位于该巴士的前端，而其中心与该巴士最前部分之间的距离不得超过3米；另一个出口(并非备用紧急出口)则位于该巴士的尾部，而其中心与该巴士最后部分之间的距离不得超过3米。(5)如属一层半式巴士，则须在该巴士的车顶设有一个不少于1500毫米乘450毫米的紧急出口，而其所在位置，须能使到该出口的横向中心，位于该巴士最前面座位前边缘与最后面座位前边缘之间的中点的600毫米范围之内。
(6)如属有固定车顶的双层巴士，而利用封闭式楼梯通往上层，则须在该层设有不少于1500毫米乘450毫米的紧急出口，而位置在不属于该车辆左侧的地方。
(7)巴士的每个入口均须位于该巴士的左侧，但如属以下情况，则可以在该巴士的右侧设有一个或多个入口─
(a)就上述提供的任何入口而言，该等入口并非同时是按照本条内上述任何条文而设的出口；
(b)每个上述的入口均装配了车门，而该等车门只可以由司机坐在其座椅时控制；及
(c)供司机用作开关该门的设备，是独立的设备，与供司机用作开关装配在该巴士左侧任何车门的设备可轻易区别∶但本款不适用于第(2)款所提述的巴士。
(8)巴士的每个入口及出口(紧急出口除外)的每一边，均须装配扶手，以协助乘客上车或下车。
(9)巴士的每个入口及出口(备用紧急出口或按照第(5)及(6)款而设的紧急出口除外)的宽度须如下─
(a)不得少于500毫米；及
(b)如属双层巴士两层共用的出口(不计任何柱子)，不论是─
(i)该巴士唯一的该种出口；或
(ii)最轻易及直接地与通往上层楼梯连接的出口，
其宽度均不得少于900毫米∶但如第(2)款所提述的出口，沿着该巴士旁边量度，其宽度不少于500毫米，而沿着该巴士尾部量度，其宽度不少于450毫米，则本款不适用于该等出口。
(10)就本条而言─
(a)如属双层巴士，凡提述车辆的座位数目，须视为提述其下层的座位数目；
(b)凡提述巴士2个出口的开口的中心之间，或最接近2点之间的距离，即是指与该巴士纵轴成直角，并通过该等出口的开口在过道水平的中心的2条直之间的距离，或通过该等出口的开口在过道水平的最接近点的2条直之间的距离(视属何情况而定)；及
(c)凡提述位于巴士前端的出口的中心，与巴士最前部分的距离，即指与该巴士的纵轴成直角，并通过该出口的中心及上述最前部分的2条直之间的距离；而凡提述位于巴士尾部的出口的中心，与巴士最后部分的距离，即指如前述划出并通过该出口的中心及上述的最后部分的2条直之间的距离。(11)不得只因巴士设有超过本条所指明数目的出口，而将该巴士视为不符合本条的规定。

第374A章 第67条小型巴士的入口及出口
(1)小型巴士须设有─
(a)不少于2个出口(其中一个可属紧急出口)，而该2个出口─
(i)不得全部位于该车辆的同一边；及
(ii)须位于司机座椅的后面；或(b)一个在该车辆后部的出口。(2)小型巴士的每个入口及出口(紧急出口除外)的每一边，均须装配扶手，以协助乘客上车或下车。
(3)除第(5)款另有规定外，小型巴士每个入口及每个紧急出口的宽度均不得少于530毫米。
(4)小型巴士每个出口的净高度均不得少于1.2米。
(5)尽管第(3)款另有规定，署长可以书面允许使用入口或出口的宽度少于530毫米的小型巴士。

第374A章 第68条车门
(1)在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a)须设有将入口及出口车门牢牢地保持在关闭位置的器具，而凡任何该等车门能够在该车辆行驶时保持打开，或能因该车辆的移动而意外地关上，则亦须设有将车门牢固地保持在开启位置的器具；
(b)除第(3)款另有规定外，每个入口或出口车门均须设有至少个设备(其中一个是在正常操作情况下只有获车主授权的人才可以使用的设备，而另外的一个设备，但不可以超过1个设备，则须安装在该车辆的外面)，而该等设备的作用是用来操作该等器具，以便使车门牢牢地保持在关闭的位置，且上述每个设备须经设计，以能利用一个动作便可轻易开启该车门；
(c)须就以下的事项作出清楚的指示─
(i)(b)段所提述的任何设备的操作方法；
(ii)如上述设备并非位于车门上，则该设备的位置；
(iii)用人力开启任何车门时用力的方向及用力点；及
(iv)如属动力开关的车门，则禁止乘客在非紧急情况下使用该设备；(d)凡(b)段所提述的任何设备并非位于车门上，则须位于易于与该车门联系的位置上，而一个正常高度的人，亦可以方便地操作该设备，而不会因车门的移动而有受伤的危险；
(e)(b)段所提述的每一设备，除位于双层巴士上层紧急出口外面，或位于一层半式巴士车顶上的设备外，均须是正常高度的人容易接触到的；
(f)(a)及(b)段所提述的器具及设备须经设计及装配，以令其相当不可能移位或由人意外地 操作；
(g)每道车门在操作时，须不会阻塞从该车辆出入任何入口或出口的进出路；
(h)任何动力开关车门的储电及输电系统，须不会使车门的操作对该车辆的制动系统的有效操作造成不良影响，而该器具须经设计及构造以使该系统在不能操作时，该车门也可以在车内及车外以人手开启；
(i)入口及出口的动力开关车门及其有关装备在设计上，须使车门在开关时相当不可能令任何乘客受伤；及
(j)当车辆行驶时，动力开关车门必须不能开启，但如被(b)段所提述的设备(并非在正常操作情况下只由获车主授权的人使用的设备)开启，则属例外。(2)任何设有动力开关车门的巴士或小型巴士，如在车门开启或操作时，该车门横向地伸出该车辆的车身之外，则该巴士或小型巴士须经构造或改装，以令到当车门开启时不能利用本身的动力从静止状态移动。
(2A)除第(2B)款另有规定外，每辆于驾驶人座椅的后面设有动力开关车门的巴士及小型巴士均须─ (1998年第306号法律公告)
(a)在司机驾驶间装配一盏能被驾驶人清楚看到的红色警告灯，而该警告灯须在任何该等车门没有完全关上并关紧时保持亮；及
(b)装配一个蜂鸣警告器，而该蜂鸣警告器须在关闭任何该等车门时发出声响，并只在该车辆上所有该等车门已完全关上并关紧时停止发出声响。 (1997年第96号法律公告)(2B) 在以下时限之前，第(2A)款不适用于在1997年5月1日前注册的巴士或小型巴士─
(a)该巴士或小型巴士依据本条例第78条而须在1998年11月1日或之后的任何时间被交出以作检验；或
(b)1999年11月1日，两个时限中以较早者为准。 (1998年第306号法律公告)
(3)如因将巴士或小型巴士在无人看顾时上锁，才在该车辆的任何入口及出口的车门上装配无论是否有启动机械装置的辅助锁，而该锁经设计及构造，以能使第(1)(b)款所提述的任何设备(即在该车辆内提供的设备)，无论何时都可以利用一个动作将该车门轻易开启，则该巴士或小型巴士不得仅因此而被视为不符合第(1)(b)款的规定。

第374A章 第69条紧急出口的标记、位置及操作
(1)在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a)所有紧急出口均须─
(i)在车辆内外以中英文字清楚标明为紧急出口；
(ii)装配有向外开启的车门；
(iii)是乘客可以轻易通往的，但设于一层半式巴士车顶上的紧急出口，则属例外；(b)须清楚示明装配在紧急出口车门上的操作器具；
(c)紧急出口的车门不得装配有任何动力操作系统；及
(d)除设于双层巴士上层或一层半式巴士车顶上的紧急出口外，紧急出口车门的操作器具，须是站在该车辆外地平面上正常高度的人可以轻易接触到的。(2)所有在单层巴士或一层半式巴士，或双层巴士下层的紧急出口，均须位于乘客可由第71(7)条所提述的通 道直接踏出车外的地方∶
但本规定不适用于在该车辆车顶上的紧急出口或备用紧急出口。
(3)除第(4)款另有规定以及除设于一层半式巴士车顶上或设于门位置的紧急出口外，每辆设有紧急出口的巴士及小型巴士，均须─
(a)在司机驾驶间装配一盏能被驾驶人清楚看到的红色警告灯，而该警告灯须在任何紧急出口没有完全关上并关紧时保持亮；及
(b)在司机驾驶间装配一个蜂鸣警告器，而该蜂鸣警告器须在任何紧急出口没有完全关上并关紧时发出声响。 (1997年第96号法律公告)(4)第(3)款─
(a)不适用于乘客座位数目不多于12个的私家小巴；
(b)不适用于在1997年5月1日前注册而并非用以接送教育机构的学生往返该机构(不论是否以出租或取酬方式)的巴士或小型巴士；
(c)在以下时限之前，不适用于在1997年5月1日前注册而用以接送教育机构的学生往返该机构(不论是否以出租或取酬方式)的巴士或小型巴士─
(i)该巴士或小型巴士依据本条例第78条而须在1998年11月1日或之后的任何时间被交出以作检验；或
(ii)1999年11月1日，
两个时限中以较早者为准。 (1998年第306号法律公告)

第374A章 第70条通往出口的进出路
(1)在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a)除第(2)款另规定外，从该车辆的每个座位通往以下的地方，须有畅通无阻的进出路─
(i)如该车辆按照本规例只设有一个出口，则该出口；及
(ii)如该车辆按照本规例设有2个或以上的出口，则该2个出口，或视属何情况而定，至少其中2个出口；及(b)车辆的任何车门不得装配有座位。(2)第(1)(a)款不适用于在车辆内的任何下述座位─
(a)在驾驶人座椅旁边的座位(如可利用驾驶人入口以外的其他入口畅通无阻地通往该座位)；或
(b)在并无固定车顶的一层的座位(如该层的每一个座位均可畅通无阻地通往一个出口)。

第374A章 第71条过道的宽度
(1)除本条条文另有规定外，在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a)每条过道─
(i)在该车辆车厢地板水平以上直至750毫米的高度，宽度不得少于300毫米；
(ii)在该车辆车厢地板水平以上超过750毫米但不超过1200毫米的高度，宽度不得少于350毫米；及
(iii)在该车辆车厢地板水平以上超过1200毫米的高度，宽度不得少于460毫米；及(b)从任何过道的中心向上投射的一条垂直，从车厢地板水平直至第72条就该过道订明的高度，须与该车辆的任何部分保持不少于150毫米的横向距离，但过道上面的车顶不算在内。(2)位于提供进出路的入口或出口(紧急出口除外)900毫米范围内的任何过道的任何部分，宽度均不得少于530毫米。
(3)在双层巴士内任何过道的任何部分，如用作共同的进出路，以便可由任何入口通往上层及下层，或通往最轻易及最直接地连接到离开上层及下层的任何楼梯的出口(紧急出口除外)，则其宽度不得少于900毫米。
(4)就本条而言，如巴士内座位前面的任何空间需要用来容纳在座的乘客，则在计算过道的宽度时，该座位230毫米范围内的空间，不得计算在内。
(5)凡巴士或小型巴士毗连入口或出口的一部分过道被扶手分开，则该部分过道的宽度，从扶手每一边的任何一点量度，均不得少于460毫米。
(6)凡有2个乘客座位是面对面的安装在与巴士或小巴的纵轴平行的位置，而由入口通往任何其他座位，或由任何其他座位通往出口(并非紧急出口)的进出路，无须利用该等座位之间的空间，则该空间就本条及第72条而言，不得视为组成该过道的一部分。
在本款内，“乘客座位”(passenger seat) 指只容纳一名乘客的座位，或指按照第73(1)(b)条量度，连续式座椅中只用作容纳一名乘客的部分。
(7)除第(6)款另有规定外，巴士或小型巴士每个出口(并非设于一层半式巴士车顶的紧急出口)与过道之间须设有通道，而该通道─
(a)在尺寸方面不得少于第(1)(a)款就过道所订明者；
(b)在设计上，从任何通道的中心向上投射的一条垂直，从车厢地板水平直至从车厢地板水平起计750毫米的高度，须与该车辆的任何部分保持不少于150毫米的横向距离(不包括由该车辆横隔板伸入在车厢地板水平的通道不超过230毫米，以及伸入在车厢地板水平上面不超过230毫米的任何整流罩或机罩，而需要配备该整流罩及机罩的原因，是由于该车辆的车身底盘或机械装置的一部分伸入车身内)；及
(c)在受到第8(b)款限制下，从车厢地板水平起计至通道中心沿各点，须有1.5米的净高度。(8)(a)就第(7)(a)及(b)款而言，安装在紧急出口(即设于双层巴士上层或一层半式巴士车顶的紧急出口，或为备用紧急出口)下面或前面的座位，须当作为组成该通道的一部分；及
(b)第(7)(c)款不适用于巴士内通往紧急出口(即设于双层巴士上层或一层半式巴士车顶的紧急出口，或备用紧急出口)的通道，亦不适用于小型巴士。

第374A章 第72条过道的高度
(1)在每辆巴士内─
(a)于第(3)款指明的界限之间，任何过道的中心沿的每一点，须有1.72米的净高度；
(b)除位于巴士右侧，只用作通往该巴士最前乘客座位的任何过道部分外，在第(3)款指明的界限以外的净高度，不得少于本款(a)段对该巴士订明的净高度减100毫米。(2)在双层巴士上层的过道的任何部分，不得伸入车厢内或伸入其他拨作司机驾驶间的空间，以致使该司机感到不便，或引致该司机对该巴士前面或旁边道路的视野受到限制。
(3)除第(4)款另有规定外，如属双层巴士的下层，第(1)(a)款订明的净高度须延伸至整条过道，而在其他的情况下，则须由毗邻该过道的最前乘客座位的前边缘，延伸至毗邻该过道最后乘客座位的前边缘。
(4)凡任何过道位于巴士的右侧，则如1.72米的净高度是由毗邻该过道的最前乘客座位前边缘后面的460毫米的一点，延伸至毗邻该过道的最后乘客座位的前边缘，则属已充分符合第(1)(a)款的规定。
(5)在每辆小型巴士内，任何过道的中心沿的每一点的净高度，除由每个入口及出口沿着该量度的一段300毫米距离外，不得少于1.37米，而在上述的
距离内，则不得少于1.2米。

第374A章 第73条乘客座位
(1) 在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a) 所有座位的托架须牢置在车身上；
(b) 沿着每个座位的椅背水平地量度时，宽度须至少达380毫米以容纳在座乘客，如属在指明日期或之后登记的公共小巴，则宽度须至少达450米以容纳在座乘客∶ (2002年第147号法律公告)
但如属连续式座椅装有扶手以分隔座位空间，而扶手在结构上可以摺起或不使用，则就本段而言，在量度该座位时须视为并无安装扶手；(c) 每个座位的靠背须密封或以其他方式构造，以便在合理切实可行范围内，尽量防止乘客遭扒窃，或尽量防止乘客的个人物品遭盗窃；
(d) 所有座位在装配上须─
(i) 使任何纵向放置的座位的靠背的任何部分，与对面座位的靠背的相对部分，距离不少于1.38米；
(ii) 由按照(b)段用作容纳在座乘客的每个完整座位长度的中心起计，任何座位靠背前面均须有至少650毫米的净空间，而在该座位任何部分前面则必须有230毫米的净空间∶
但如属容纳超过3名乘客的座位，而只能从该座位的一端通往该等座位，则净空间分别为至少680毫米及300毫米；(e) 任何横向座位前边缘的任何部分，与对面的任何其他座位的任何部分之间，须有至少480毫米的净空间；
(f) 就(e)段而言，如任何用来支撑桌子的托架，与最接近的座位的前边缘之间，至少有230毫米的净空间，而该托架的位置亦不会使占用该座位的乘客感到不舒适，则可无须计算该托架；
(g) 任何座位安装的位置，不得引致乘客感到不舒适；
(h) 就每个座位而言，从按照(b)段用作容纳在座乘客的每个完整座位长度的中心垂直量度，如属小型巴士，须有不少于910毫米的净空间，如属巴士，则须有不少于960毫米的净空间；
(i) 如任何座位所设置的位置，有可能会使在座的乘客从该车辆的任何入口或出口被抛出车外，或被抛下在该车辆内的楼梯，则须安装有效的挡板或护板，以提供充分的保护，使占用该座位的乘客不会发生该种情况；及
(j) 在车辆内任何梯级的井缘与通过任何座位前缘的垂直平面之间的最短距离，不得少于230毫米∶
但本段不适用于在小型巴士内只用作通往司机旁边的向前的前排乘客座位的梯级井。(1A) 在每辆于指明日期或之后登记的公共小巴内─
(a) 每个座位须有高度不少于700毫米的靠背，而如任何靠背的高度超过800 毫米，则有关座位亦须配备头部保护装置；
(b) 如有关座位装有可回卷安全带，则在遇到意外时配用该安全带的乘客的头部相当可能会碰撞到的任何护板的表面或边缘或任何挡板或隔板的顶部或边缘，均须设有以吸收碰撞能量物料造成的衬垫，但本段并无规定任何距离坐垫的中心线与靠背的中心线的相交点超过1000毫米的表面或任何距离通过该相交点的纵向垂直平面任何一边超过150毫米的表面须设有衬垫；
(c) 所有座位及其固定装置须符合附表15第1部所列明的一项或多于一项的规格及标准；
(d) 所有头部保护装置须符合附表15第2部所列明的一项或多于一项的规格及标准；
(e) 座位及头部保护装置─
(i) 不得有可能在交通意外中令在座乘客受伤的危险或伤势的严重程度增加的锋利边缘；及
(ii) 须以吸收碰撞能量物料及耐火物料制成；及(f) 附于座位及头部保护装置的附件，不得有可能在交通意外中令在座乘客受伤的危险或伤势的严重程度增加的锋利边缘，并须以吸收碰撞能量物料制成。 (2002年第147号法律公告)(1B) 就第(1A)(a)款而言，为测定靠背高度而进行的所有量度，须在没有压下坐垫及靠背的状况下，由坐垫水平面与靠背前面下缘边相交处起计，通过个别座位位置的中心线量度至靠背前面上缘边。 (2002年第147号法律公告)
(2) 在本条中─
“座位”(seat) 指乘客座位；
“靠背”(back rest) 包括车辆内可供在座乘客靠着的任何部分。

第374A章 第74条站立的乘客
(1)署长须在巴士登记时，计算单层巴士或双层巴士下层可以运载的站立乘客总数，方法是将该层以平方米计可供站立乘客使用的地面总面积除以0.17，而地面总面积并不包括以下地方在内─
(a)座位前面230毫米范围内，需要用来容纳在座乘客的任何空间；
(b)任何位于梯级井230毫米范围内，用作通往紧急出口的过道或通道的部分，但有足够设施(例如护板或挡板)防止乘客被抛下梯级井，则属例外；
(c)位于入口或出口230毫米范围内的任何梯级及空间，该空间由巴士外面量度，其宽度与开口相同；
(d)司机座椅最后一点前面的任何空间；
(e)不可能放下每边长度均为300毫米的正方形的任何空间；
(f)并非由供站立乘客使用的空间与过道、入口或出口连接的任何空间；或
(g)如属双层巴士，在任何楼梯最底一级的竖板的230毫米范围内的任何空间。(2)在每辆巴士上，扶手杆、吊带、柱子或其他有充分强度的设备的安装位置，须能使每名正常高度的站立乘客使用至少一种上述支持工具。
(3)第(2)款所提述的设备在设计及安装位置上，须妥为顾及当该巴士不正常地减速时(例如在紧急停车时即有可能发生者)所产生的速度波动现象对一群站立乘客的影响。

第374A章 第75条通风设备
每辆巴士及小型巴士均须为司机及乘客提供足够的通风设备。

第374A章 第76条司机驾驶间
(1)每辆巴士及小型巴士须符合以下的规定─
(a)车辆须经设计以使司机坐在其座位时有足够的空间，并可轻易接触及操作控制装置，包括操作控制转向指示器及停车灯的设备；
(b)控制装置的安装位置，须留下合理的进出路以便通往司机的座位；
(c)司机驾驶间须经安排以使在天气恶劣时，给与司机足够的保护；
(d)须提供设施，使司机无须离开座位便可看到每层的乘客；
(e)须提供设施，以防止车内的光对司机造成干扰，而就位于该车辆中心司机占用的一边的任何窗口而言，所提供的设施必须是司机在座位时能够操作的；
(f)凡是由车辆的右侧通往司机座位─
(i)须在该车辆的右侧提供一个净宽度不少于450毫米的开口，但如由于该开口被一部分车轮拱板所占据，以致不能提供上述的面积，则属例外；及
(ii)如该车辆在空载时，该开口的门槛的最低一点离地面超过650毫米，则须于该车辆内毗连该开口的地方，在一个方便的位置及高度提供一级梯级；(g)凡设有独立及封闭的司机驾驶间，并且是由车辆的右侧通往司机座位，则须提供一个紧急逃生窗(并非位于该室的右侧)，而该窗须是司机轻易通往的，以及其开口的净面积不少于530毫米乘460毫米；及
(h)凡有任何乘客座位设置在司机座位的旁边─
(i)无论该座位是独立的座位或是与司机座位相连，在设置座位那边由转向柱的中心起计，至少要预留460毫米的空间专供司机使用；及
(ii)如该座位是与司机座位相连，或者是独立的座位而设置的位置使该座位的任何部分与转向柱的中心距离少于460毫米，则上述空间须以坚固的隔板分开，该隔板由司机座位水平起计，须有至少230毫米的高度，并须延伸至该座位的整个深度。(2)每辆巴士须符合以下的规定─
(a)司机座位须能循垂直方向及与该巴士纵轴平行的水平方向调整，并须能够牢置于上述调整界限内任何需要的位置上，而该等调整范围须容许该座位固定在一个位置上，使驾驶盘最接近部分与该座位靠背之间的水平距离达350毫米，而驾驶盘最低部分与坐垫面水平面之间的垂直距离达200毫米，并容许该座位可以由该位置向前、向后、向上及向下调整至少50毫米；
(b)提供直接及合理的进出路通往司机座位，不论是在该巴士的右侧或是其他通道，而该通道直至距离该巴士地板760毫米高的地方，宽度须不少于300毫米，而在该高度以上则不少于350毫米，并须符合第71(1)(b)条就巴士过道而订明的规定；及
(c)凡是由巴士的右侧通往司机座位，均须安装扶手以协助司机上落巴士。

第374A章 第77条窗口须加以防护
如署长有所规定，则设有固定车顶的单层巴士的侧窗，以及双层巴士的上层及下层的侧窗，在开启时，必须要有充分的防护，而该防护由车厢地板起计，须达到1米的高度。

第374A章 第78条行李架
所有安装在巴士及小型巴士内的行李架须经设计及构造，以使该行李架上的任何物品即使是在车辆开动时移位，亦相当不可能掉到司机身上或妨碍他对该车辆的控制。

第374A章 第78A条广播系统的安装
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部不论是否以出租或取酬方式接送教育机构的学生往返教育机构的巴士及小型巴士，均须于司机驾驶间安装足以令驾驶人能向巴士或小型巴士上所有乘客讲话的广播系统或其他音响装置。 (1997年第96号法律公告；1998年第306号法律公告)
(2)在以下时限之前，第(1)款不适用于在1997年5月1日前注册的巴士或小型巴士─
(a)该巴士或小型巴士依据本条例第78条而须在1998年11月1日或之后的任何时间被交出以作检验；或
(b)1999年11月1日，两个时限中以较早者为准。 (1998年第306号法律公告)

第374A章 第78B条在运载学生的巴士展示显示牌
每部不论是否以出租或取酬方式接送教育机构的学生往返教育机构的巴士，均须在其车尾的里面或外面，张贴一块可以从该车辆的后面清楚看到的显示牌，而该显示牌的颜色、设计及大小须符合附表14列出的图形。
(1997年第96号法律公告)

第374A章 第79条货车及特别用途车辆的标记
第Ⅳ部
货车及特别用途车辆
(1)每部货车及特别用途车辆的车主，须安排将该车辆有关登记文件上所示明的许可车辆总重，以及最高许可车轴重量，以油漆或其他方式，在该车辆两边的显眼地方标明，但如就该车辆而发出的，并载有以下资料的有效车辆牌照展示于该车辆上，则属例外─
(a)该车辆的许可车辆总重；及
(b)该车辆的最高许可车轴重量。 (1997年第243号法律公告)(2)根据第(1)款作出的标记，须以中英文字标明，并用黑色底白色字，而字母、文字及数字的高度均不得少于25毫米；车主并须无论何时均保持该等标记清洁及容易看见。
(3)就第(2)款而言，“白色”(white) 包括磨光铝或镀铬的颜色。

第374A章 第80条货车及特别用途车辆的排气管
每部货车及特别用途车辆的排气管，须在装配或防护以及在保养方面符合以下的规定─
(a)任何易燃材料均不得从该车辆的任何其他部分掉落排气管上；
(b)相当不可能因为接近在该车辆上的任何易燃材料，或接近在该车辆上运载的易燃材料而导致火警；及
(c)排气出口不得朝向该车辆的左侧。

第374A章 第81条货车及特别用途车辆的乘客座位
凡货车或特别用途车辆的驾驶室经特别设计以运载乘客，则可按照署长所认可的方式，安装供不超过5名乘客使用的座位。

第374A章 第81A条客货车内的保护隔板
(1)(a)在每辆客货车内的货舱与座位之间，须固定地设有一块隔板，其高度、宽度、强度、设计及构造须能─
(i)抵受或承受该隔板相当可能遇到，或该客货车相当可能运载的任何负载物的重量；及
(ii)作为一个防护屏障，以免货舱内的货物移动往座位；及
(b)任何客货车的货舱不得有任何侧窗。(2)在本条中，“客货车”(van) 指在构造上有一个完全封闭车身的轻型货车，而该完全封闭车身是该车辆的一个整体部分。
(3)本条于以下日期开始适用─
(a)于1990年7月1日或以后登记的客货车，由该登记日期起适用；及
(b)于1990年7月1日前登记的客货车，由1991年7月1日起适用。
(1990年第113号法律公告)

第374A章 第82条拖车的标记
第Ⅴ部
拖车
(1)每辆拖车的车主，须安排将该车辆有关登记文件上所示明的许可车辆总重，以及最高许可车轴重量，以油漆或其他方式，在该拖车的显眼地方标明，但如就该拖车而发出的，并载有以下资料的有效车辆牌照展示于该拖车上，则属例外─
(a)该拖车的许可车辆总重；及
(b)该拖车的最高许可车轴重量。 (1997年第243号法律公告)(2)根据第(1)款作出的标记，须以中英文字标明，并用黑色底白色字，而字母、文字及数字的高度均不得少于25毫米；车主并须无论何时均保持该等标记清洁及容易看见。
(3)就第(2)款而言，“白色”(white) 包括磨光铝或镀铬的颜色。

第374A章 第83条拖车的制动器
(1)除第(5)及(6)款另有规定外，每辆拖车须配备符合第(2)、(3)及(4)款的有效制动系统。
(2)每辆拖车的制动系统须经设计及装备，在该拖车被拖曳时，令到其牵引车辆的司机，能够运用应用于该牵引车辆的制动器的操作工具，将该拖车制动系统内的制动器应用于该拖车的所有车轮上，而该牵引车辆的制动器在设计及构造上，须具有该牵引车辆配备的任何制动系统的任何制动器按照第19条规定的最高制动效能。
(3)每辆拖车的制动系统须经设计及构造，当该拖车静止不动时，能够令到─
(a)该制动系统的制动器可应用于该拖车至少2个车轮上，并可由一名站在地面上的人以装配在该拖车上的操作工具松开；
(b)该制动系统的制动力在该制动系统以第(2)款或(a)段所指出的方式应用时，无论何时均可以由直接机械作用保持运作，而无须任何液压、电力或气压器件的介入；及
(c)该制动系统的制动力当由直接机械作用应用及保持操作时，能在至少1比6.25的坡度上保持该拖车静止不动，而无须储存能量协助。(4)每辆拖车的制动系统在构造上，不得因牵引车辆的引擎不转动而致无效。
(5)如拖车本身的车辆总重不超过2公吨，而其制动器会在拖车超速时自动操作，则第(2)款的条文不适用于该拖车。
(6)本条不适用于─
(a)由汽车拖曳的任何土地机具；
(b)经设计及使用作为清洁街道，而除拖车上必需的齿轮及设备外，不会运载任何负载物的拖车；及
(c)由于发生故障而正由汽车拖曳的任何故障车辆。

第374A章 第84条拖车上的挡泥板及挡泥翼
(1)除第(1A)及(2)款另有规定外，每辆拖车须─
(a)在后轮配备挡泥板；及
(b)在最后方的车轮的后面配备挡泥翼，而挡泥板及挡泥翼须符合经署长认可是为了确保在合理切实可行范围内，尽量挡因车轮转动而溅起的泥或水而合理需要的规格。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(1A) 如拖车的车身已足以在合理切实可行范围内，尽量挡因车轮转动而溅起的泥或水，则第(1)款不适用。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(2)第(1)款不适用于─
(a)正前往工场以完成制造工序的未完成拖车；
(b)土地机具；
(c)只用作运载圆木材，或在空车时与运载圆木材有关的拖车；
(d)由一部最高速度限制在每小时20公里或以下的车辆拖曳的拖车；及
(e)由于发生故障而正由另一车辆拖曳的任何故障车辆。(3)署长须藉宪报公告，公布他为施行第(1)款而认可的挡泥板及挡泥翼的规格。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(4)如拖车属双轮拖车，则在第(1)款中提述后轮之处，须理解为提述该2个车轮。 (1998年第113号法律公告)
(5)在本条，“挡泥翼”(mudflap) 指作为挡泥板下方伸延部分的器件。 (1998年第113号法律公告)

第374A章 第85条电单车、机动三轮车及伤残者车辆的制动器
第VI部
其他车辆
(1)每部电单车、机动三轮车及伤残者车辆，须配备符合第(2)、(3)及(4)款规定而具有2个操作工具的有效制动系统一个，或配备分别有不同操作工具的有效制动系统2个。
(2)任何电单车、机动三轮车或伤残者车辆规定配备的制动系统，即使有任何通过其传送或用以传送运用该制动器所必需的力量的部分(固定组件或制动蹄支承销除外)发生故障，必须在设计及构造上，使司机仍能运用至少一个车轮制动器，在最恶劣的情况下将该车辆于合理的距离内停下。
(3)每部电单车、机动三轮车及伤残者车辆的制动器由其中一个操作工具运用时，须有不少于百分之三十的制动效能，而该等制动器由其他的操作工具运用时，则须有不少于百分之二十五的制动效能。
(4)第(1)款所规定的其中一个操作工具的运用，不得影响或操作其他操作工具的踏板或手柄。

第374A章 第86条徒步控制车辆的轮胎及制动器
每部净重量超过50公斤的徒步控制车辆，须在所有车轮上装上有效的充气轮胎，以及配备一个有良好工作运作的有效制动器。

第374A章 第87条单车及三轮车的制动器
附注：
具追溯力的修订─见1998年第23号第2条
(1)每辆单车及三轮车须配备制动系统至少一个。
(2)每辆单车及三轮车，如其中有任何车轮的外直径(包括任何完全充气的轮胎)超过460毫米，而车辆在构造上─
(a)有一个或以上的车轮不能够脱离踏板而独立旋转，则须配备一个向前轮施加作用的制动系统，如有2个前轮，则须配备一个向该2个前轮均施加作用的制动系统；
(b)并非如上所述，则须配备2个独立的制动系统，其中一个向前轮施加作用，如有2个前轮，则向该2个前轮均施加作用，而另一个则向后轮施加作用，如有2个后轮，则向其中一个后轮施加作用∶
但如属未经构造或改装作为运载货物的三轮车，则如该三轮车配备有向前轮(如该三轮车有2个后轮)或向后轮(如该三轮车有2个前轮)施加作用的独立制动系动2个，即已充分符合本段的规定。(3)本条规定的所有制动系统均须有效，并须保持适当的工作运作。
(4)就本条而言，如制动器直接向任何车轮上的轮胎施加作用，则制动系统不得当作有效。
(5)本条并无任何条文适用于属以下情况的单车或三轮车─
(a)在构造上，踏板直接运用于任何车轮或其任何车轴之上，而无须经过任何齿轮装置、链条或其他设备；或
(b)其制动器符合《1949年国际公约》第26条的规定，而该单车或三轮车是由一名在香港以外地区居住而只拟在香港作短暂逗留的人暂时带入香港，由该单车或三轮车运抵香港的日期起计为期不超过1年，而该单车或三轮车是由该人在其逗留期间使用的。 (1998年第23号第2条)

第374A章 第88条单车及三轮车的警报仪器
(1)每辆单车及三轮车须装配一个能就其驶近或出现而发出充分警报的钟。
(2)单车或三轮车除安装一个钟之外，不得安装其他警报仪器。

第374A章 第89条强制性前灯
第VII部
照明设备及反光体
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每辆汽车均须装有2盏灯，该2盏灯须能于黑夜时间或能见度低的情况下，向前方发出可从合理距离看见的白光，并须根据本规例规定的方式及位置附设在该汽车上。 (2002年第40号法律公告)
(2)尽管第(1)款另有规定，如属─
(a)并无附有侧车的电单车；及
(b)伤残者车辆，则只须装有能向前方发出白光的灯一盏。
(3)本条规定装有的每一盏灯，均须保持清洁及有效的运作。

第374A章 第90条前灯的特征
(1)本条适用于每一盏由电灯泡或封闭式大灯散发光的强制性前灯∶
但本条不适用于─
(a)通常用作转向指示器的灯；及
(b)装配有一个或多个电灯泡的灯，而任何灯泡的额定瓦特功率，或所有能够在同一时间照明的灯泡的总额定瓦特功率均不超过7瓦特，且该灯并装配有不透明玻璃或其他具有扩散光功效的材料。(2)强制性前灯须经构造、装配及保养，以使到由其发出的光束─
(a)无论何时均属低光；
(b)能按照驾驶人的意愿而折射为低光；或
(c)能使用一个设备熄灭，而该设备同时可─
(i)引致该灯发出低光；或
(ii)引致另一盏灯发出低光。(3)除非强制性前灯的安装位置，使其中心距离地面不少于600毫米，否则，强制性前灯不得视为符合第(2)(a)款的规定。

第374A章 第91条强制性前灯的位置
(1)每盏强制性前灯在安装上均须符合以下的规定─
(a)该灯照明面积的最高部分不得离地面超过1.7米，但如装在土地拖拉机、农业用拖拉机、工业用拖拉机、农具或工程装置上，则该灯照明面积的最高部分可离地面不超过2米；及
(b)该车辆或其装备的任何部分，均不得在该灯的同一边横向地延伸出该灯照明面积最接近部分超过400毫米。(2)凡任何车辆装有2盏强制性前灯，则该2盏灯须安装在该车辆的对边，并须安装在离地面的同一高度上。
(3)凡双用途灯是装在电单车附有的侧车、土地拖拉机、农业用拖拉机或徒步控制车辆上，则该灯在安装上，须使到该侧车、拖拉机或徒步控制车辆的任何部分(包括装备在内)，不得在该灯的同一边横向地延伸出结合在双用途灯内的强制性前灯的照明面积最接近部分超过400毫米。

第374A章 第92条须安装的灯的性质的限制
(1)除第(2)款及第108、109、111、112、113、114及115条另有规定外，任何车辆不得安装能够发出以下光的灯─
(a)向前方发出红光；或
(b)任何向后方发出的光，但红光或为倒车的目的而发出的白光除外。 (2000年第1号法律公告)(2)第(1)(b)款并不阻止任何车辆安装为以下目的而向后方发出光的灯─
(a)为该车辆作内部照明；
(b)为照明号码字牌或的士计程表；
(c)按照第45条为照明安装在的士车顶的标志；或
(d)如属公共服务车辆，则为照明该车辆上指示路或目的地的板、字牌或设备。(3)任何车辆不得装有一盏能向后方发出光的灯，以照明任何向超车车辆发出信号的设备。

第374A章 第93条多用途灯、混合灯及反光体
(1)如车辆安装有一盏灯，而该盏灯符合所有适用于该车辆为不同目的而装有不同的灯的要求，则本部并无任何条文规定该车辆须就不同的目的而装有不同的灯。
(2)强制性后灯可经构造以在不发出光时，作为就第106条而言的有效红色反光体。

第374A章 第94条对灯的移动等的限制
除本规例另有规定外，当汽车在行驶时，其所发出的光须不能旋转、折射或以其地方式移动∶
但如安装在任何汽车上不超过2盏向前方发出光的灯(强制性前灯除外)的中心离地面不超过1米，则由这些灯发出的光束在该车辆的前轮为了驾驶的目的而转向时，可因该等前轮的移动而折射向任何一边(但折射角度无必要与前轮转向角度相同)。

第374A章 第95条在前灯的电灯泡及封闭式前灯的标记
每盏灯所使用的电灯泡，以及每盏封闭式大灯(两者均为安装在任何汽车上向前方发出光的灯)，须有一个清楚易读而不能抹掉的标记，以标明其额定瓦特功率。

第374A章 第96条强制性大灯
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部汽车须按照本规例的条文配备大灯。
(2)第(1)款不适用于─
(a)徒步控制车辆；
(b)跨运车；
(c)农具或农业用拖拉机；
(d)压路机；
(e)因其构造而以其本身动力行驶时，不能在水平面上超过每小时10公里的速度的车辆；及
(f)暂时带入香港并凭借国际通行许可证使用的车辆，而该车辆符合《1968年国际公约》附件6第II部有关照明设备及反光体的规定。

第374A章 第97条有2个或3个车轮的车辆须装有的大灯
(1)一部有2个或3个车轮的汽车须装有─
(a)一盏在通过该车辆纵轴(就确定该纵轴而言，无须将附设于该车辆的侧车计算在内)的垂直平面上的大灯，而该大灯─
(i)(如属电单车而不论其是否附有侧车)只能发出低光；或
(ii)与一个设备连接，该设备在按驾驶人的意愿操作时，能导致发出主光或低光；或(b)一对配对大灯，而该对大灯与一个设备连接，该设备在按驾驶人的意愿操作时，能导致该对大灯发出主光或低光。(2)本条规定安装的任何大灯所发出的每一道光束，须由一个或多个电灯泡的一条或多条灯丝散发出来，或者是由一盏封闭式大灯的一条或多条灯丝散发出来，而该灯丝或至少其中一条灯丝不得低于以下的额定值─
(a)如属由装在一部无论是否附有侧车的电单车上的大灯所发出的主光或低光，则是18瓦特；及
(b)如属由装在其他车辆上的大灯所发出的低光或主光，则分别是24及30瓦特。(3)凡车辆按照本条装有一对配对大灯，则该对大灯(工程装置、工业用拖拉机或无论是否附有侧车的电单车装有的大灯除外)必须分别安装在该车辆的两边，以致其照明面积的任何部分，与该对大灯中另一盏大灯照明面积的任何部分的距离不少于300毫米。

第374A章 第98条有4个或更多车轮的车辆须装有的大灯
(1)每部有4个或更多车轮的汽车，须装有─
(a)一对配对大灯，而该对大灯与一个设备连接，该设备在按驾驶人的意愿操作时，能导致该对大灯发出主光或低光；或
(b)2对或以上的配对大灯，而该等大灯须安排如下─
(i)组成2组大灯，分别安装在通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的两边；
(ii)其中一对配对大灯的大灯，每盏能发出低光而不会同时发出主光，而其与通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的距离，须至少等于另一对配对大灯上任何其他大灯与该垂直平面的距离，且其他大灯每盏均能发出主光；及
(iii)该两组大灯中的所有大灯，均与一个设备连接，而该设备在按驾驶人的意愿操作时，能同时熄灭该两组大灯上每一盏大灯所发出的每道主光，并能导致该配对大灯上的2盏大灯发出或继续发出低光，而该对配对大灯与通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的距离，须至少等于另一对配对大灯上任何其他大灯与该垂直平面的距离∶但如属巴士，而该巴士装有一对配对大灯，其中之一能发出低光而不会使任何一盏大灯同时发出主光，则已充分符合本款的规定。
(2)本条规定安装的任何大灯所发出的每一道主光或低光，须由一个或多个电灯泡的一条或多条灯丝散发出来，或者是由一盏封闭式大灯的一条或多条灯丝散发出来，而该灯丝或至少其中一条灯丝的额定值不得低于30瓦特。
(3)每盏按照本条安装在车辆上并发出低光的大灯(工程装置、工业用拖拉机上安装的大灯除外)，须安装在该车辆的一边，以致─
(a)其照明面积的任何部分，与安装在另一边的任何大灯的照明面积的任何部分的距离，不得少于600毫米；及
(b)该大灯照明面积的最外部分，与该车辆安装该大灯的一边的最外部分的距离，不得超过400毫米。

第374A章 第99条强制性前灯及大灯的整体式结构
(1)如属装有一盏强制性前灯及一盏强制性大灯的车辆，则该两盏灯可结合为一个整体式结构。
(2)如属附有侧车的电单车，即一部装有2盏强制性前灯及一盏强制性大灯的车辆，则其中一盏强制性前灯可与该强制性大灯结合为一个整体式结构。
(3)如属装有2盏强制性前灯的车辆，则该2盏灯可与以下的灯结合─
(a)如属只有2盏强制性大灯的车辆，则与该2盏灯结合；或
(b)与在配对大灯内的2盏强制性大灯结合，而该对配对大灯与通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的距离，须至少等于另一对配对强制性大灯上任何其他强制性大灯与该垂直平面的距离，以组成2个整体式结构，而每个结构均包括一盏强制性大灯及一盏强制性前灯。

第374A章 第100条每一盏强制性大灯的规定
每盏安装在车辆上的强制性大灯，须符合以下的规定─
(a)该大灯须牢置于该车辆上；
(b)该大灯须经构造及保养，以能在该车辆静止不动时，可调校由该大灯发出的光束方向，以便该大灯在亮时会发出本部规定须能发出的光束类型；及
(c)该大灯须保持清洁及有效的运作。

第374A章 第101条每对配对强制性大灯的规定
每对安装在车辆上的配对强制性大灯，须符合以下的规定─
(a)配对的2盏大灯在亮时须有同样的面积及形状；
(b)配对的2盏大灯的路须作出以下的安排─
(i)如该2盏大灯能发出主光或低光，则其发出的光束只能够一起开关；
(ii)如该2盏大灯能发出主光及低光，则低光只能够一起开关，而主光亦只能够一起开关；
(iii)如该2盏大灯能发出辅助主光，则该光束只能与由另一对强制性大灯发出的主光一起开关；及(c)配对的2盏大灯在亮时，须发出同样颜色的光束。

第374A章 第102条大灯光束的颜色
由安装在车辆上的大灯或雾灯发出的每束主光或低光，须是一束白光或黄光。

第374A章 第103条强制性后灯
附表7第1栏列出的每部车辆，须按照附表7就该车辆而指明的规定安装强制性后灯。

第374A章 第104条强制性后灯的特征
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每盏安装在车辆上的强制性后灯，如属圆形的，须有一个不少于50毫米直径的照明面积，而如非属圆形的，则其照明面积如下─
(a)不少于一个50毫米直径圆圈的面积；及
(b)其形状可将一个25毫米直径的圆圈包含在内。(2)安装在附有侧车的电单车上的每盏强制性后灯，如属圆形的，须有不少于40毫米直径的照明面积，而如非属圆形的，则其照明面积如下─
(a)不少于一个40毫米直径圆圈的面积；及
(b)其形状可将一个25毫米直径的圆圈包含在内。(3)安装在车辆上的强制性后灯所使用的每一个电灯泡，须有不少于5瓦特的额定瓦特功率，而在该等电灯泡的玻璃或金属灯头上，则须有一个清楚易读而不能抹掉的标记，以标明其额定瓦特功率。
(4)凡车辆安装有2盏强制性后灯，则该2盏灯在亮时均须有同样的外形及同样的照明面积；如该2盏灯是电力操作的，则其路须经安排，即使任何一盏灯的灯泡发生故障，另一盏灯亦不会因而熄灭。

第374A章 第105条倒车灯
(1)任何车辆不得装有超过2盏倒车灯。
(2)每盏安装在车辆上的倒车灯，须符合以下的规定─
(a)该灯须使用电力照明；
(b)该灯须经构造，除使用以下方法外，不能以其他方法亮起─
(i)选择该车辆的倒档齿轮后自动开灯；或
(ii)由该车辆的驾驶人使用一个开关亮起，而该开关并无其他用途；
(c)装配在该灯上的电灯泡的额定瓦特功率，或所有电灯泡的总额定瓦特功率，或装配在该灯上的封闭式大灯的额定瓦特功率，不得超过24瓦特；及
(d)该灯须经构造、装配及保养，以令该灯发出的光无论何时都是一道向下折射的光束，而其折射程度是任何人如与该车辆于同一水平面并距离该倒车灯8米以上，而其眼睛高度离该水平不少于1米时，该光束不会使该人目眩。(3)凡倒车灯经构造及装配以令车辆的驾驶人使用一个开关亮起，则该车辆须配备一个设备，而该设备须经装配以令其无论何时均轻易被坐在驾驶座椅上的驾驶人看见，且该设备须经设计以令在该倒车灯亮时发出指示。

第374A章 第106条强制性反光体
附表8第1栏列出的每部车辆，须按照附表8就该车辆而指明的规定装配反光体。

第374A章 第107条反光体的特征
每块强制性反光体须符合以下的规定─
(a)如属圆形的反光体，则反光面积的直径不得少于40毫米；如非属圆形的，则反光面积如下─
(i)不少于一个40毫米直径圆圈的面积；及
(ii)其形状可将一个25毫米直径的圆圈包含在内；(b)反光面积的形状须能够完全放入一个150毫米直径的圆圈之内；
(c)反光体安装在车辆上的位置，须能够令该反光体的反光面积处于垂直位置，并正面向后方；及
(d)反光体须保持清洁，并可从后面清楚看见。

第374A章 第108条前角标志灯
(1)除第(4)款另有规定外，成为由2部或以上车辆组成的组合式车辆的一部分而总全长度超过11米的拖车，于黑夜时间或能见度低的情况下，在任何道路上须按照第(2)及(3)款装有2盏前角标志灯。
(2)第(1)款规定装有的该2盏前角标志灯，须分别装在该拖车纵轴的两边，而其装在拖车上的位置，亦须符合以下的规定─
(a)任何一盏灯的照明面积均不得在该拖车最前部分后面超过1.5米，但如由于延长照明面积，在任何一盏灯前面该拖车任何部分的全宽度，不超过该拖车最大全宽度的一半，则该1.5米的距离可延长至在该拖车最前部分后面不超过3.5米；
(b)除第(3)款另有规定外，与上述的一盏灯处于同一边的拖车部分，由一条通过该灯照明面积最接近部分的垂直起计，不得向外伸出超过300毫米；及
(c)该拖车的任何部分不得遮去按照本条装有的灯所发出的光。(3)凡拖车附有一盏前角标志灯，以致─
(a)其照明面积在该拖车最前部分后面超过900毫米但不超过1.5米，而该面积并无任何部分离地面超过1.5米；及
(b)与该一盏灯处于同一边的拖车部分，即离地面少于1.5米并在该一盏灯照明面积前面的部分，由一条通过该照明面积最接近部分的垂直起计，未有向外伸出超过300毫米，则该盏灯的位置，可以令到该拖车在该一边的任何其他部分，由一条通过该照明面积最接近部分的垂直起计，向外伸出不超过500毫米。
(4)第(1)款不适用于─
(a)全长度不超过2.25米的拖车；及
(b)由于发生故障而正由另一车辆拖曳的故障车辆。(5)就本条而言─
(a)在确定拖车的全长度时，该拖车的牵引杆及其连接所需的任何配件，均无须计算在内；
(b)在确定拖车的最前部分时，该拖车的牵引杆及其连接所需的任何配件，以及该拖车离地面超过1.5米的部分(如有的话)，均无须计算在内。

第374A章 第109条旁标志灯
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，成为由2部或以上车辆组成的组合式车辆的一部分而总全长度超过11米的拖车，于黑夜时间或能见度低的情况下，在任何道路上须在该拖车纵轴的每一边装有以下的旁标志灯，而该等旁标志灯须附于在该拖车或其运载的负载物(如有的话)─
(a)其中一盏灯的位置，令其照明面积由第108条规定安装的前角标志灯的最前部分起计，不超过3米或少于2米；
(b)其中一盏灯的位置，令其照明面积由该拖车的最后部分(包括其运载的负载物(如有的话)在内)起计，不超过3米亦不少于2米；及
(c)在(a)及(b)段所述的灯之间的其他灯，其位置能够确保任何一盏旁标志灯的照明面积的最接近部分，与下一盏旁标志灯的照明面积的最接近部分之间的距离，不超过3米或少于2米。(2)凡组合式车辆中的任何车辆由于发生故障而正由另一车辆拖曳，则第(1)款不适用于该组合式车辆。

第374A章 第110条前角标志灯及旁标志灯的特征
(1)每盏前角标志灯及旁标志灯须符合以下的规定─
(a)能够适当地照明，并保持清洁及有效的运作；
(b)在亮时，任何人从一个合理距离面向该灯，并在与安装该灯的车辆的纵轴成直角且与该灯成直的位置，均可以看见；及
(c)其安装的位置令上述任何一盏灯的照明面积的最高部分离地面不超过1.5米。(2)每盏以电力照明的前角标志灯及旁标志灯，须符合以下的规定─
(a)除第(3)款另有规定外，与形成该汽车或拖车的电力系统的整体式部分的电力供应连接起来；
(b)装配有一个或多个灯泡，而其额定瓦特功率或总额定瓦特功率均不得超过7瓦特，且在该等灯泡的玻璃或金属灯头上，须有一个清楚易读而不能抹掉的标记，以标明其额定瓦特功率；及
(c)装配有不透明玻璃或其他具有扩散光功效的材料。(3)如用以照明安装在拖车上的前角标志灯或旁标志灯的电力，是产生自至少有3伏特电压的蓄电池，而该拖车经设计及构造以运载圆木材的，则第(2)(a)款并不适用于上述的灯。
(4)每盏前角标志灯，如属圆形的，其照明面积的直径不得少于25毫米；如非属圆形的，则其照明面积不得少于一个直径25毫米圆圈的面积。
(5)每盏旁标志灯，如属圆形的，均须有由白光照明及一个由红光照明的照明面积，其直径分别不少于25毫米，而如非属圆形的，则须有由白光照明及由红光照明的照明面积，其面积分别不少于一个直径25毫米圆圈的面积。

第374A章 第111条某些车辆上的琥珀色灯
(1)署长可酌情更改本部的规定，容许汽车上安装一盏或多盏发出琥珀色光的灯，以供其特别容许的目的之用。
(2)每盏依据第(1)款安装的灯，其装配在车辆上的位置，须能令该灯的中心的高度离地面不少于1.5米，以及位于或在切实可行的范围内尽量接近该车辆的纵轴。
(3)每盏依据第(1)款安装的灯，其形状及大小，须能令到该灯发出光的部分在任何垂直平面的正交投影面积，能够全部包括在一个长度达225毫米的长方形内。
(4)如依据第(1)款安装的灯只有一盏，则该灯所发出的光，须可在一个以该灯为中心，并在水平面上画出的圆圈上的任何部分的一点看见；凡有安装超过一盏灯，则由上述各盏灯合共发出的光，须可在一个以该车辆纵轴的一点为中心，并在水平面上画出的圆圈上的任何部分的一点看见。
(5)凡从按照第(4)款画出的圆圈上的任何一点观察，任何一盏依据第(1)款安装的灯所发出的光，每分钟得看见不少于60次亦不多于150次，而每次向该点发出光之间的间隔，亦须稳定不变。
(6)每盏依据第(1)款安装的灯所发出的光，须以集中光束的方式，或是以在一个大致上是水平的平面上转动的光束的方式发出。
(7)就任何依据第(1)款安装的灯而言，其所装配的电灯泡的额定瓦特功率，或所有灯泡的总额定瓦特功率，均不得超过36瓦特。
(8)除根据第(1)款获授权的车辆外，任何车辆均不得安装一盏在发出琥珀色光时，与由一部凭借本条获授权的车辆所安装的灯相类似的灯。

第374A章 第112条救护车辆所用的蓝灯
(1)署长可酌情容许用作救护车的汽车安装一盏或以上发出稳定或断续蓝光的灯。
(2)除根据第(1)款获容许安装该灯的救护车外，任何车辆均不得安装一盏在发出蓝光时，与由一部救护车凭借本条所安装的灯相类似的灯。

第374A章 第113条用作照明意外及故障现场的灯
(1)故障车辆可安装一盏或以上发出白光，并符合第(2)款规定的灯，以照明发生意外或故障的现场。
(2)第(1)款所提述的每一盏灯须经构造、装配及保养，以令其照明面积的任何部分离地面不少于1.5 米。

第374A章 第114条转向指示器
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外─
(a)每部汽车须按照附表9第I、II或III部的条文装配转向指示器；
(b)每部拖车须按照附表9第III或V部装配转向指示器，但如该拖车被一部汽车拖曳，而该汽车已按照该附表第III部装配有转向指示器，则该拖车亦须按照该部装配转向指示器。(2)本条不适用于─
(a)工业用拖拉机、土地拖拉机或徒步控制车辆；
(b)电单车；及
(c)属以下情况的拖车─
(i)被一部无须按照本条安装转向指示器的汽车拖曳的拖车；
(ii)由于该车的尺寸，以致当该拖车的纵轴处于牵引车辆纵轴的同一垂直平面时，无论该拖车是否有负载，任何在该垂直平面上拖车后面6米的一点观看的人，均可以看见该车辆的2盏后或侧转向指示器；或
(iii)是一部发生故障的汽车，或是一部发生故障的挂接车辆的一部分，或其后面拖曳另一部拖车。

第374A章 第115条停车灯
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部电单车及伤残者车辆须安装一盏停车灯，而每部汽车及拖车则须安装2盏停车灯。
(2)第(1)款并无规定附表10第I部所指明的任何车辆安装任何停车灯。
(3)依据第(1)款装配在任何汽车或拖车上的每盏停车灯，须符合附表10第II部列出的规定。
(4)任何车辆不得安装不符合本条规定的停车灯、额外停车灯，或其他在运用制动器时会亮着的灯。

第374A章 第116条转向指示器及停车灯的保养
装配在汽车或拖车上的每一转向指示器及停车灯，须于该车辆在道路上使用时的任何时间内，保持清洁及有效的运作。

第374A章 第117条危险警告设备
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，汽车可装配一个危险警告设备，以便同时操作─
(a)在该汽车两边的一盏或以上的转向指示器；或
(b)该等指示器，以及在任何正被该汽车拖曳的拖车两边的一盏或以上的转向指示器。(2)按照第(1)款装配的危险警告设备，须─
(a)包括一盏能够在该设备正在操作时向该汽车的驾驶人发出指示的警告灯；及
(b)能够由一个只控制该设备的开关启动。(3)除符合本条的危险警告设备外，任何汽车均不得装配以第(1)款所提述的方式操作转向指示器的设备。

第374A章 第117A条强制性危险警告设备
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，每部在1988年1月1日或以后登记的汽车，均须安装一个危险警告设备，以便─
(a)同时操作在该汽车两侧的一盏或以上的转向指示器；
(b)包括一个能够在该设备正在操作时向该汽车的驾驶人发出指示的警告灯；及
(c)能够由一个只控制该设备的开关启动。(2)本条不适用于工业用拖拉机、土地拖拉机、徒步控制车辆或电单车。
(1987年第225号法律公告)

第374A章 第118条适用范围
第VIII部
车尾标记
本部适用于─
(a)每部许可车辆总重超过5.5公吨的货车；及
(b)每部净重量超过1公吨的拖车。

第374A章 第119条车尾标记的装配
(1)(a)每辆本部适用的货车，而全长度不超过13米的；及
(b)每辆本部适用的拖车，而该拖车是一列由2部或以上车辆组成的组合式车辆的一部分，而该组合式车辆的总全长度不超过13米，须装配一个附表11第I部图1或2所示类型的车尾标记，但如任何该等货车或拖车的尾部在构造上不能按照附表11第III部装配该标记，则可改为装配附表11第I部图3所示类型的车尾标记。
(2)(a)每辆本部适用的货车，而全长度超过13米的；及
(b)每辆本部适用的拖车，而该拖车是一列由2部或以上车辆组成的组合式车辆的一部分，而该组合式车辆的总全长度超过13米，须安装一个附表11第I部图形4或5所示类型的车尾标记。
(3)依据本条装配在车辆上的车尾标记─
(a)须与附表11第I部列出该标记的图形所示的大小及颜色一样，但须受该附表第II部的条文所规限；及
(b)须经装配以符合该附表第III部列出的有关条文。

第374A章 第120条装配车尾标记的代替性条文
(1)本条适用于当其时正在运载负载物的车辆，而该等负载物向后伸出车尾以外，以致如按照第119条装配任何车尾标记，则该标记会被该等负载物所遮蔽，因而不能在该车辆后面的一段合理距离内清楚地看见该标记。
(2)如第119条规定或认可需要装配在车辆上的标记已改为装配在该车辆的负载物上，则本条适用的车辆无须按照第119条装配车尾标记。
(3)就该负载物在运载期间所装配的车尾标记而言，附表11第III部的条文在作出以下的变通后，适用于该标记─
(a)在该部第1、2、5及6段内，凡提述该车辆，须代之以提述该负载物；及
(b)在该部第6段内，由“但如”开始至该款结尾为止，须代之以“但如该负载物正装上或卸下该车辆，则属例外。”。

第374A章 第120A条费用
第IX部
杂项
除特别作出其他规定外，根据本规例发出的任何许可证或书面许可，所收费用均为$110。
(1984年第258号法律公告；1996年第522号法律公告；1998年第30号法律公告；1998年第143号法律公告)

第374A章 第121条罪行
(1)除本规例的条文另有规定外，任何人在任何道路上使用，或致使或允许他人使用并没有在所有方面均符合本规例的任何车辆，即属犯罪，可处罚款$10000及监禁6个月。 (1991年第134号法律公告；由1997年第80号第102条)
(2)任何人违反或不遵从本规例的任何规定，即属犯罪，可处罚款$10000及监禁6个月。
(3)任何人在任何道路上使用，或容受或允许他人使用任何的士来回兜客，或为出租或取酬而运载乘客，而该的士属以下的情况─
(a)的士计程表上署长的印章或封盖已遭破坏；
(b)的士计程表在先前的6个月内并无由署长盖上印章及封盖；
(c)在装上完全充气的轮胎时，驱动该的士计程表之的士车轮的直径，与该的士计程表在设计、装置及测试时的直径，或与该的士计程表上所标明的直径不同；
(d)的士计程表在未获署长事先认可而装置； (1997年第148号法律公告)
(e)的士计程表没有在每一方面均符合本规例的条文；或 (1997年第148号法律公告)
(f)收据打印设备并没有按照第42A条安装， (1997年第148号法律公告)即属犯罪，可处罚款$10000及监禁6个月。
(4)任何人无合法辩解而毁损、损坏或更改任何的士计程表，即属犯罪，可处罚款$10000及监禁6个月。

第374A章 第122条过渡性条文
(1)每辆在紧接本规例第12、16、17、20、26、28、29、65、66、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、76、77、115条及附表10实施日期之前登记或获发牌照的车辆，只要继续遵从本规例第123条撤销的《道路交通(车辆构造及使用)规例》(第220章，附属法例)*(在本条下文称为“已撤销规例”)的任何相应条文，在该日期之后的5年内，均获豁免遵从上述规例，而该等相应条文在附表12第I部列出，犹如在该段期间继续有效一样。
(1A)每辆在紧接第79条实施日期之前登记或获发牌照的车辆，在该日期之后的3年内，均获豁免遵从该条第(1)款内有关在车辆上漆上或标明最高许可车轴重量的规定。 (1984年第258号法律公告)
(1B)每辆在紧接第82条实施日期之前登记或获发牌照的拖车，均须在该日期之后的3年内，获豁免遵从该条第(1)款内有关在拖车上漆上或标明最高许可车轴重量的规定。 (1984年第258号法律公告)
(1C)每辆第40A或40B条适用，并在紧接该等规例生效日期之前登记或获发牌照的车辆，在该等规例生效日期之后的3年内，均获豁免遵从该等规例。 (1990年第203号法律公告)
(1D)每辆第51A条适用，并在紧接《1995年道路交通(车辆构造及保养)(修订)规例》+(1995年第231号法律公告)生效日期之前登记的私家小巴，在该生效日期之后的1年内，均获豁免遵从该条第(1)款的规定。 (1995年第231号法律公告)
(2)每辆在紧接本规例第VIII部实施日期之前登记的货车，以及获发牌照的拖车，在该日期之后的5年内，均获豁免遵从该部的规定。
(3)每个在紧接本规例第41、42、43及44条实施日期之前合法地使用之的士计程表，只要继续遵从《道路交通(公共服务车辆)规例》(第374章，附属法例)第60条撤销的《道路交通(公共服务车辆)规例》**的任何相应条文，在该日期之后的5年内，均获豁免遵从上述规例，而该等相应条文在附表12第II部列出，犹如在该段期间继续有效一样。
(3A)每辆在紧接《1997年道路交通(车辆构造及保养)(修订)(第2号)规例》(1997年第148号法律公告)生效日期#之前登记之的士，在下列时间之前的任何时间，均获豁免遵从第42A条的规定─
(a)该的士自该生效日期起计下一次须根据本条例第78条交出检验时；或
(b)1998年6月20日，两者以时间较早者为准。 (1997年第148号法律公告)
(4)任何根据已撤销规例第11、36(2)、92、93、94、95或96(3)条发出而在紧接本规例第123条实施日期之前存在或有效的许可证，不得因第123条所作的撤销而变为无效，而须当作是根据本规例第4条所授予的豁免。
(5)每辆汽车的引擎在紧接第32(1)条实施日期之前遵从已撤销规例第27A(1)条的规定，须当作为遵从本规例第32(1)条的规定。
(6)在不损害本规例任何其他条文的原则下，任何根据已撤销的规例授予、发出或作出的任何豁免、许可证、认可、指明或决定，只要可根据本规例相应条文授予、发出或作出，则不得因本规例第123条所作的撤销而变为无效，而只要该等豁免、许可证、认可、指明或决定在第123条实施时已经存在或有效，则须属有效，犹如该等相应条文授予、发出或作出一样。
___________________________________________________________________________
注：
*“《道路交通(车辆构造及使用)规例》(第220章，附属法例)”乃“Road Traffic (Construction and Use) Regulations (Cap 220 sub. leg.)”之译名。
+“《1995年道路交通(车辆构造及保养)(修订)规例》”乃“Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) (Amendment) Regulation 1995”之译名。
**“《道路交通(公共服务车辆)规例》”乃“Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations”之译名。
#生效日期：1997年6月20日

第374A章 第123条(已失时效而略去)
(已失时效而略去)
第374A章 附表1车辆的总尺寸
[第6条]
第1栏
第2栏
第3栏
第4栏
车辆
全长度
全宽度
全高度
私家车
6.3米
2.3米
2.0米
的士
6.3米
2.3米
2.0米
伤残者车辆
6.3米
2.3米
2.0米
小型巴士
7.0米
2.3米
3.0米
巴士
单层
12.0米
2.5米
3.5米
双层
12.0米
2.5米
4.6米
挂接式
15.0米
2.5米
3.5米
轻型货车
10.0米
2.5米
3.5米
中型货车
11.0米
2.5米
4.6米
重型货车
整体式
11.0米
2.5米
4.6米
挂接式
16.0米
2.5米
4.6米
特别用途车辆
12.0米
2.5米
4.6米
三轮车
─
1.1米
─
拖车
13.5米
2.5米
4.6米
徒步控制车辆
4.3米
1.6米
─
第374A章 附表2
[第7条]
就本附表而言，任何2条车轴之间的距离，均须按照以下的方法得出∶量度将其中一条车轴的各个车轮与路面之间的接触面积的中心连接起来的直，与将另一条有关车轴的各个车轮与路面之间的接触面积的中心连接起来的直之间的最短距离。
第I部
车辆的最高重量
(须受第II、III、IV、V及VI部所规限)
第1栏
第2栏
车辆种类
最高车辆总重
私家车
3.0公吨
的士
3.0公吨
伤残者车辆
3.0公吨
小型巴士
5.5公吨
巴士
24公吨
轻型货车
5.5公吨
中型货车
24公吨
重型货车
38公吨
电单车
500公斤
机动三辆车
600公斤
拖车
38公吨
(1990年第146号法律公告；2004年第19号第5条)
第II部
整体式车辆的最高重量
第1栏
整体式车辆种类
第2栏
轮距
米
第3栏
最高车辆总重
双轴车辆
少于2.65
至少2.65
14公吨
16公吨
3轴车辆
少于3.00
至少3.00
至少3.20
至少3.90
至少4.90
16公吨
18公吨
20公吨
22公吨
24公吨
4轴车辆
少于3.70
至少3.70
至少4.60
至少4.70
至少5.60
至少5.90
至少6.30
18公吨
20公吨
22公吨
24公吨
26公吨
28公吨
30公吨
第III部
挂接车辆的最高重量
第1栏
整体式车辆种类
第2栏
轮距
米
第3栏
最高车辆总重
双轴汽车
少于2.4
至少2.4
14公吨
16公吨
3轴汽车
少于3.0
至少3.0
至少3.8
至少4.3
18公吨
20公吨
22公吨
24公吨
半拖车种类
2条近距车轴
之间的距离
米
2条近距车轴的最
高车轴重量总重
双轴半拖车
少于1.02
至少1.02
至少1.05
至少1.20
至少1.50
至少1.85
11公吨
16公吨
17公吨
18公吨
19公吨
20公吨
3条近距车轴的外
车轴之间的距离
米
3条近距车轴的
最高车轴重量总重
3轴半拖车
少于1.40
至少1.40
至少1.50
至少2.00
至少2.55
至少2.70
10.5公吨
12 公吨
18 公吨
19.5公吨
21 公吨
22.5公吨
在本部及第7(3)条中─
“2条近距车轴”(2 closely spaced axles) 指相隔不超过2.5米但亦不少于1米距离的车轴。
“3条近距车轴”(3 closely spaced axles) 指相隔3.25米或以下距离的最外车轴。 (1985年第242号法律公告)
第IV部
挂接车辆的最高总重
第1栏
组合式挂接车辆的种类
第2栏
内轴距
米
第3栏
最高组合式车辆
总重
双轴汽车加上单轴拖车
少于2.1
至少2.1
至少3.1
20公吨
22公吨
24公吨
双轴汽车加上双轴拖车
少于2.9
至少2.9
至少3.1
至少3.6
至少4.0
24公吨
26公吨
29公吨
32公吨
34公吨
双轴汽车加上3轴或以上拖车
至少4.2
38公吨
3轴或以上汽车加上单轴拖车
少于2.0
至少2.0
至少2.7
至少3.0
至少4.0
至少4.4
22公吨
24公吨
26公吨
28公吨
30公吨
32公吨
3轴或以上汽车加上双轴或以上拖车
少于2.0
至少2.0
至少2.3
至少3.2
至少4.0
24公吨
26公吨
30公吨
34公吨
38公吨
3轴或以上汽车加上3轴或以上拖车
(1990年第146号法律公告)
至少4.7
至少5.2
至少5.7
40公吨
42公吨
44公吨
在本部中─
“内轴距”(inner axle spacing) 指汽车的最后车轴与由其拖曳的拖车的最前车轴之间的距离。
第V部
车辆中2条近距车轴的最高重量
第1栏
2条近距车轴之间的距离
米
第2栏
任何一条车轴的最高车轴重量
少于1.02
至少1.02
至少1.05
至少1.20
至少1.50
至少1.85
5.5公吨
8 公吨
8.5公吨
9 公吨
9.5公吨
10 公吨
在本部及第7(5)条中，“2条近距车轴”(2 closely spaced axles) 指相隔不超过2.5米但亦不少于1米距离的车轴。
第VI部
车辆中3条近距车轴的最高重量
第1栏
3条近距车轴的外车轴之间的距离
米
第2栏
任何一条车轴的最高车轴重量
少于1.40
至少1.40
至少1.50
至少2.00
至少2.55
至少2.70
3.5公吨
4 公吨
6 公吨
6.5公吨
7 公吨
7.5公吨
在本部及第7(6)条中，“3条近距车轴”(3 closely spaced axles) 指相隔3.25米或以下距离的最外车轴。
(1985年第242号法律公告)
第374A章 附表3最高乘客座位数目
[第27条]
车辆种类
乘客座位数目
私家车
7
的士
5
小型巴士
16
轻型货车
5
中型货车
5
重型货车
5
电单车
1
电单车(附有侧车)
2
机动三轮车
1
(1988年第89号第8条)
第374A章 附表4
[第31及31A条]
第I部
最高许可的汽车烟雾或可见气体排放量
第1栏
第2栏
最高许可烟雾或
可见气体水平
以光吸收绝对单位计算
的最高许可烟雾或
可见气体水平
(M-1)
60哈特里奇单位
2.13
第II部
装有强制点火式引擎及使用无铅汽油作为燃料的
汽车的排气污染物排放标准
第1栏
第2栏
第3栏
制造日期
测量程序
排放标准
1975年1月1日至1986年12月31日期间(首尾两日包括在内)
在由欧洲联盟议会制定的议会指令 96/96 EC 附录II第8.2.1(a)项所指明者
(a)汽车怠速时所排放的一氧化碳不得超出监督取得的由该汽车的制造商指明的最高许可水平；或
(b)如监督没有得知该指明水平，则汽车怠速时所排放的一氧化碳不得超过千分之四十五体积比率
1987年1月1日至1991年12月31日期间(首尾两日包括在内)
在由欧洲联盟议会制定的议会指令 96/96 EC 附录II第8.2.1(a)项所指明者
(a)汽车怠速时所排放的一氧化碳不得超出监督取得的由该汽车的制造商指明的最高许可水平；或
(b)如监督没有得知该指明水平，则汽车怠速时所排放的一氧化碳不得超过千分之三十五体积比率
1992年1月1日或之后
在由欧洲联盟议会制定的议会指令 96/96 EC 附录II第8.2.1(b)项所指明者
(a)汽车怠速时所排放的一氧化碳不得超出监督取得的由该汽车的制造商指明的最高许可水平；或
(b)如监督没有得知该指明水平，则汽车─
(i)怠速时所排放的一氧化碳不得超过千分之五体积比率；并且
(ii)高怠速1时所排放的一氧化碳不得超过千分之三体积比率，而过量空气系数2亦不得超出1±0.03
第III部
装有强制点火式引擎及使用石油气作为燃料的
汽车的排气污染物排放标准
第1栏
第2栏
测量程序
排放标准
在由日本自动车基准认证国际化研究中心出版的、日期为1997年10月的《协助获取日本认证的自动车类型批核手册》技术版本II第11-2章第4-21-1项所指明者
一氧化碳不得超过千分之十体积比率；并且碳氢化合物作为正己烷对应物亦不得超过百万分之三百体积比率
注：1.高怠速的引擎的速度不得低于每分钟2000转。
2.过量空气系数指吸入空气的容量除以引擎的理论空气需求量所得之数值。
(附表4由2000年第160号法律公告代替)
第374A章 附表5(由1991年第134号法律公告废除)
第374A章 附表6的士的字牌
[第46条]
第I部
按照车辆的座位数目更改数字
第II部
与字牌有关的条文
1.第46条所指的字牌，须于绿色的表面髹上不能抹掉的白色。
2.任何英文字母或数字均不得与该表面分离，但如该等英文字母或数字是分开制造，并焊接或牢固地铆接在该表面上，则并无违反本规例的规定如该等英文字母及数字是在扁平的字牌上面展示，则该字牌可用凸字铸造或压制金属构造。
3.除第46条的条文另有规定外，每一块字牌附在车辆上的方式，均须令署长感到满意。
4.在该等字牌上的所有英文字母必须高25毫米，每个英文字母的每一部分亦须阔5毫米，而每个英文字母(除“I”之外)所占空间的总宽度则必须为25毫米。
5.字牌上显示的数字，须是该车辆登记文件上所示的座位数目，而每一个数字均须高56毫米及阔38毫米。
6.每一块字牌均须在车头及车尾展示，以便从该车辆的前面可以容易地分辨放在车头的字牌上的每个英文字母及数字，以及从该车辆的后面可以容易地分辨放在车尾的字牌上的每个英文字母及数字。
7.任何字牌附近不得放置其他数字或字母，亦不得放置任何图案、广告或装饰，以致相当可能令车辆在行驶时较难阅读或分辨该字牌上的字或数字。
第374A章 附表7关于强制性后灯的数目及在车辆上位置的规定
〔第103条〕
1
车辆类别
2
后灯的
数目
3
后灯的横向位置
4
后灯的纵向位置
5
后灯照明面积最高部分离地面的最大高度
6
后灯照明面积最低部分离地面的最小高度
7
更改或增补条文
1.
(由1984年第258号法律公告废除)
1.1米
380毫米
2.
并无附有侧车的电单车，以及伤残者车辆(1984年第258号法律公告)
1
在车辆的中心或右侧
离车辆尾端不超过500毫米
1.1米
380毫米
3.
附有侧车的电单车及机动三轮车
2
一盏灯在电单车的中心或右侧，以及一盏灯在侧车的中心或左侧；侧车或其设备的任何部分均不得在左侧横向延伸出该灯照明面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
电单车上的后灯离电单车尾端不超过500毫米；侧车上的后灯离侧车尾端不超过760毫米
2.4米
380毫米
4.
巴士
2
在纵轴每边各有一盏灯；一盏灯照明面积的任何部分均不得距离另一盏灯照明面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该灯的同一边横向延伸出该灯照明面积的最接近部分超过600毫米
离车辆尾端不超过760毫米
1.1米
380毫米
5.
重型货车、特别用途车辆或载货拖车(工程装置除外)
2
在纵轴每边各有一盏灯；一盏灯照明面积的任何部分均不得距离另一盏灯照明面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该灯的同一边横向延伸出该灯照明面积的最接近部分超过760毫米
离车辆尾端不超过1.1米
1.每一盏灯照明面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
2.就装配有活动平台的车辆而言，在决定后灯的位置时，无须计算该车辆的特别装备
3.就起重臂向车尾伸出的移动式起重机而言，如在离起重臂最后一点不超过300毫米的地方多安装一盏向后方发出红光的灯，而红光可以在一个合理的距离内看见，则第4栏须为有效，犹如该起重臂并不是该车辆的一部分一样
4.就经设计及构造作运载圆木材的车辆而言，如在离该车辆最后一点不超过300毫米的地方多安装一盏向后方发出红光的灯，而红光可以在一个合理的距离内看见，则第 4 栏内的“1.1米”须以“2.7米”取代
5.就经特别设计及构造，主要用作搬运挖掘出的物料，并装有可倾卸车身、活动平台或其他类似设备用作卸货的货车或载货拖车而言，第5栏内的“1.1米”须以“1.4米”取代
6.
拖车(载货拖车除外)
2
在纵轴每边各有一盏灯；一盏灯照明面积的任何部分均不得距离另一盏灯照明面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该灯的同一边横向延伸出该灯照明面积的最接近部分超过760毫米
离车辆尾端不超过1.1米
1.5米
无
每一盏灯照明面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
7.
私家车、的士、小型巴士、重型货车以外的货车，以及本附表前面条文并未列出的任何其他汽车(工程装置及农具除外)
2
在纵轴每边各有一盏灯；车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该灯的同一边横向延伸出该灯照明面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
离车辆尾端不超过760毫米
1.1米
380毫米
1.每一盏灯照明面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
2.就装配有活动平台的车辆而言，在决定后灯的位置时，无须计算该车辆的特别装备
8.
工程装置及农具，但并非马车或徒步控制车辆
2
在纵轴每边各有一盏灯；车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该灯的同一边横向延伸出该灯照明面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
离车辆尾端不超过1.4米
1.9米
无
如在离该车辆最后一点不超过300毫米的地方多安装一盏向后方发出红光的灯，而该灯离地面的高度不超过1.9米，且红光可以在一个合理的距离看见，则第4栏内的“1.4米”须以“2.7米”取代
第374A章 附表8关于强制性反光体的数目及在车辆上位置的规定
〔第106条〕
1
车辆类别
2
反光体
的数目
3
反光体的横向
位置
4
反光体的纵向
位置
5
反光体反光面积最高部分离地面的最大高度
6
反光体反光面积最低部分离地面的最小高度
7
更改或增补条文
1.
单车、三轮车
及伤残者车辆
1
在单车的中心或右侧
离单车尾端不
超过500毫米
1.1米
380毫米
就车轮外径(包括充足气的轮胎)不超过450毫米的单车而言，第6栏内的“380毫米”须以“300毫米”取代
2.
并无附有侧车的电单车
1
在车辆的中心或右侧
离车辆尾端不
超过500毫米
1.1米
380毫米
3.
附有侧车的电单车及机动三轮车
2
一块反光体电单车的中心或右侧，以及一块反光体在侧车的中心或左侧；侧车或其装备的任何部分均不得
在左侧横向延伸出该反光体反射面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
电单车上的反光体离电单车尾端不超过500毫米；侧车上的反光体离侧车尾端不超过760毫米
1.1米
380毫米
每块反光体反光面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
4.
巴士
2
在纵轴每边各有一块反光体；一个反光体反光面积的任何部分均不得距离另一块反光体反光面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该反光体的同一边横向延伸出该反光体反光面积的最接近部分超过600毫米
离车辆尾端不超过760毫米
2.4米
380毫米
每块反光体反光面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
5.
重型货车、特别用途车辆或载货拖车(工程装置除外)
2
在纵轴每边各有一块反光体；一块反光体反光面积的任何部分均不得距离另一块反光体反光面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该反光体的同一边横向延伸出该反光体反光面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
离车辆尾端不超过760毫米
1.4米
380毫米
1.每块反光体反光面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
2.就装配有活动平台的车辆而言，在决定强制性反光体的位置时，无须计算该车辆的特别装备
3.就起重臂向车尾伸出的移动式起重机而言，如在离起重臂最后一点不超过300毫米的地方多安装一盏向后方发出红光的灯，而红光可以在一个合理的距离内看见，则第4栏须为有效，犹如该起重臂并不是该车辆的一部分一样
4.就经特别设计及构造，主要用作搬运挖掘出的物料，并装有可倾卸车身、活动平台或其他类似设备用作卸货的货车或载货拖车而言，第3栏内的“400毫米”须以“760毫米”取代，而第4栏内的“760毫米”亦须以“2.7米”取代
6.
拖车(载货拖车除外)
2
在纵轴每边各有一块反光体；一块反光体反光面积的任何部分均不得距离另一块反光体反光面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该反光体的同一边横向延伸出该反光体反光面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
离车辆尾端不超过760毫米
1.5米
无
每块反光体反光面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
7.
私家车、的士、小型巴士、重型货车以外的货车，以及本附表前面条文并未列出的任何其他汽车(工程装置及农具除外)
2
在纵轴每边各有一块反光体；一块反光体反光面积的任何部分均不得距离另一块反光体反光面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该反光体的同一边横向延伸出该反光体反光面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
离车辆尾端不超过760毫米
1.1米
380毫米
1.每块反光体反光面积的最高部分离地面的距离相同
2.就装配有活动平台的车辆而言，在决定强制反光体的位置时，无须计算该车辆的特别装备
8.
工程装置及农具，但并非马车或徒步控制车辆
2
在纵轴每边各有一块反光体；一块反光体反光面积的任何部分均不得距离另一块反光体反光面积的任何部分少于530毫米，而车辆或其装备的任何部分均不得在该反光体的同一边横向延伸出该反光体反光面积的最接近部分超过400毫米
离车辆尾端不超过1.4米
1.5米
无
如在离该车辆最后─点不超过300毫米的地方多安装一盏向后方发出红光的灯，而该灯离地面的高度不超过1.5米，且红光可以在一个合理的距离看见，则第4栏内的
“1.4米”须以“2.7米”取代
第374A章 附表9转向指示器
[第114条]
第I部
1.每个按照本部装配在车辆上的转向指示器在操作时，须属一个照明式标志，而其最小照明长度为150毫米，最大照明宽度则不超过照明长度的四分之一，并须发出稳定或闪烁的光。
2.除第3段就额外指示器作出的规定外，每个转向指示器在设计及装配上均须符合以下的规定─
(a)位于挡风玻璃底部后面不超过1.8米；及
(b)在操作时─
(i)暂时改变车辆的轮廓，按水平方向量度，幅度至少达150毫米；
(ii)转向指示器最外一点与车辆纵轴的距离，比驾驶室最外一点，或紧贴驾驶人座椅后面的车身侧面最外一点与车辆纵轴的距离，至少多150毫米；
(iii)在车辆前面及后面的合理距离内，均可以看见照明表面；及
(iv)保持稳定∶但如转向指示器并非位于硬顶小客车的车身最阔部分后面，则(a)节不适用于该硬顶小客车。就本但书而言，硬顶小客车指一辆有封闭式车身及4扇门的车，而在任何一边的车门之间都没有直柱。
3.(1)在任何车辆车尾装配有任何指示器(并非额外指示器)的一边，均可装配一个额外的指示器。该额外指示器须─
(a)属第1段所指定的形式，而除了正拖曳着拖车外，须可从车辆后面合理距离内的任何一点看见；或
(b)符合第II部第3(1)段就向后方发出闪光的指示器作出的规定。(2)在任何车辆车头装配有任何指示器(并非额外指示器)的一边，均可装配一个额外的指示器。该额外指示器须符合第II部第3(1)、4及5段就向前方发出闪光的指示器作出的规定。
4.任何拟用作指示右转的转向指示器，须只装配在车辆纵轴的右边，而拟用作指示左转的转向指示器，则须只装配在该轴的左边。
5.每个转向指示器离地面的高度，不得超过2.25米或少于430毫米。
6.(1)每个转向指示器的照明颜色如下─
(a)如同时向前方及后方发出光，须是琥珀色；
(b)如只向前方发出光，须是琥珀色或白色；及
(c)如只向后方发出光，须是琥珀色或红色。(2)每个转向指示器发出的光，须利用不透明玻璃或以其他适当方法扩散。
7.每个发出闪光的转向指示器在操作时，须固定地以每分钟不少于60次及不超过120次的频率发出闪光，而闪光维持的时间须足以使光达到全亮度，并在合理的距离内完全可以用肉眼看到。光须在指示器的操作开关操作后不超过一秒内开始闪亮，而每次闪光之间的间歇，亦须可用肉眼看到。
8.车辆上的转向指示器须符合以下的规定─
(a)在装配有指示器的一边，有不少于一个指示器在设计及装配上，能令驾驶人在其座椅上可以轻易地知道指示器在操作；或
(b)车辆配备一个或多个设备，而该等设备须经设计及装配以当位于该车辆其中一边的一个或多个指示器的启动开关在操作时，须按照以下情况发出或不发出警号─
(i)如果及只要在车辆该一边装配的每个指示器(并非额外指示器)以及在拖车(如拖曳着拖车的话)该一边的指示器在操作时，该等设备须发出警号，使驾驶人在其座位上可以轻易地看见或听见；
(ii)在任何其他情况下，该等器件不发出警号，或发出与符合本节的第(i)分节的条件时所发出的警号不同的警号。
9.每个转向指示器在装配上，须令到该指示器在不操作时，相当不可能会误导其他车辆的驾驶人或任何控制交通的人。
10.凡在本附表内提及车辆的一边，须视为包括在该车辆该一边的车头及车尾部分。
第II部
1.除第3段另有规定外，按照本部装配在车辆上的每个转向指示器，均须是一盏灯，而该灯在操作时，在该车辆前面及后面的合理距离内，均可看见所发出的闪光。
2.该等指示器须经设计及装配以符合以下的规定─
(a)位于挡风玻璃底部后面不超过1.8米；
(b)向前方发出光的最小照明面积，以及向后方发出光的最小照明面积，均须符合以下的规定─
(i)如属许可车辆总重不超过5.5公吨的车辆，或经构造或改装只作运载不超过7名乘客及其财物的车辆，则照明面积不少于25平方厘米∶
但在任何一种情况下(紧急情况除外)，该车辆须并非正使用作拖曳拖车的，但如属少于4个车轮的拖车，或是在每一边有2个紧耦合车轮的4轮拖车，则属例外；
(ii)在其他情况下，照明面积不得少于80平方厘米。
3.(1)除第(2)节的条文另有规定外，可以在车辆的任何一边装配2个有以下设计及装配的指示器，以代替符合第1及2段的条文的转向指示器─
(a)在操作时，在一边的其中一个指示器须发出可以在车辆前面的合理距离内看见的闪光，而除正拖曳着拖车外，在该一边的另一个指示器，则须发出可以在车辆后面的合理距离内看见的闪光；
(b)每个指示器装配的位置，须使其照明面积的中心与车辆纵轴的距离，比包括在装有指示器该一边的车辆全宽度内的车辆最外部分与车辆纵轴的距离更为接近，但差距不得超过400毫米；及
(c)向前方或后方(视属何情况而定)发出光的最小照明面积，须如第2段订明的照明面积一样。(2)当车辆正拖曳拖车时，在作出以下的变通后，本段前面的条文属有效─
(a)在拖车的任何一边须安装有一个指示器，而该指示器在设计及装配上，能令其在操作时符合第III及IV部的条文；及
(b)无须在该车辆的任何一边装有向后方发出闪光的指示器。本节不适用于净重量不超过100公斤的拖车，或是由于发生故障而正被拖曳的故障车辆。
4.(1)除第(2)节有所规定外，为符合本部规定而装配向前方发出闪光的转向指示器，不得遮蔽根据任何成文法则所规定安装的向前方发出白光的灯，或与之合并。
(2)如按照第3段在车辆的任何一边装配有2个转向指示器，则向前方发出闪光的指示器可与根据任何成文法则规定安装的向前方发出白光的电灯合并，但─
(a)该灯的功率不得超过7瓦特；及
(b)该指示器装有独立的电路，并有独立的电灯泡或独立的电灯丝。
5.用作照明根据本部安装的任何指示器的一个或多个灯泡的总功率，不得少于15瓦特及不得超过36瓦特。
6.凡车辆在任何一边配备有符合第1及2段条文的转向指示器，则可在该车辆尾部的该一边安装一个额外的指示器，但该指示器须符合第Ⅰ部第3段的条文。
7.每个转向指示器离地面的高度，不得超过2.25米或少于430毫米∶
但按照第1及2段的条文在巴士任何一边装配的转向指示器，如在该车辆的同一边及离地面不超过1.9米的高度亦装有符合第6段条文的额外转向指示器，则可装配在离地面不超过2.6米的高度。
8.第I部第4、6、7、8、9及10段的条文适用于符合本部规定装配的转向指示器，犹如其适用于符合该部规定装配的转向指示器一样。
第III部
1.(1)在本部及第IV部所载的图形中─“内侧角度”(inboard angle)就转向指示器而言，指由一条与车辆纵轴平行并通过该指示器照明面积的中心的直，水平地向内量度的角度，而该指示器发出的光在该角度范围内清晰可见；
“外侧角度”(outboard angle)就转向指示器而言，指由一条与车辆纵轴平行并通过该指示器照明面积的中心的直，水平地向外量度的角度，而该指示器发出的光在该角度范围内清晰可见；
“盲角度”(blind angle)就转向指示器而言，指由一条与车辆纵轴平行并通过该指示器照明面积的中心的直，水平地向外量度的角度，而该指示器发出的光在该角度范围内无须清晰可见。
(2)在本部内，“前指示器”(front indicator)、“肩指示器”(shoulder indicator)、“侧指示器”(side indicator)、“示廓器”(flank indicator)及“后指示器”(rear indicator)等词，分别指第Ⅳ部图形1、2、3、4或5列出的转向指示器，而作为下表第1栏所述类别的指示器，当在符合本部的条文下将该指示器按照该表第3栏所示的位置装配在汽车上时，任何依次站在按该表第2栏所示相对于该车辆的每一个位置上，并以该表第4栏所示的能见角度观看的人均应看见该指示器─
表
1
2
3
4
转向指示器的类别
观察者相对于车辆的位置
在车辆上的位置
相对于与车辆纵轴平行并通过该转向指示灯中心的轴所需的能见角度。
前指示器
在前方
在前面
向前方的能见外侧角度是80度。
向前方的能见内侧角度是45度。
肩指示器
在前方及旁边
在车边
向后方的能见外侧角度是60度，而其中由轴起计的内侧10度可以是盲角度(无光)。
向前方的能见外侧角度是45度。
向前方的能见内侧角度是10度。
侧指示器
在前方、旁边及后方
在车边
向前方的能见外侧角度是45度，而向前方的能见内侧角度是5度。
向后方的能见外侧角度是60度，而向后方的能见内侧角度是5度。
示廓器
在旁边
在车边
向后方的能见外侧角度是60度，其中由轴起计的内侧10度可以是盲角度(无光)。
后指示器
在后方
在后面
向后方的能见外侧角度是80度，而向后方的能见内侧角度是45度。
注∶至少2平方厘米的照明面积，须能在合理的距离内，于能见角度的范围内，在水平以上至少15度及水平以下至少15度看见。
2.每一个根据本部装配在车辆上的转向指示器，均须为一盏灯，并且在操作时发出琥珀色的闪光。
3.(1)汽车的每一边均须装配以下其中一个指示器─
(a)一个后指示器及一个前指示器；
(b)一个后指示器及至少一个肩指示器；或
(c)至少一个侧指示灯。(2)按照第(1)节装配有前指示器的汽车，如该车辆任何一边的后指示器照明面积的最接近部分，与前指示器照明面积的最接近部分之间的距离超过6米，或如该汽车是组成挂接车辆一部分的牵引车，则须在该车辆的每一边额外装配至少一个示廓器。
(3)凡按照第(2)节在车辆的每一边装配有一个或以上的示廓器，则在该一边至少有一个示廓器在装配上，会使构成该车辆全长度的最前部分与该指示器照明面积最后部分的距离，不超过该汽车全长度的三分之一，或如该汽车是组成挂接车辆一部分的牵引车，则距离不超过该挂接车辆全长度的三分之一。
(4)凡按照本段前述的条文须在汽车的一边装配超过一种转向指示器，则如该车辆在该一边装配的其中一个转向指示器，或2个或以上的转向指示器，符合或合共起来符合第8段就该车辆在其他情况下于该一边所须装配的每一种转向指示器而作出的规定，即已充分符合该等条文。
4.如属拖曳着拖车的组合式车辆，以及如属挂接车辆，则凡该汽车或组成该挂接车辆一部分的汽车装配有符合本部规定的转向指示器，该拖车亦须在每一边装配一个符合本部规定的后指示器。
5.如任何拖曳着拖车的汽车是组成挂接车辆的一部分，而该拖车在每一边亦装配有符合本附表本部规定的后指示器，则无须按照第3(1)(a)或(b)段装配任何后指示器。
6.(1)在按照本部前述条文装配有转向指示器的任何汽车或拖车的旁边(前面或后面不包括在内)，可装配一个或以上的额外指示器。
(2)第13段就照明任何指示器的一个或多个灯泡的最小总额定瓦特功率而作出的规定，不适用于额外指示器。
7.除示廓器或额外指示器外，每一个转向指示器须经设计及装配在车辆上，以使按照与该指示器有关的图形上向前方的最小照明面积，以及向后方的最小照明面积达到以下的尺寸─
(a)如属许可车辆总重不超过5.5公吨的汽车，或属经改装以运载不超过16名乘客的客运车辆，而除在紧急情况外，该车辆不是用来拖曳一辆拖车的(少于4个车轮的拖车或在每一边均有2个紧耦合车轮的4轮拖车除外)，则照明面积不得少于25平方厘米； (1988年第89号第9条)
(b)如属少于4个车轮的拖车或属在每一边均有2个紧耦合车轮的4轮拖车，则照明面积不得少于25平方厘米；及
(c)如属任何其他情况，则照明面积不得少于80平方厘米。
8.第IV部任何一个图形对其适用并在符合本部下装配在车辆上的每一类别转向指示器，均须至少有2平方厘米的照明面积能够于合理的距离内，在与该类别指示器有关的图形上所示的至少每一个内侧角度及至少每一个外侧角度(任何不超过10度的盲角度不包括在内)的范围内，于水平以上不少于15度及水平以下不少于15度之间的任何一点看见∶
但如属拖曳着一辆或以上拖车的汽车所装配的任何指示器，如非因该汽车拖曳着一辆或以上拖车，该指示器的上述照明面积本可如前述般看见，则亦须视为已符合本段上述条文。
9.每个转向指示器的放置，须使其照明面积的最外部分与车辆纵轴的距离，比包括在放置指示器一边的车辆全宽度内的车辆最外部分与车辆纵轴的距离更为接近，但差距不得超过400毫米，除非是后面入口及旁边入口结合在一起的公共服务车辆，则在左侧的后指示器放置的位置，可以使其照明面积的最外部分与车辆纵轴的距离，比上述的车辆最外部分与车辆纵轴的距离更为接近，但差距不得超过760毫米。
10.装配在车辆任何一边的转向指示器的照明面积的任何部分，不得距离车辆纵轴少于300毫米。
11.(1)任何转向指示器的照明面积的任何部分离地面的高度不得超过2.3米；除非属已按照第3段的条文装配了后指示器的公共服务车辆，则如每一个后指示器的照明面积的任何部分离地面的高度不超过2米，即可在该车辆上装配肩指示器或示廓器，其照明面积的任何部分离地面的高度不超过2.6米。
(2)当车辆在空载时，前指示器或后指示器的照明面积的任何部分离地面的高度不得低于380毫米，而当该车辆在空载时，任何其他指示器的照明面积的任何部分离地面的高度不得低于500毫米。
12.在符合本部下装配在车辆上的转向指示器，须在光学上与安装在该车辆上的任何其他灯分开。
13.除第6(2)段另有规定外，照明任何在符合本部下装配在车辆上的转向指示器的一个或多个灯泡的总额定瓦特功率，不得少于15瓦特或超过36瓦特，而每个灯泡的额定瓦特功率，则须以一个清楚易读而不能抹掉的标记，在该灯泡的玻璃或金属灯头上标明。
14.任何用作指示右转的转向指示器，须只装配在车辆纵轴的右边，而用作指示左转的转向指示器，则须只装配在该轴的左边。
15.凡在汽车、挂接车辆，或在由一辆汽车及一部或以上拖车组成的组合式车辆的同一边装配了超过一个转向指示器，则该等指示器须经设计及装配以令其发出的光会在同一时间闪动。
16.第Ⅰ部第7、8、9及10段的条文适用于在符合本附表本部下装配的转向指示器，犹如适用于在符合该部下装配的转向指示器一样。
第IV部
适用于第III部第1段所述的转向指示器的图
(注∶在位置上的规定已于第9、10及11段载明)
第V部
1.每个装配在拖车上的转向指示器须符合本部的条文∶
但本部并不适用于因发生故障而被拖曳的故障车辆。
2.每个转向指示器─
(a)在操作时须属一个照明式标志，而其最小照明长度为150毫米，最大照明宽度则不超过照明长度的四分之一，并须发出稳定或闪烁的光；或
(b)须符合以下情况─
(i)在操作时发出闪光；
(ii)照明指示器的一个或多个灯泡的总功率不得少于15瓦特或超过36瓦特；
(iii)如装配转向指示器的拖车是少于4个车轮的拖车，或是在每一边都有2个紧耦合车轮的4轮拖车，则最小照明面积不得少于2 250平方毫米，而如属任何其他情况，则不得少于7 740平方毫米；及
(iv)照明面积的中心与拖车纵轴的距离，比在同一边的拖车最外部分与拖车纵轴的距离更为接近，但差距不得超过400毫米。
3.在操作时，每个转向指示器须可以在拖车后面一个合理距离内任何一点看见。
4.第I部第4、5、6、7、9及10段的条文适用于在符合本部下装配的转向指示器，犹如适用于在符合该部下装配的转向指示器一样。
第374A章 附表10停车灯
[第115及122条]
第I部
无须装配停车灯的车辆
1.任何土地机具、土地拖拉机及徒步控制车辆。
2.任何属以下情形的汽车─
(a)无论何时以超过每小时25公里的速度行驶均属非法的；或
(b)由于构造上的理由，以本身动力行驶时不能在水平面上超过每小时25公里的速度。
3.任何由装配有2盏停车灯的汽车拖曳着的拖车，而由于该拖车的尺寸，以致当该拖车的纵轴处于该牵引车辆的纵轴的同一垂直平面时，无论该拖车是否有负载物，任何在该垂直平面上拖车后面6米的一点观看的人，均可以看见该2盏灯。
4.任何属于故障汽车或属于组成故障挂接车辆一部分的拖车。
5.如是由2部或以上车辆组成的组合式车辆，即一辆汽车拖曳着一部拖车，则并非该组合式车辆中最后一部的其他车辆。
第II部
装配在汽车及拖车上的停车灯须符合的规定
1.每盏装配在车辆或拖车上的停车灯，须装配在车尾，但却不能装配在车辆中心的左面，而在操作时须发出红光∶
但本段并无任何条文禁止在车辆的左侧装配一盏备用停车灯，而该盏灯与装配在车辆的中心或右侧的停车灯是同时操作者(当装配在车辆右侧的停车灯是用作转向指示器而发出闪光，则属例外)。
2.所有由停车灯发出的光，须以不透明玻璃或以其他适当的方法扩散，并须是稳定的光。
3.在运用操作停车灯的制动系统时，每盏停车灯须发出稳定的红光，而该等红光须能在与该车辆纵轴平行并通过停车灯照明面积的中心的直的水平面的每一边至少45度角的范围内，于该车辆后面水平以上不少于15度及水平以下不少于15度之间的任何一点看见。
4.在停车灯内用作照明的灯丝的总额定值，不得少于15瓦特或超过36瓦特，而该灯丝的额定瓦特功率，则须以一个清楚易读而不能抹掉的标记，在该灯丝的玻璃或金属灯头上标明。
5.停车灯照明面积的任何部分不得离地面少于400毫米或超过1500毫米，但如由于车尾结构而使到符合上述1500毫米的规定并不可行，则可以将1500毫米增至2100毫米。
6.每盏装配在汽车上的停车灯须于运用制动系统时操作，而该制动系统是经设计以将行驶中的汽车停下，而当停车灯是装配在被汽车拖曳着的拖车上，亦须在运用上述制动系统时操作。
7.凡在车辆上装配一盏停车灯，该灯须装配在车尾，并须位于通过该车辆纵轴(就决定该轴而言，可无须理会附于电单车上的任何侧车)的垂直平面上或在其右侧。
8.在任何情况下，凡在车辆上装配2盏或以上的停车灯，则─
(a)该等停车灯必须装配在车尾；
(b)至少有2盏停车灯在设计上，须能令其发射的光于同一时间发射，而且在车辆上装配时须符合以下的规定─
(i)在通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面的每一边对称地排列；
(ii)离地面的高度相同；及
(iii)就位置上而言，其中一盏灯的照明面积的任何部分不得距离另一盏灯的照明面积的任何部分少于600毫米；(c)用作照明停车灯所需的路须经安排，即使其中一盏灯的灯泡发生任何故障，亦不致令其他的灯因而熄灭。
9.凡装配在汽车或拖车上的停车灯能在2个照明水平操作，则在路安排上，须能令当装配有该停车灯的汽车的强制性前灯及强制性后灯关掉，或拖曳着装配有该停车灯的拖车的汽车的强制性前灯及强制性后灯关掉时，该停车灯在操作时会有较高的照明水平，而当汽车的强制性前灯及强制性后灯亮着时，该停车灯在操作时会有较低的照明水平；然而，上述条文并不阻止汽车上的每盏停车灯及强制性前灯与强制性后灯在路安排上，能令当该等强制性车灯亮着及该汽车上的任何前雾灯也亮着时，该停车灯在操作时会有较高的照明水平，而当该等强制性车灯亮着但雾灯并不亮着时，该停车灯在操作时会有较低的照明水平∶
但本段并无任何条文适用于正由一辆无须装配停车灯的汽车拖曳着的拖车的停车灯。
第374A章 附表11
[第2、119及120条]
第I部
车尾标记的大小、颜色及类型
第Ⅱ部
与车尾标记的形式有关的额外条文
1.就本规例而言，对本附表第I部任何图形所指明的尺寸(英文字母或中文字的高度除外)作出的更改，如符合以下的规定，均须视为获得允许─
(a)如指明的尺寸是275毫米或超过275毫米，则不得超过该尺寸的2 1/2%；
(b)如指明的尺寸是16毫米或超过16毫米，但在275毫米以下，则不得超过该尺寸的5%；或
(c)如指明的尺寸是16毫米以下，则不得超过该尺寸的10%。
2.就本规例而言，对在上述任何图形上的英文字母或中文字的高度所指明的尺寸作出的更改，如符合以下的规定，均须视为获得允许─
(a)如指明的尺寸是94毫米或141毫米，则不得超过该尺寸的2 1/2%；或
(b)如指明的尺寸是75毫米或113毫米，则不得超过该尺寸的5%。
3.就本规例而言，对上述任何图形上所指明的影角度的度数作出的更改，如不超过5度，均须视为获得允许。
4.每个车尾标记须在上述任何图形内呈现点划的范围使用红色萤光材料照亮，而在没有点划及并非构成英文字母的范围，则使用黄色反光材料照亮。
5.每个属于第Ⅰ部图形1或4所示类型的车尾标记，在构造上均须为一块牌子，而每一个属于第Ⅰ部图形2、3或5所示类型的车尾标记，在构造上则须为两块尺寸及形状相同的牌子；而每一块该等牌子均须符合署长所订的任何规定。
6.在车尾标记上组成“Long Vehicle”的英文字母及“长车”的中文字须为黑色。
第III部
关于车尾标记在车辆上的位置、保养等的条文
1.车尾标记须装配在车辆的尾部。
2.车尾标记须牢置于车辆上，而该标记的任何部分不得伸出以超越该车辆任何一边的最外部分。
3.无论车辆是否有负载，每一个车尾标记的下边缘须属水平的，而离地面的高度不得超过1700毫米或少于400毫米。
如属第I部图形2、3或5所示类型的车尾标记，则每一半标记的下边缘离地面的高度亦须相同。
4.车尾标记的每一部分须位于与通过车辆纵轴的垂直平面成90度的横向垂直平面的20度范围内，而─
(a)如属第Ⅰ部图形1或4所示类型的车尾标记，则该标记的垂直中心须位于通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面上；及
(b)如属第Ⅰ部图形2、3或5所示类型的车尾标记，则该标记的每一半均须位于同一垂直平面上，而该标记的每一半的最内垂直边缘与通过该车辆纵轴的垂直平面是等距离的。
5.第Ⅰ部图形2、3或5所示类型的车尾标记安放的位置，须在切实可行范围内，令到该标记的每一半尽量接近车辆上装配有该一半标记的一边的最外边缘。
6.每个车尾标记须经装配，以令其他使用道路的人无论何时均可在车辆后面的一个合理距离内，清楚看见该标记的每一部分，但如由于该车尾的构造，使到如此装配该标记需耗费不菲或会引致该标记受损，而该车辆正在装卸，则属例外。
7.车辆在道路上时，每个车尾标记须保持清洁及有效的运作。
第374A章 附表12
[第122条]
第I部
道路交通(车辆构造及使用)规例中与
第12、16、17、20、26、28、29、65、66、67、68、69、
70、71、72、73、76、77、115条及附表10相应的条文
14.制动器
(1)每辆汽车须配备一个或多个有效的制动系统，并须配备2个操作工具，而该制动系统在设计及构造上，即使有任何通过其传送或用以传送运用该制动器所必需的力量的部分(固定组件或制动蹄支承销除外)发生故障，驾驶人仍须能运用制动器，在最恶劣的情况下于一个合理的距离内将该车辆停下∶
但─
(a)如车辆在空载时重量不超过1吨，而车轮数目少于4个，则在发生上述故障时，驾驶人可无须运用制动器以制动超过1个车轮；
(b)本段不适用于伤残者车辆。(2)如属有超过3个车轮的汽车，则至少有一个操作工具能够使制动器直接运用于所有车轮上∶
但─
(a)如属挂接车辆而最后的车轮配备有能够由其他操作工具运用的制动器，则须当作为已充分符合本段的规定；
(b)如属有超过2个转向轮的车辆，则只须将一半数目的转向轮计算入车辆的所有车轮内。(3)其中一个操作工具的运用，不得影响或操作其他操作工具的踏板或手柄。
(4)任何制动系统不得因引擎不转动而致无效。
(5)汽车上所有由一个操作工具操作的制动器，须能够由直接机械作用操作，而无须任何液压、电力或气压器件的介入。
(6)本条规定的操作工具，须至少有一个能使制动器无须通过传动齿轮而直接地运用于该车辆不少于半数的车轮上∶
但如汽车有超过4个车轮，而传动装置无须经过在装有驱动轮的车轴之间的差速传动齿轮装置或类似的机械装置传送至并非转向轮的所有车轮，则如由其中一个操作工具操作的制动器直接运用于该车辆上2个在对边的驱动轮，而由另一个操作工具操作的制动器则直接运用于所有其他驱动轮，则须当作为已充分符合本段的规定。
(7)就本条而言，每条连接或支承制动系统的任何部分或其任何操作工具的活动传动轴，均须当作为该系统的一部分。
(8)每辆汽车均须配备一个制动系统(可以是本条规定的其中一个系统)，而该系统在设计及构造上无论何时均可加以操作，以便在车辆并非由人驾驶或无人看顾时，可以防止至少2个车轮转动，或如属只有3个车轮的车辆，则防止其中一个车轮转动∶
但本段不适用于─
(a)无论是否附有侧车的电单车；或
(b)伤残者车辆。(9)每辆装配有真空或压力缸的加力制动系统的汽车，须装上一个警报设备，而该警报设备须设置在驾驶人坐在驾驶座椅时轻易看到的位置，以便显示真空或压力系统内有任何即将发生的故障或毛病。
16.车轮
(1)每辆汽车及每辆拖车须经构造以将该车辆及该拖车(如有的话)的所有重量，利用车轮或履带，或利用车轮和履带的组合传送至路面∶
但─
(a)如属履带式车辆，则与路面接触的履带部分须是平坦的，而其宽度至少为半寸。每条履带实际上与路面接触的总面积，按净重量计算，在任何时间每吨都不得少于36平方寸；
(b)履带式机动拖拉机不得牵引任何拖车。(2)汽车(压路机除外)的每个车轮，以及拖车(只作道路修理工程用的拖车除外)在道路上被拖曳时的每个车轮，均须配备有适当大小及设计的充气轮胎∶
但─
(a)如下列车辆的每个车轮配备有以软性或弹性材料制成的轮胎，而该等材料的设计及类型亦已获署长认可，则本条不适用于下列车辆─
(i)机动拖拉机；
(ii)经设计在工场或私人处所使用的车辆，而该车辆只是在从工场或私人处所的一部分驶往另一部分，或驶往在贴邻的工场或处所时，才会在道路上使用的；及(b)署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用违反本条规定的汽车，但须受其觉得适当的条款及条件，以及其觉得适当的期限所规限。(3)汽车或拖车配备有轮胎(充气轮胎除外)的所有车轮，其轮辋直径不得少于26 2/5寸∶
但本条不适用于─
(a)任何净重量不超过30，并经设计在工场或私人处所使用的汽车或拖车，而该汽车或拖车只是在从工场或私人处所的一部分驶往另一部分，或驶往在贴邻的工场或处所时，才会在道路上使用的；
(b)任何移动式起重机。(4)车辆的每个车轮须为真正圆形的，并须准确地以其车轴为中心，在车轴上运转时更无振荡或侧隙。
18.司机驾驶间
每辆汽车在设计及构造上须─
(a)为驾驶人提供足够的空间，且令驾驶人可以容易接触及迅速操作控制装置；
(b)令驾驶人在控制该车辆时，无论何时均都可完全看到汽车前面的道路和交通情况。
19.驾驶人座位的放置
每部车辆的驾驶人座位的放置，须能够容许驾驶人在该车辆的右侧以手势作出惯常的交通信号∶
但署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用不符合本条规定的汽车，但须受其觉得适当的条款及条件，以及其觉得适当的期限所规限。
21.安全玻璃
(1)每辆汽车的所有挡风玻璃及外面的窗门玻璃，须为安全玻璃，而该等玻璃的透明度，不会令该汽车内部的景观不清晰。
(2)第(1)款所指的挡风玻璃及窗门，不得作出任何改动或增补，以增加其反射效能。 (2000年第32号第48条)
22.挡风玻璃刮水器
每部汽车的挡风玻璃须装配2个有效自动挡风玻璃刮水器，但如该汽车在构造上符合以下其中一项，则属例外─
(a)驾驶人可无须透过该挡风玻璃，亦可藉着开启挡风玻璃或其他方法看到该车辆前面的情况，并有足够的视野；或
(b)即使该车辆只装上一个挡风玻璃刮水器，驾驶人亦可以看到该车辆前面的情况，并有足够的视野。
25.停车灯
(1)下列车辆的后部须装配不少于2盏停车灯─
(a)每辆汽车(电单车除外)；及
(b)每辆正被汽车拖曳着的拖车。(2)每辆电单车的后部须装配不少于1盏停车灯。
(3)每盏停车灯在装配上，须使该灯的中心离地面的高度不超过5。
(4)如在车辆后部装配有2盏或以上的停车灯─
(a)1盏停车灯须位于该车辆后部的左侧；及
(b)第二盏停车灯须位于该车辆后部的右侧，而─
(i)该车辆的任何部分均不得横向地伸出(a)及(b)段所指的停车灯的中心以外12寸；及
(ii)(a)及(b)段所指的2盏停车灯与该车辆后部的中心的距离相同。(5)在操作时，每盏停车灯须发出稳定的红色或琥珀色光。
(6)所有由停车灯发出的光，须以不透明玻璃或其他适当的方法扩散。
(7)除非本条规定装配在汽车或由其拖曳着的任何拖车上的每盏停车灯均处于良好的工作状态，否则任何人均不得使用该汽车。
39.转向圆圈
(1)每辆巴士须经构造以能向左右任何一个方向转圈，而该圆圈的直径不得超过66。就本条而言，该等直径须根据地面上轮辙的最外缘来厘定∶
但如巴士的扫掠圆圈的直径不超过80，则署长可藉书面发出的许可证，授权使用转向圆圈直径超过66但不超过76的巴士，但须受其觉得适当的条款及条件，以及其觉得适当的期限所规限。
(2)在本条内，“扫掠圆圈”(swept circle)一词，指由一条通过包括在该巴士全长度及全宽度内的任何巴士部分的直在地面划出的圆圈。
56.梯级
(1)在每辆巴士及小型巴士内─
(a)任何入口或出口(紧急出口除外)的最低一级梯级的梯面顶部，在该车辆空载时不得离地面超过17寸或少于10寸；
(b)所有梯级须装配防滑梯面；及
(c)固定梯级在任何情况下不得横向地伸出车身之外，但如梯级受到该车辆前翼子板的保护或不会对行人造成损害，则属例外。(2)在每辆巴士内─
(a)每一梯级的梯面的深度不得少于9寸；及
(b)梯级竖板的高度不得超过11寸。
57.双层巴士内的梯级
如属双层巴士─
(a)所有由下层通往上层的梯级竖板均须密闭，而最上面的一级楼梯踏板亦不得有未加防护的隙缝；
(b)所有由下层通往上层的梯级须装配防滑梯面；
(c)最上面的一级梯级竖板的最接近一点，与通过楼梯最上面一级对面座位最接近一点的垂直之间的水平距离(不包括由座位靠背伸出不超过3寸的任何扶手)，不得少于26寸；及
(d)外楼梯的外侧斜梁的构造，或镶边安放的位置，须可令其作为上落楼梯的人的挡板，而外护栏的高度，亦不得少于每一级梯级的梯面前面以上33寸。
58.入口及出口的数目及位置
(1)单层巴士及每辆双层巴士的下层须符合以下其中一项规定─
(a)该层须透过一个无门的开口通往车尾平台，而由该车尾平台至该车辆左侧的出口则一直伸展至与该车辆尾部的出口连接在一起；或
(b)有不少于2个出口(其中一个可属紧急出口)，而该2个出口不得全部位于该车辆的同一边。(2)小型巴士须设有─
(a)不少于2个出口(其中一个可属紧急出口)，而该2个出口─
(i)不得全部位于该车辆的同一边；及
(ii)须位于司机座椅的后面；或(b)一个位于车尾的出口。(3)如利用封闭式楼梯通往巴士的上层，则上层须设有紧急出口，而该紧急出口─
(a)无须设有楼梯；及
(b)不得位于该巴士的左侧。
59.入口及出口的宽度
巴士的每个入口及出口的宽度均须至少有21寸∶
但─
(a)凡按照第58(1)条但书(a)的规定而只提供一个出口，而如该出口在车辆旁边的宽度符合本条先前条文的规定，则该出口沿着车辆尾部量度的宽度无须超过18寸；
(b)巴士上层的紧急出口的尺寸不得少于4乘2；
(c)凡巴士的上层及下层同用一个入口，则该入口的任何部分的宽度(沿着车辆左侧量度的柱子不包括在内)不得少于36寸。
59A.小型巴士入口的宽度
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，小型巴士的每个入口及出口的宽度均不得少于21寸。
(2)即使第(1)款另有规定，署长可以书面批准使用入口或出口的宽度少于21寸的小型巴士。
60.车门
(1)巴士及小型巴士的每个入口及出口的车门，均须可以靠锁紧机械装置的一次操作而开启∶
但为了将车辆在无人看顾时上锁，则可以在任何入口或出口的车门上装配无论是否有可分拆启动机械装置的辅助锁，但该锁须经设计及构造，以能使该车门无论何时均可以由车内的人靠该普通锁紧机械装置的一次操作而开启。
(2)车门把手或门锁的杠杆必须置于凹入处，或在设计及安装上使其不容易移位或意外地操作。凡任何入口所设的车门打算在该车辆行驶时保持打开，则须设有合适的扣紧物将车门扣牢在开启的位置。
(3)除紧急出口外，每个入口或出口均须装配扶手，以协助乘客上落巴士或小型巴士。
(4)所有车门，包括紧急出口的车门，须经设计以能使该车门在有需要时可以轻易在巴士或小型巴士的内外开启。
(5)所有车门在开启时，须不会阻塞从巴士及小型巴士内外通往任何入口或出口的进出路。
61.紧急出口
(1)以下车辆的所有紧急出口的操作工具，须以中英文字清楚标明─
(a)巴士；及
(b)小型巴士。(2)所有紧急出口须─
(a)以中英文字清楚标明；
(b)经设计为向外开启；
(c)是乘客可容易通往的；及
(d)透过通道与任何过道连接，而该通道的尺寸不得少于第63(1)条就过道所订明的尺寸，而在设计上，从任何通道中心的任何一点向上投射的一条垂直从地板水平起─
(i)(如属巴士)直至46寸的高度，均须与该车辆的任何部分保持不少于6寸的横向距离；及
(ii)(如属小型巴士)直至4的高度，均须与该车辆的任何部分保持不少于6寸的横向距离。(3)所有紧急出口的启动机械装置(安装在巴士上层的装置除外)，须是站在该巴士外地平面上正常高度的人可以轻易接触到的。
(4)就第(2)(d)款而言，在巴士上层紧急出口下面或前面的座位，须当作为组成该通道的一部分。
62.通往出口的进出路
(1)除第(2)款另有规定外，从─
(a)巴士内的每一个座位；及
(b)小型巴士内的每一个座位，均须有畅通无阻的进出路通往该车辆至少2个出口，或如本规例只规定设有1个出口，则通往该个出口。
(2)任何位于驾驶人座椅旁边的座位，如可利用驾驶人入口以外的其他入口通往，则第(1)款对该座位并不适用。
(3)须以下述其中一种方法提供直接的进出路，通往驾驶人座位─
(a)由车辆的右侧通往驾驶人座位；或
(b)利用尺寸不少于第63(1)条就过道所订明的尺寸的通道通往驾驶人座位。(4)任何在巴士或小型巴士内的座位，不得装配在车门上，以致当该座位在使用的位置时，会妨碍通往本规例规定的出口或过道的通道。
63.过道的宽度
(1)在巴士或小型巴士内的每条过道于地板水平起计至26寸的高度，宽度不得少于1，而超过该高度则不得少于12寸，并须在设计上，使任何过道的中心。于地板水平向上投射的一条垂直，直至第64条就该过道订明的高度，须与该巴士或小型巴士的任何部分(在该过道上的车顶除外)保持不少于6寸的横向距离。
(2)在任何过道的任何部分，如用作共同的进出路，以便可由任何入口通往上层及下层，则其宽度不得少于36寸。
(3)就本条而言，如巴士内座位前面的任何空间需要用来容纳在座的乘客，则在计算过道的宽度时，该座位9寸范围内的空间，不得计算在内。
64.过道的高度
(1)在第(3)款指明的界限之间，任何过道的中心沿的每一点，须有以下的净高度─
(a)如属单层巴士，不少于58寸；
(b)如属双层巴士，上下两层均不少于58寸；及
(c)如属小型巴士，不少于46寸。(2)在第(3)款指明的界限以外，任何过道的中心沿的每一点的净高度，不得少于第(1)款所订明的净高度减4寸。
(3)第(1)款所指的界限，须由毗邻该过道的最前乘客座位的前边缘，延伸至毗邻该过道最后乘客座位的前边缘。
65.座位
(1)在巴士及小型巴士内，所有座位的托架须牢固安置，而沿着每个座位的椅背直量度时，容纳每一名乘客的空间须至少有15寸。
(2)巴士及小型巴士内每个座位的靠背须闭封或以其他方式构造，以便在可能的情况下，尽量防止乘客遭扒窃。
(3)在巴士或小型巴士内纵向放置的任何座位靠背的任何部分，与对面座位靠背的相对部分，距离不得少于54寸。
(4)在巴士及小型巴士内，横向座位在装配上，须令─
(a)每个座位靠背顶部整个长度的前面均须有至少26寸的净空间，而由靠背伸出不超过4寸的任何扶手或把手均不计算在本条所指的净空间内；及
(b)座位前边缘的任何部分，与对面的任何其他座位的任何部分之间，须至少有19寸的净空间。(5)所有在巴士及小型巴士内的乘客座位均须充分舒适，并须有合适的座位及椅背。
(6)在车轮拱板上面的座位，不得放置在会使巴士或小型巴士乘客感到不舒适的位置上。
(7)如巴士上任何横向座位所设置的位置，有可能会使在座的乘客从任何入口被抛出或被抛下楼梯，则须安装有效的挡板或护板，以保护任何占用该座位的乘客。
(8)在巴士或小型巴士内司机左手边的任何座位的任何部分，均不得位于通过司机座位前边缘并与该车辆纵轴成直角的一条直的前面，而在司机座位左边并与之平排的任何座位，则须朝向前方。
66.梯级井
巴士内任何梯级井的井边缘与通过座位前边缘的垂直平面之间的最短距离，不得少于9寸。
67.安全玻璃
所有在─
(a)巴士；及
(b)小型巴士，在构造上使用的玻璃，均须是安全玻璃。
68.侧窗
设有固定车顶的单层巴士，或双层巴士的下层，当侧窗开启时，该窗须有充分的防护，而该防护由地板起计，须达到39寸的高度。
71.司机驾驶间
(1)每辆巴士及小型巴士须─
(a)经设计以使司机有足够的空间，并可以容易接触及操作控制装置；
(b)经构造及保养以使司机驾驶间不受天气影响；及
(c)提供设施，以防止车内的光对司机造成干扰。(2)(由1969年第95号法律公告废除)
(3)巴士内的司机驾驶间，须以一块在司机座位后面向上延伸至离地板水平不少于30寸的隔板分开，该隔板并须延伸至司机的左边(或设护栏于司机的左边)，使任何一点与驾驶盘中心的距离不少于18寸。
72.转向柱
巴士上的转向柱须在该车辆的右侧，而司机座位的安装，则须能容许司机在该车辆的右侧以手势作出惯常的交通信号。
73.司机座位
(1)在巴士及小型巴士上，司机座位的右手边不得有任何座位、过道或通道。
(2)巴士及小型巴士的司机座位，须能够就该车辆的驾驶盘调校，以便可以由距离驾驶盘12寸调校到距离至少16寸，而该距离则是以驾驶盘周边最接近的一点至司机座位靠背最接近部分的距离计算。
(3)在巴士及小型巴士内，司机座位的中心相对于驾驶盘中心而言，不得偏移超过4寸，并须令司机感到舒适。
(4)在巴士内，司机座位须以护栏或隔板提供充分的保护，并须为司机提供足够的空间，使任何一点与驾驶盘中心的距离不少于18寸。
(5)凡在巴士上司机的左手边载客，则须在转向柱左边距离转向柱中心至少18寸的地方，保留作为司机的空间，并须以坚固的隔板将该等乘客与司机分开，而该隔板由座椅水平起计至少为9寸高，并须延伸至座位的整个深度。
(6)在每一辆小型巴士内，司机座位须以护栏充分保护，而该护栏则须─
(a)位于司机座位的左边；
(b)为司机提供足够的空间；及
(c)在任何一点均与驾驶盘中心距离不少于15寸。
第II部
道路交通(公共服务车辆)规例中与
第41、42、43及44条相应的条文
(在本规例中，“主管当局”(Authority)指运输署署长。)
17.的士计程表
(1)每辆的士须装配一个在设计及构造上获主管当局认可之的士计程表，而该计程表在每一方面均符合本规例的条文。
(2)每个的士计程表须以主管当局认可的方式装配在主管当局认可的位置上。
(3)未经主管当局认可，不得在的士内装配任何的士计程表。
(4)如的士登记车主将的士内之的士计程表拆除，或停止使用该的士计程表，须在拆除或停用该计程表后24小时内通知主管当局。
18.的士计程表的构造
(1)每个的士计程表须经构造以致可有效地封盖，以令主管当局感到满意。
(2)每部的士计程表须装上一个面积不少于2寸乘1寸，而上面展示着“for hire”或“taxi”的字的指示器(下文简称为“旗号”)。
(3)每个的士计程表须经构造以使该旗号可以放置于以下任何一个位置─
(a)升起位置，以致任何人站在该的士前面不超过20码距离内，均可清楚看到该旗号，且每当规定要亮着该的士上的灯时，该旗号亦须有足够的照明，而该的士计程表的机械并不运行；
(b)降低至进行纪录的位置，以致在该的士外面不能看见该旗号，而的士计程表的机械正在运行；及
(c)处于并非进行纪录的位置，以致在该的士外面不能看见该旗号，而的士计程表的机械并不运行。
19.的士计程表的封盖及测试
(1)每个的士计程表须─
(a)在装配在的士前交由主管当局测试，而此后则每隔不超过6个月再进行测试；及
(b)在每次上述测试后由主管当局盖上印章，并加以封盖。(2)每辆的士的登记车主须按主管当局不时规定的时间，安排将的士送往规定的地点，以便检查、测试及调整装配在的士内之的士计程表。
20.的士计程表的照明
(1)每辆的士须在的士计程表上安装一盏灯，以便在日间及晚上无论何时均可容易辨读的士计程表上的表盘读数，而该盏灯则须保持良好的工作运作状况。
(2)司机须在该车辆出租的任何时间(即在该的士之灯规定须亮着时)使该灯保持适当的照明，并须在出租的任何其他时间应租用人的要求亮着该灯，以便租用人可看见的士计程表上的表盘读数。
第374A章 附表13运载学生等的私家小巴的标志
[第51条]
(1987年第225号法律公告)
第374A章 附表14运载学生的巴士的显示牌
[第78B条]
(1997年第96号法律公告；1997年第147号法律公告)
第374A章 附表15
[第73(1A)条]
第1部
在指明日期或之后登记的公共小巴
的座位及其固定装置
1. 欧洲经济委员会于1989年5月25日订立的欧洲经济委员会第80号规例(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 79)(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就大型客运车辆的座位作出的修订在内，及就此等车辆的座位作出的有关座位强度及其固定装置强度的修订在内)。
2. 欧洲经济委员会于1970年8月14日订立的欧洲经济委员会第17号规例(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 16)(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就车辆作出的有关座位、其固定装置及任何头部保护装置的修订在内)；以及欧洲经济委员会于1971年6月2日订立的欧洲经济委员会第21号规例(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 20)(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就车辆作出的有关其内部配件的修订在内)。
3. 欧洲经济共同体于1974年7月22日发出的第74/408/EEC条指示(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就汽车作出的有关座位、其固定装置及头部保护装置的修订在内)。
4. 日本国土交通省大臣于1983年10月1日订立的自车第899号通告及于1971年8月24日订立的交审第453号通告中有关用于载客量11人或以下的汽车的─
(a) 座位和座位固定装置的技术标准及新型自动车的试验方法(TRIAS)35-1975；及
(b) 吸收椅背碰撞力的技术标准及新型自动车的试验方法(TRIAS)36-1975，(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就该等标准及试验方法作出的修订在内)。5. 于1971年12月2日订立的美国联邦规例第36卷第232号的联邦汽车安全标准第201号(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就占用人在内部碰撞中的保护作出的修订在内)；以及于1971年12月2日订立的美国联邦规例第36卷第232号的联邦汽车安全标准第207号(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就座位组合装置作出的修订在内)。
6. 澳洲于1992年第3号汽车标准决定中通过的澳洲设计规则第68/00条(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就占用人在巴士上的保护作出的修订在内)。
第2部
在指明日期或之后登记的公共小巴
的头部保护装置
1. 欧洲经济委员会于1971年12月30日订立的欧洲经济委员会第25号规例(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 24)(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就不论是否并合在车辆座位内的头部保护装置(头枕)作出的修订在内)。
2. 欧洲经济委员会于1970年8月14日订立的欧洲经济委员会第17号规例(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 16)(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就车辆作出的有关座位、其固定装置和任何头部保护装置作出的修订在内)。
3. 欧洲经济共同体于1978年11月20日发出的第78/932/EEC条指示(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就汽车座位头部保护装置作出的修订在内)。
4. 欧洲经济共同体于1974年7月22日发出的第74/408/EEC条指示(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就汽车作出的有关座位、其固定装置及头部保护装置的修订在内)。
5. 日本国土交通省大臣于1983年10月1日订立的自车第899号通告及于1971年8月24日订立的交审第453号通告中有关用于载客量11人或以下的汽车的驾驶人座位和在驾驶人座位旁边的前排座位的头部保护装置的技术标准及新型自动车的试验方法(TRIAS)32-1983(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就该标准及试验方法作出的修订在内)。
6. 于1971年12月2日订立的美国联邦规例第36卷第232号的联邦汽车安全标准第202号(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就头部保护装置作出的修订在内)。
7. 澳洲于1995年第2号道路汽车(国家标准)决定中通过的澳洲设计规则第22/00条(包括所有在本条生效日期之前就头部保护装置作出的修订在内)。
(附表15由2002年第147号法律公告增补)

---

【英文全文】

Cap374AEmpoweringsection

ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
OF VEHICLES) REGULATIONS*
(Cap 374, section 9)
[25 August 1984] L.N. 297 of 1984
(L.N. 286 of 1983)
_______________________________________________________________________________
Notes:
*
1. The operation of these Regulations is affected by the transitional provisions contained in s. 3 of L.N. 113 of 1998, which section is reproduced as follows-
'3. Transitional
(1) The provisions as amended by this Regulation shall, from the commencement of this Regulation, apply to buses, light buses, goods vehicles, special purpose vehicles and trailers registered on or after 1 June 1998.
(2) The provisions as amended by this Regulation shall, from a day to be appointed by the Commissioner by notice in the Gazette, apply to buses, light buses, goods vehicles, special purpose vehicles and trailers, registered before 1 June 1998.
(3) A notice under subsection (2) may fix different days for different provisions as amended by this Regulation to apply in respect of different vehicles and different notices may fix different days for different circumstances in respect of different vehicles.'.
2. L.N. 113 of 1998 came into operation on 20 February 1998.
Cap 374A reg 1 Citation
PART I
PRELIMINARY
(1) These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) Regulations (Spent words omitted).
(2) (Omitted as spent)
Cap 374A reg 2 Interpretation
In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'agricultural implement' (农具) means an agricultural implement or agricultural machine, being in either case a vehicle;
'agricultural tractor' (农业用拖拉机) means a motor vehicle which is designed or adapted for use primarily in agriculture and which is not used on a road for the conveyance of any goods other than agricultural produce or articles required for the purposes of agriculture;
'agricultural trailer' (农业用拖车) means a trailer other than an agricultural trailed appliance, which is constructed or adapted for the purpose of agriculture, horticulture or forestry and which is only used for one or more of those purposes; (L.N. 203 of 1990)
'air pollutant' (空气污染物) has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance (Cap 311); (L.N. 160 of 2000)
'articulated vehicle' (挂接车辆) means a motor vehicle with a trailer so attached that part of the trailer is superimposed upon the motor vehicle, and when the trailer is uniformly loaded a substantial part of the weight of the load is borne by the motor vehicle;
'Authority' (监督) has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Air Pollution Control Ordinance (Cap 311); (L.N. 160 of 2000)
'axle weight' (车轴重量), in relation to each axle of a motor vehicle or trailer, means the sum of the weights transmitted to the road surface by all the wheels of that axle; and in counting the number of axles and in determining the sum of the weights transmitted to the road surface by any one axle of a vehicle, where the centres of the areas of contact between all the wheels and the road surface can be included between any 2 vertical planes at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle less than one metre apart, those wheels shall be treated as constituting one axle; (L.N. 218 of 1984)
'braking efficiency' (制动效能), in relation to the application of brakes to a motor vehicle at any time, means the maximum braking force capable of being developed by the application of those brakes, expressed as a percentage of the gross vehicle weight of the vehicle;
'close-coupled' (紧耦合), in relation to a trailer, means that the wheels on the same side of the trailer are so fitted that all times while it is in motion they remain parallel to the longitudinal axis of the trailer, and that the distance between the centres of their respective areas of contact with the road surface does not exceed 850 millimetres;
'combination of vehicles' (组合式车辆) means coupled vehicles which travel on the road as a unit;
'compression-ignition engine' (压燃式引擎) means an engine in which the fuel is injected into the cylinders or combustion space of the engine and is there ignited during normal running solely by the heat of compression of the cylinder charge;
'1926 Convention' (1926年国际公约) and '1949 Convention' (1949年国际公约) have the meanings assigned to them by regulation 2 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg. E); (L.N. 258 of 1984)
'deck' (层、车厢地板) means a floor or platform of a vehicle upon which seats are provided for the accommodation of passengers;
'dipped beam' (低光) means a beam of light emitted by a headlamp carried on a vehicle, being a beam which is deflected downwards or both downwards and to the left to such an extent that it is at all times incapable of dazzling any person who is on the same horizontal plane as the vehicle at a greater distance than 8 metres from the headlamp and whose eye-level is not less than one metre above that plane;
'direction indicator' (转向指示器) means a device required to be fitted to a motor vehicle or trailer for the purpose of indicating the intention of the driver to change the direction of the vehicle to the right or to the left;
'double-decked bus' (双层巴士) means a bus having 2 decks one of which is wholly or partly above the other and each deck of which is provided with a gangway serving seats on that deck only;
'dual purpose lamp' (双用途灯) means a lamp combining an obligatory front lamp and an obligatory rear lamp;
'emergency exit' (紧急出口) means an exit on a vehicle which is provided for use only in case of emergency as required by these regulations;
'engineering plant' (工程装置) means-
(a) movable plant or equipment being a motor vehicle or trailer, specially designed and constructed for the purposes of road construction, maintenance or marking, or other engineering operations, and which-
(i) cannot, owing to the requirements of those purposes, comply in all respects with the requirements of these regulations; and
(ii) is not constructed primarily to carry a load other than a load which is either excavated materials raised from the ground by apparatus on the motor vehicle or trailer, or materials which the vehicle or trailer is specially designed to use or treat while carried thereon; or(b) a mobile crane which does not comply in all respects with the requirements of these regulations;'entrance' (入口) means any aperture or space provided to enable passengers to board a vehicle;
'exhaust emission' (排气污染物) means any air pollutant emitted from the tail pipe of a motor vehicle; (L.N. 160 of 2000)
'exit' (出口) means any aperture or space provided to enable passengers to leave a vehicle;
'extreme rear' (尾端) means the rearmost point for the time being of a vehicle or a sidecar, inclusive of any luggage carrier and any tailboard or other adjustable part except when the tailboard or adjustable part is extended whilst the vehicle is stationary and being loaded or unloaded;
'fare receipt' (车费收据), in relation to a taxi means a receipt within the meaning of regulation 49A(1) of the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg. D) which complies with the requirements of that regulation; (L.N. 148 of 1997)
'fog lamp' (雾灯) means a lamp on a motor vehicle which is to be used primarily in conditions of fog or mist;
'front corner marker lamp' (前角标志灯) means a lamp required to be carried by a trailer by regulation 108 and which shows a white light to the side and front of the trailer through an arc extending 90 degrees forward from a line at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the trailer;
'gangway' (过道), in relation to a bus or light bus, means the space provided for obtaining access from any entrance to the passengers' seats or from any such seat to an exit, other than an emergency exit, but does not include a staircase or any space in front of a seat which is required only for the use of passengers occupying that seat or that row of seats;
'goods-carrying trailer' (载货拖车) means a trailer constructed or adapted for use for the carriage of goods of any description and which is either-
(a) a semi-trailer; or
(b) a trailer with 4 or more wheels drawn by a goods vehicle or an industrial tractor or land tractor;'gross combined weight' (组合式车辆总重) means the actual weight transmitted to the road surface by all the wheels of a combination of vehicles;
'half-decked bus' (一层半式巴士) means any bus which is neither a single-decked bus nor a double-decked bus;
'head restraint' (头部保护装置) means a device the function of which is to limit the rearward displacement of the head of a seated passenger in relation to his torso in order to reduce the danger of injury to the cervical vertebrae of the passenger in the event of an accident; (L.N. 147 of 2002)
'headlamp' (大灯) means a lamp, other than a fog lamp, required to be carried by a vehicle and which is designed, when lit, to illuminate the road in front of the vehicle;
'hours of darkness' (黑夜时间) has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2(1) and (2) of the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.);
'illuminated area' (照明面积), in relation to a lamp on a vehicle, means the area of the orthogonal projection on a vertical plane at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle of that part of the lamp through which the light is emitted;
'industrial tractor' (工业用拖拉机) means a motor tractor, other than a land tractor, which-
(a) is designed and used primarily for work off roads, or for work on roads in connection only with road construction, maintenance or refuse collection (including any such motor vehicle when fitted with an implement or implements designed primarily for use in connection with such work, whether or not any such implement is of itself designed to carry a load); and
(b) is so constructed as to be incapable of exceeding a speed of 30 kilometres per hour on the level under its own power;'internal combustion engine' (内燃引擎) means a compression-ignition engine or a positive-ignition engine;
'international circulation permit' (国际通行许可证) has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg.);
'land implement' (土地机具) means any implement or machinery used with a land locomotive or a land tractor in connexion with agriculture, grass cutting, forestry, land levelling, dredging or similar operations and any trailer which for the time being carries only the necessary gear or equipment of the land locomotive or land tractor which tows it;
'land implement conveyor' (土地机具运轮装置) means a trailer, having an unladen weight not exceeding 510 kilograms, which is specially designed and constructed for the conveyance of not more than one land implement and which is marked with its unladen weight, has each of its wheels fitted with a pneumatic tyre and is towed by a land locomotive or land tractor;
'land locomotive' (土地机车) means a locomotive designed and used primarily for work on the land in connection with agriculture, forestry, land levelling, dredging or similar operations, which is driven on a road only when proceeding to and from the site of such work and which when so driven hauls nothing other than land implements or land implement conveyors;
'land tractor' (土地拖拉机) means a motor tractor designed and used primarily for work on the land in connection with agriculture, grass cutting, forestry, land levelling, dredging or similar operations, which is not constructed or adapted itself to carry a load other than-
(a) water, fuel, accumulators and other equipment used for the purpose of propulsion, loose tools and loose equipment;
(b) an implement fitted to the tractor and used for work on the land in connection with any agricultural or forestry operations;'liquefied petroleum gas' (石油气) has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Gas Safety Ordinance (Cap 51); (L.N. 160 of 2000)
'locomotive' (机车) means a motor vehicle which is not constructed itself to carry a load, other than water, fuel, accumulators and other equipment used for the purpose of propulsion, loose tools and loose equipment, and the unladen weight of which exceeds 8 tonnes;
'main beam' (主光) means a beam of light emitted by a headlamp, being a beam which is not a dipped beam;
'matched pair of headlamps' (配对大灯) means a pair of headlamps on a vehicle, one on each side of the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (disregarding, for the purpose of ascertaining such axis, any sidecar attached thereto) which comply with the following requirements-
(a) each headlamp in the pair is at the same height above the ground; and
(b) the distance between the centre of each headlamp in the pair and the said vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle does not vary by more than 25 millimetres;'matched pair of obligatory headlamps' (配对强制性大灯) means a matched pair of headlamps required to be carried by a vehicle by regulation 96, 97 or 98;
'motor tractor' (机动拖拉机) means a motor vehicle which is not constructed itself to carry a load, other than water, fuel, accumulators and other equipment used for the purpose of propulsion, loose tools and loose equipment and the unladen weight of which does not exceed 8 tonnes;
'multi-pull means of operation' (多次拉力操作工具), in relation to a braking system, means a device which causes the muscular energy of the driver to apply the brakes of that system progressively as a result of successive applications of that device by the driver;
'obligatory front lamp' (强制性前灯) means a lamp, showing to the front of a vehicle a white light, required to be carried by regulation 89;
'obligatory headlamp' (强制性大灯) means any headlamp required to be carried by a vehicle by regulation 96, 97 or 98;
'obligatory rear lamp' (强制性后灯) means a lamp, capable of showing to the rear of a vehicle a red light, required to be carried by regulation 103; (L.N. 258 of 1984)
'obligatory reflector' (强制性反光体) means a red reflector required to be fitted to a vehicle by regulation 106;
'outermost part' (最外部分), in relation to a vehicle, does not include a door, hinged side or other adjustable part of the vehicle when opened or extended or a driving mirror or a direction indicator;
'overall height' (全高度) means the height of a vehicle standing on a level surface with all tyres inflated to normal pressure, measured vertically from such surface to the highest point of such vehicle or of the load on such vehicle whichever is the higher;
'overall length' (全长度) means the length of a vehicle measured between vertical planes at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the extreme projecting points thereof exclusive of-
(a) any driving mirror;
(b) any starting handle;
(c) any hood when down;
(d) any expanding or extensible contrivance forming part of a turntable fire escape fixed to the vehicle; and
(e) any front corner marker lamp or side marker lamp,and in ascertaining the extreme projecting points of a vehicle account shall be taken of any device or any receptacle on or attached to the vehicle which increases the carrying capacity of the vehicle unless-
(i) it is a tailboard which is let down while the vehicle is stationary in order to facilitate its loading or unloading;
(ii) it is a tailboard which is let down in order to facilitate the carriage of, but which is not essential for the support of, loads which are in themselves so long as to extend at least as far as the tailboard when in the upright position; or
(iii) it is a receptacle which is constructed or adapted for the purpose of being lifted on or off vehicles with goods contained therein and is from time to time actually used for that purpose;'overall width' (全宽度) means the width of a vehicle measured between vertical planes parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the extreme projecting points thereof exclusive of-
(a) any driving mirror;
(b) any direction indicator;
(c) so much of the distortion of any tyre as is caused by the weight of the vehicle; and
(d) any front corner marker lamp or side marker lamp,and in ascertaining the extreme projecting points of a vehicle account shall be taken of any device or any receptacle on or attached to the vehicle which increases the carrying capacity of the vehicle unless-
(i) it is a sideboard which is let down while the vehicle is stationary in order to facilitate its loading or unloading; or
(ii) it is a receptacle which is constructed or adapted for the purpose of being lifted on or off vehicles with goods contained therein and is from time to time actually used for that purpose;'overhang' (悬出量) means the distance measured horizontally and parallel to the longitudinal axis of a vehicle between the vertical planes at right angles to that axis passing through the 2 points respectively specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this definition-
(a) the rearmost point of the vehicle exclusive of-
(i) any hood when down;
(ii) any expanding or extensible contrivance forming part of a turntable fire escape fixed to the vehicle;
(iii) in the case of a motor vehicle constructed solely for the carriage of passengers and their effects and adapted to carry not more than 7 passengers, any luggage carrier fitted to the vehicle; and
(iv) in the case of a vehicle constructed to tow a trailer, any part of the vehicle designed primarily for use as a means of attaching the trailer and any fitting designed for use in connection with such part, being a part and fitting the total length of which measured parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle does not exceed 300 millimetres; and(b) (i) in the case of a motor vehicle having not more than 3 axles of which only one is not a steering axle, the centre point of that axle;
(ii) in the case of a motor vehicle having 3 axles of which the front axle is the only steering axle and of a motor vehicle having 4 axles of which the 2 foremost are the only steering axles, a point 100 millimetres to the rear of the centre of a straight line joining the centre points of the 2 rearmost axles; and
(iii) in any other case, a point situated on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and such that a line drawn from it at right angles to that axis will pass through the centre of the minimum turning circle of the vehicle;'passenger vehicle' (客运车辆) means a vehicle constructed solely for the carriage of passengers and their effects;
'pedestrian-controlled vehicle' (徒步控制车辆) means a vehicle, other than a rickshaw, which is controlled by a pedestrian and not constructed or adapted for use or used for the carriage of a driver or passenger;
'permanent top' (固定车顶) means any covering of a vehicle, other than a hood made of canvas or other flexible material which is capable of being readily folded back so that no portion of such hood or any fixed structure of the roof remains vertically above any part of any seat of the vehicle, or, in the case of a double-decked bus, of any seat on the upper deck of the bus;
'pneumatic tyre' (充气轮胎) means a tyre which is-
(a) provided with a continuous closed chamber containing air at a pressure substantially exceeding atmospheric pressure when the tyre is in the condition in which it is normally used, but is not subjected to any load;
(b) capable of being inflated and deflated without removal from the wheel or vehicle; and
(c) of such construction that when it is deflated and is subjected to a normal load, the sides of the tyre collapse;'poor visibility conditions' (能见度低的情况) has the meaning assigned to it by regulation 2(1) of the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg.);
'positive-ignition engine' (强制点火式引擎) means an engine operating on the otto cycle in which a mixture of fuel and air is drawn into cylinders and ignited after compression by means of an electric spark applied at a known and predetermined moment of the cycle;
'primary emergency exit' (主要紧急出口) means an emergency exit, being an exit provided in a single-decked bus or in the lower deck of a double-decked bus, of which the dimensions are not less than 1350 millimetres by 500 millimetres;
'printing' (打印) includes any electronic or mechanical mode of representing words in a visible form; (L.N. 148 of 1997)
'rear lamp' (后灯) means a lamp showing to the rear of a vehicle a red light visible from a reasonable distance;
'rear marking' (车尾标记) means a rear marking of the type shown in any of the diagrams numbered 1 to 5 set out in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule;
'rear platform' (车尾平台) means a platform at the rear of a vehicle from which passengers can step directly to the ground through an exit without any step intervening;
'receipt printing device' (收据打印设备), in relation to a taxi, means the device installed in respect of the taxi in accordance with regulation 42A; (L.N. 148 of 1997)
'recut pneumatic tyre' (重切充气轮胎) means any pneumatic tyre in which an existing tread pattern has been cut or burnt deeper or a new tread pattern has been cut or burnt except where the pattern is cut entirely in additional material added to the tyre for the purpose;
'reflecting area' (反光面积), in relation to a reflector on a vehicle, means the area of the orthogonal projection on a vertical plane at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle of that part of the reflector designed to reflect light;
'retractable belt' (可回卷安全带) has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic (Safety Equipment) Regulations (Cap. 374 sub. leg.); (L.N. 147 of 2002)
'reversing lamp' (倒车灯) means a lamp showing to the rear of a vehicle a white light for the purpose of reversing;
'rigid vehicle' (整体式车辆) means a motor vehicle which is not constructed or adapted to form part of an articulated vehicle;
'safety glass' (安全玻璃) means glass so constructed or treated that if fractured it does not fly into fragments capable of causing severe cuts;
'safety glazing' (安全透明物料) means material (other than glass) so constructed or treated that if fractured it does not fly into fragments capable of causing severe cuts;
'sealed beam lamp' (封闭式大灯) means a lamp unit comprising a reflector system, a lens system and one or more electrical filaments, which has been sealed in the course of manufacture and which cannot be dismantled without rendering the unit unusable as a lamp;
'secondary emergency exit' (备用紧急出口) means an emergency exit, other than a primary emergency exit provided in a bus, of which the dimensions are not less than 900 millimetres by 500 millimetres;
'side marker lamp' (旁标志灯) means a lamp required to be carried by a trailer by regulation 109 and which shows a white light to the side of the trailer through an arc extending a minimum of 70 degrees forward from a line at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the trailer and a red light to the side through an arc extending a minimum of 70 degrees rearward from that line;
'single-decked bus' (单层巴士) means a bus upon which no part of a deck or gangway is vertically above another deck or gangway;
'specified date' (指明日期) means the date of commencement of the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulation 2002 (L.N. 147 of 2002); (L.N. 147 of 2002)
'split braking system' (分路式制动系统), in relation to a motor vehicle, means a braking system so designed and constructed that-
(a) it comprises two independent sections of mechanism capable of developing braking force such that, excluding the means of operation, a failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin) of one of the said sections shall not cause a decrease in the braking force capable of being developed by the other section;
(b) the said two sections are operated by a means of operation which is common to both sections; and
(c) the braking efficiency of either of the said two sections can be readily checked;'stop lamp' (停车灯) means a lamp required to be fitted to a motor vehicle, or to a trailer towed by a motor vehicle, for the purpose of warning other road users, when the lamp is lit, that the brakes of the motor vehicle or, in the case of a trailer, the brakes of the towing vehicle or of the combination of vehicles, are being applied;
'stored energy' (储存能量), in relation to a braking system of a vehicle, means energy (other than the muscular energy of the driver or the mechanical energy of a spring) stored in a reservoir for the purpose of applying the brakes under the control of the driver, either directly or as a supplement to his muscular energy;
'straddle carrier' (跨运车) means a motor vehicle constructed to straddle and lift its load for the purpose of transportation;
'supplementary main beam' (辅助主光) means a main beam which is emitted by an obligatory headlamp which can also emit a dipped beam and which can only be used in conjunction with a main beam from another obligatory headlamp on the same side of the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle;
'tangential plane' (切向平面), in relation to sideguard requirements, means the vertical plane formed by the external face of the outermost tyre at the rear and on the same side as the sideguard; (L.N. 203 of 1990)
'towing implement' (拖曳机具) means any device on wheels designed for the purpose of enabling a motor vehicle to tow another vehicle by the attachment of that device to that other vehicle in such a manner that part of that other vehicle is secured to and either rests on or is suspended from the device and some but not all of the wheels on which that other vehicle normally runs are raised off the ground;
'track laying vehicle' (履带式车辆) means a vehicle that is so designed and constructed that its weight is transmitted to the road surface either by means of continuous tracks or by a combination of wheels and continuous tracks in such circumstances that the weight transmitted to the road surface by the tracks is not less than half the weight of the vehicle;
'two-tone horn' (双音喇叭) means an instrument or apparatus which, when operated, automatically produces a sound which alternates at regular intervals between 2 fixed notes;
'unladen weight' (净重量), in relation to a vehicle, means the weight of the vehicle inclusive of the body and all parts (the heavier being taken where alternative bodies or parts are used) including the weight of water or accumulators which are necessary to, or ordinarily used with, the vehicle when working on a road, but exclusive of the weight of fuel, loose tools and loose equipment in the vehicle;
'unleaded petrol' (无铅汽油) has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Air Pollution Control (Motor Vehicle Fuel) Regulation (Cap 311 sub. leg.); (L.N. 160 of 2000)
'warning instrument' (警报仪器) means any instrument required to be fitted to or carried on or in a vehicle for audibly signalling its approach or presence;
'wheel' (车轮), in the case of a motor vehicle or trailer, means a wheel the tyre or rim of which when the vehicle is in motion on a road is in contact with the ground; and any two such wheels shall be treated as one wheel if the distance between the centres of the areas of contact between them and the road surface is less than 460 millimetres;
'wheel span' (轮距) means the distance between the foremost and rearmost axles;
'wide tyre' (宽轮胎) means a pneumatic tyre which has an area of contact with the road surface of not less than 300 millimetres in width when measured at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 3 Application
These regulations, except in so far as they apply to the weights and dimensions of vehicles, shall not apply to-
(a) any motor vehicle brought temporarily into Hong Kong by a person resident in a place outside Hong Kong or in Hong Kong intending to make only a temporary stay in Hong Kong, for a period not exceeding 1 year from the date of the arrival of the vehicle in Hong Kong while the said vehicle is being used by such person during his stay, if such vehicle complies in every respect with the requirements of paragraphs I, III and VIII of Article 3 of the 1926 Convention and with paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of Article 22 of the 1949 Convention; (L.N. 258 of 1984)
(b) unlicensed vehicles used on roads only pursuant to a movement permit issued under regulation 53 of the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg.) for the purpose of proceeding from one site to another.
Cap 374A reg 4 Power of Commissioner to exempt
The Commissioner may exempt any vehicle or class of vehicle from the provisions of these regulations or of any part thereof if he considers that it would be in the public interest to do so.
Cap 374A reg 5 Construction and maintenance
PART II
GENERAL
(1) Every vehicle including all body work and fittings shall be-
(a) soundly and properly constructed of suitable materials;
(b) in good and serviceable condition; and
(c) of such design and method of construction as to be capable of withstanding the loads and stresses likely to be encountered in operation.(2) The side door latches and hinges of all vehicles shall be of adequate strength.
(3) Subject to paragraph (5), no part of a motor vehicle, other than the wheels or tracks of such vehicle, and, in the case of a goods vehicle carrying inflammable goods, the earthing chain of such vehicle, shall touch the road.
(4) Every windscreen wiper and every direction indicator required by these regulations to be fitted to a motor vehicle, and every part of every braking system and of the means of operation thereof fitted to a motor vehicle or trailer, and all steering gear fitted to a motor vehicle, shall at all times while the motor vehicle or trailer is used on a road be maintained in good and efficient working order and be properly adjusted.
(5) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to engineering plant, an industrial tractor, land locomotive and land tractor.
Cap 374A reg 6 Maximum dimensions of vehicles
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), the dimensions of a vehicle of a class listed in column 1 of the First Schedule shall not exceed the overall dimensions specified in relation to that vehicle in columns 2, 3 and 4 of that Schedule.
(2) The Commissioner may by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified in the permit, authorize the use of a vehicle exceeding the dimensions specified in the First Schedule.
Cap 374A reg 7 Maximum weight of vehicles
(1) The gross vehicle weight of a vehicle of a class listed in column 1 of Part I of the Second Schedule, other than a vehicle to which Part II, III or IV of that Schedule applies, shall not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight specified in relation to that vehicle in column 2 of that Part.
(2) The gross vehicle weight of a rigid vehicle of a class listed in column 1 of Part II of the Second Schedule shall not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight specified in column 3 of that Part in relation to the wheel span measurement specified in column 2 of that Part.
(3) (a) In the case of an articulated vehicle of a class listed in column 1 of Part III of the Second Schedule, the gross vehicle weight shall not exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight specified in column 3 of that Part in relation to the wheel span measurement specified in column 2 of that Part.
(b) In the case of a 2 axled semi-trailer, the gross axle weight shall not exceed the maximum gross axle weight for 2 closely spaced axles specified in column 3 of Part III of the Second Schedule in relation to the distance between those axles specified in column 2 of that Part.
(c) In the case of 3 axled semi-trailer, the gross axle weight shall not exceed the maximum gross axle weight for 3 closely spaced axles specified in column 3 of Part III of the Second Schedule in relation to the distance between the outer axles of those axles specified in column 2 of that Part.(4) The gross combined weight of a combination of articulated vehicles of the type listed in column 1 of Part IV of the Second Schedule shall not exceed the maximum gross combined weight specified in column 3 of that Part in relation to the inner axle spacing specified in column 2 of that Part.
(5) Where 2 closely spaced axles of a vehicle are spaced at such distance apart as is specified in column 1 of Part V of the Second Schedule, the gross axle weight of each axle shall not exceed the maximum axle weight for any one axle specified in column 2 of that Part in relation to the distance between those axles.
(6) Where the outer axles of 3 closely spaced axles of a vehicle are spaced at such distance apart as is specified in column 1 of Part VI of the Second Schedule, the gross axle weight of each axle shall not exceed the maximum axle weight for any one axle specified in column 2 of that Part in relation to the distance between those outer axles.
(7) Subject to this regulation, the permitted gross vehicle weight of a goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle shall be that assigned or deemed to have been assigned to the vehicle under the Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg.).
(7A) The permitted gross vehicle weight of any vehicle, other than a goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle, shall be its maximum gross vehicle weight or maximum gross combined weight, as the case may be, determined under this regulation.
(8) The Commissioner may by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions as may be specified in the permit, authorize the use of a vehicle exceeding its maximum gross vehicle weight or maximum gross combined weight, as the case may be, specified in relation to that class or type of vehicle in column 3 of Part II, III or IV of the Second Schedule.
(L.N. 242 of 1985)
Cap 374A reg 8 Overhang
(1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3) and (4), the overhang of a motor vehicle shall not exceed 60 per cent of the distance between the plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle which passes through the centre or centres of the front wheel or wheels and the foremost vertical plane from which the overhang is to be measured.
(2) In the case of a vehicle designed for use and mainly used for the purpose of heating a road or other like surface in the process of construction, repair or maintenance, no part of the heating plant shall be taken into account when calculating the overhang under paragraph (1).
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), where a vehicle is to be used on a road and the Commissioner considers that the percentage of overhang permitted by that paragraph could create a hazard to traffic he may specify such lesser percentage of overhang as he considers appropriate, and the overhang of that vehicle shall not exceed such lesser specified percentage.
(4) This regulation shall not apply to-
(a) a vehicle designed for use and used solely in connection with street cleansing, the collection or disposal of refuse or the collection or disposal of the contents of gullies or cesspools; and
(b) a goods vehicle so designed that it can dispose of its load by tipping to the rear provided the overhang does not exceed 1.2 metres.
Cap 374A reg 9 Motive power
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle intended for use or used on a road shall be propelled by-
(a) a positive-ignition engine;
(b) a compression-ignition engine; or
(c) an electric motor.(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commissioner may approve in writing a motor vehicle powered by other means for use on a road if he considers the vehicle suitable for use on roads in Hong Kong.
(3) Before granting approval in respect of a vehicle under paragraph (2) the Commissioner may require-
(a) production of such plans and information; and
(b) such test and inspection,as he considers necessary.
Cap 374A reg 10 Power to weight ratio
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle first registered after the coming into operation of this regulation which is propelled by a compression-ignition engine shall be so constructed that the power that the engine produces is at least 4.4 kilowatts for every 1000 kilograms of the permitted gross vehicle weight of the vehicle.
(2) Every motor vehicle to which paragraph (1) applies shall, where it is fitted with ancillary equipment designed for use or likely to be used when the vehicle is in motion on a road at a speed in excess of 8 kilometres per hour and the power absorbed by that equipment is provided by the engine propelling the vehicle, be so constructed that, when the ancillary equipment is being used, the power of the engine remaining available to drive the vehicle is at least 4.4 kilowatts for every 1000 kilograms of the permitted gross vehicle weight of the vehicle.
(3) For the purposes of this regulation, 'ancillary equipment' (辅助装备) means machinery or apparatus forming part of a vehicle or mounted thereon, used for purposes not connected with the driving of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 11 Body
The body of a vehicle shall be securely affixed to the chassis and every trap door in the floor of the vehicle shall be strong and so fitted or fastened that it cannot become dislodged by vibration, with any lifting device properly sunk.
Cap 374A reg 12 Turning circle
(1) Every vehicle shall be so constructed as to be capable of turning in either direction within a circle which has a diameter not exceeding-
(a) 24.5 metres, in the case of a vehicle with an overall length of not more than 10 metres; and
(b) 26 metres, in the case of a vehicle with an overall length of more than 10 metres.(2) For the purpose of this regulation, the diameter of the turning circle of a vehicle shall be determined by reference to the circle traced by the extreme projecting points included in the overall length and overall width of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 13 Variation of wheel load
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle, trailer having more than 4 wheels and trailer having more than 2 wheels being part of an articulated vehicle shall be provided with such compensating arrangement as will ensure that all the wheels will remain in contact with the road surface and under the most adverse conditions will not be subject to abnormal variations of load.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply-
(a) to any steerable wheel of a motor vehicle if the load on such wheel does not exceed 3.5 tonnes; and
(b) with respect to any properly constructed retractable axle while in the retracted position.
Cap 374A reg 14 Axle loading
(1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), the weight transmitted to the road surface by any one wheel of a vehicle where no other wheel is in the same line transversely shall not exceed 4.5 tonnes and the total weight so transmitted by any 2 wheels of a vehicle in line transversely shall not exceed 9 tonnes.
(2) The total weight transmitted to the road surface by any 2 wheels of a vehicle in line transversely shall not exceed 10 tonnes if each such wheel is fitted with 2 pneumatic tyres having the centre of their areas of contact with the road surface not less than 300 millimetres apart measured at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or with a wide tyre.
(3) In the case of a vehicle having more than 2 wheels in line transversely, the total weight transmitted to the road surface by those wheels shall not exceed 11 tonnes.
Cap 374A reg 15 Suspension
(1) Subject to paragraphs (5) and (6), every motor vehicle and trailer towed thereby shall be equipped with a suitable and sufficient system of suspension between each wheel and the frame of the vehicle.
(2) The system of suspension of any vehicle with 3 or more wheels shall be so designed and constructed that there is no excessive body sway.
(3) The system of suspension including any damper units therein shall be maintained in an efficient condition.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation a tyre shall not be regarded as forming part of the suspension system.
(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commissioner may, having regard to the design and use of the vehicle, exempt any special purpose vehicle from the provisions of this regulation.
(6) This regulation shall not apply to-
(a) a motorcycle;
(b) a mobile crane;
(c) a road roller;
(d) a vehicle designed for use in works or on private premises and used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or premises to another or to works or premises in the immediate neighbourhood; and
(e) a motor tractor not exceeding 4 tonnes permitted gross vehicle weight if all unsprung wheels of such tractor are equipped with pneumatic tyres.
Cap 374A reg 16 Brakes
(1) Subject to paragraph (8), every motor vehicle shall be equipped with either an efficient braking system having 2 means of operation or 2 efficient braking systems each having a separate means of operation.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1), no account shall be taken of a multi-pull means of operation, unless that means, at the first application, operates an hydraulic, electric or pneumatic device which causes brakes to be applied sufficient to have a total braking efficiency of not less than the total braking efficiency required by regulation 19(1)(b) in relation to brakes as applied by a second independent means of operation.
(3) Subject to paragraph (8), all braking systems of every motor vehicle shall be so designed and constructed that notwithstanding the failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin) through or by means of which the force necessary to apply the brakes is transmitted there shall still be available for application by the driver brakes sufficient under the most adverse conditions to bring the vehicle to rest within a reasonable distance.
(4) Subject to paragraph (9), one at least of the means of operation required by this regulation shall be capable of causing brakes to be applied directly to all the wheels of the vehicle and the other means of operation shall be capable of causing brakes to be applied directly, and not through the transmission, to-
(a) at least one wheel of a vehicle with not more than 3 wheels; and
(b) at least half the number of wheels of a vehicle with more than 3 wheels,and for the purpose of this paragraph a shaft leading from any differential driving gear of an axle to a driving wheel shall be deemed not to form part of the transmission.
(5) The application of one of the means of operation required under this regulation shall not affect or operate the pedal or hand lever of the other means of operation.
(6) No braking system shall be rendered ineffective by the non-rotation of the engine.
(7) For the purpose of this regulation every moving shaft to which any part of a braking system or any means of operation thereof is connected or by which it is supported shall be deemed to be part of that system.
(8) Paragraphs (1) and (3) shall not apply to a motor vehicle equipped with one efficient braking system with one means of operation if the system is a split braking system.
(9) Paragraph (4) shall not apply to engineering plant, an industrial tractor, land locomotive, land tractor, motor cycle, motor tricycle, invalid carriage, pedestrian controlled vehicle and straddle carrier.
Cap 374A reg 17 Parking brake
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle shall be equipped with a braking system, which may be one of the braking systems prescribed in regulation 16, so designed and constructed that-
(a) its means of operation, whether being a multi-pull means of operation or not, is independent of the means of operation of any braking system required by regulation 19(1)(a) to have a total braking efficiency of not less than 50 per cent;
(b) its braking force, when the vehicle is not being driven or is left unattended-
(i) can at all times be maintained in operation by direct mechanical action without the intervention of any hydraulic, electric or pneumatic device; and
(ii) when so maintained in operation by direct mechanical action, is capable of holding the vehicle stationary on a gradient of at least 1 in 6.25 without the assistance of stored energy.(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a motor cycle and invalid carriage.
Cap 374A reg 18 Vacuum or pressure braking systems
(1) Subject to paragraph (2) and except in the case of a motor vehicle to which paragraph (3) applies, every motor vehicle which is equipped with a braking system which embodies a vacuum or pressure reservoir or reservoirs shall be provided with a warning device so placed as to be readily visible or audible to the driver of the vehicle when in the driving seat in order to indicate any impending failure or deficiency in the vacuum or pressure system.
(2) In the case of a vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which does not exceed 5.5 tonnes which is propelled by an internal combustion engine and is equipped with a braking system embodying a vacuum reservoir or reservoirs, the vacuum therein being derived directly from the induction system of the engine, it shall not be necessary to provide a warning device in accordance with paragraph (1) if, in the event of a failure or deficiency in the vacuum system, the brakes of that braking system are sufficient to provide a braking efficiency of 50 per cent.
(3) A motor vehicle which is equipped with a braking system which uses compressed air only as its means of operation shall be fitted with a suitable air pressure gauge or gauges and a suitable audible warning device to indicate low air pressure. (L.N. 203 of 1990)
(4) Where a motor vehicle to which paragraph (3) applies was manufactured on or before 1 January 1990 or was first registered on or before 1 July 1990, it shall be sufficient compliance with paragraph (3) if it is fitted with a suitable air pressure gauge or gauges. (L.N. 203 of 1990)
Cap 374A reg 18A Hydraulic braking systems
(1) A motor vehicle which is manufactured on or after 1 January 1990 and first registered on or after 1 July 1990 and which is equipped with a hydraulic braking system shall be provided with a warning device so placed as to be readily visible or audible to the driver of the vehicle when in the driving seat in order to indicate any impending failure in the hydraulic braking system due to fluid loss.
(2) The warning device referred to in paragraph (1) shall be so designed and constructed that-
(a) for a motor vehicle equipped with a split braking system, it will detect the differential in fluid pressure, or a drop in fluid level; and
(b) for a motor vehicle equipped with a non-split braking system, it will detect a loss in the applied fluid pressure, or a drop in fluid level.(3) The Commissioner may, if he thinks fit, approve in writing the fitting in a hydraulic braking system of a warning device of a design and construction other than that described in paragraph (2) as sufficient compliance with paragraph (1).
(L.N. 203 1990)
Cap 374A reg 19 Braking efficiency
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every braking system of every motor vehicle shall-
(a) have brakes acting on all the wheels of the vehicle which as applied by one means of operation have a total braking efficiency of not less than 50 per cent;
(b) subject to sub-paragraph (c), have brakes which as applied by a second independent means of operation have a total braking efficiency of not less than 25 per cent; and
(c) in the case of a motor vehicle equipped with a split braking system to which regulation 16(8) applies, have brakes which in the event of a failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin) of one of the independent sections comprised in the split braking system are such that there remain brakes applied by the other section sufficient to have a total braking efficiency of not less than 25 per cent. (L.N. 218 of 1984)(2) This regulation shall not apply to engineering plant, an industrial tractor, land locomotive, land tractor, motor cycle, motor tricycle, invalid carriage, pedestrian controlled vehicle and straddle carrier.
Cap 374A reg 20 Wheels and tracks
(1) Every motor vehicle and every trailer shall be so constructed that the entire weight of the vehicle and of any trailer attached thereto is transmitted to the road surface by wheels or by tracks, or by a combination of wheels and tracks.
(2) In the case of a track laying vehicle-
(a) the parts of the track which come into contact with the road surface shall be flat and have a minimum width of 15 millimetres; and
(b) the total area of each track actually in contact with the road surface at any one time shall not be less than 230 square centimetres in respect of each tonne of the gross vehicle weight of the vehicle.(3) Subject to paragraphs (6) and (7), every wheel of a motor vehicle, other than a road roller, and every wheel on a trailer when the trailer is being towed on a road, other than a trailer used solely on road repair work, shall be equipped with pneumatic tyres of suitable size and design.
(4) Subject to paragraph (8), all wheels of a motor vehicle or trailer which are equipped with tyres, other than pneumatic tyres, shall have a rim diameter of not less than 700 millimetres.
(5) Every wheel of a vehicle shall be truly circular, accurately centred on its axle and fitted to work thereon without oscillation or side play.
(6) The Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of a motor vehicle which does not comply with paragraph (3).
(7) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to-
(a) a motor tractor; and
(b) a motor vehicle designed for use in works or on private premises and used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or premises to another or to works or premises in the immediate neighbourhood,if such vehicle is equipped with tyres on every wheel of soft or elastic material of a design and type approved by the Commissioner.
(8) Paragraph (4) shall not apply to-
(a) any motor vehicle or trailer not exceeding 1.5 tonnes unladen weight designed for use in works or on private premises and used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or premises to another or to works or premises in the immediate neighbourhood; and
(b) any mobile crane.
Cap 374A reg 21 Tyre of soft or elastic material
A tyre shall not be deemed to be of soft or elastic material unless the said material is either-
(a) continuous round the circumference of the wheel; or
(b) fitted in sections so that so far as reasonably practicable no space is left between the ends thereof,and is of such thickness and design as to minimize, so far as reasonably possible, vibration when the vehicle is in motion, and so constructed as to be free from any defect which might in any way cause damage to the surface of a road.
Cap 374A reg 22 Tyres
(1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (7), no wheel of a motor vehicle or trailer shall be fitted with a pneumatic tyre that-
(a) is unsuitable having regard to the use to which the motor vehicle or trailer is being put or to the types of tyres fitted to its other wheels;
(b) is not so inflated as to make it fit for the use to which the motor vehicle or trailer is being put;
(c) has a break in its fabric, or has a cut in excess of 25 millimetres in length or 10 per cent of the section width of the tyre, whichever is the greater, measured in any direction on the outside of the tyre and deep enough to reach the body cords;
(d) has any lump or bulge caused by separation or partial failure of its structure;
(e) has any portion of the ply or cord structure exposed; or
(f) does not-
(i) in the case of a motor cycle the cylinder capacity of the engine of which does not exceed 50 cubic centimetres, show throughout at least 3/4 of the breadth of the tread and round the entire outer circumference of the tyre a pattern the relief of which is clearly visible; and
(ii) in the case of any other motor vehicle or any trailer, have a tread pattern (excluding any tie-bar) with a depth of at least 1 millimetre throughout at least 3/4 of the breadth of the tread and round the entire outer circumference of the tyre:
Provided that this sub-paragraph shall not apply in the case of a motor cycle with sidecar attached having 3 wheels in all, the weight of which does not exceed 100 kilograms and which is incapable of exceeding a speed of 20 kilometres per hour on the level under its own power.(2) Paragraph (1) shall not prohibit the use on a road of a motor vehicle of trailer by reason only of the fact that a wheel of the vehicle or trailer is fitted with a tyre which is not fully inflated if the tyre and the wheel to which it is fitted are so constructed as to make the tyre in that condition fit for the use to which the motor vehicle or trailer is being put and the outer sides of the wall of the tyre are so marked as to enable the tyre to be identified as having been so constructed.
(3) No motor vehicle or trailer shall be fitted with a recut pneumatic tyre the fabric of which has been cut or exposed by the recutting process.
(4) Without prejudice to paragraphs (1) and (3), all the tyres of a motor vehicle or trailer shall at all times while the vehicle or trailer is used on a road be maintained in such condition as to be fit for the use to which the vehicle or trailer is being put and as to be free from any defect which might in any way cause damage to the surface of the road or danger to persons on or in the vehicle or to other persons using the road.
(5) Pneumatic tyres of different types of structure shall not be fitted to the same axle of a vehicle.
(6) A motor vehicle or trailer shall not be fitted with-
(a) a diagonal-ply tyre or a bias-belted tyre on the rear axle and a radial-ply tyre on the front axle; or
(b) a diagonal-ply tyre on the rear axle and a bias-belted tyre on the front axle.(7) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a land tractor, or land implement, or to an agricultural trailer when the trailer is being towed by a land tractor and nothing in paragraph (1) or (3) shall apply to a broken down vehicle or to a vehicle proceeding to a place where it is to be broken up, in either case being towed by a motor vehicle at a speed not exceeding 20 kilometres per hour.
(8) For the purposes of this regulation-
'bias-belted tyre' (交叉帘布缓冲层轮胎) means a pneumatic tyre, the structure of which is such that the ply cords extend to the bead so as to be laid at alternate angles of substantially less than 90 degrees to the peripheral line of the tread, and are constrained by a circumferential belt comprising two or more layers of substantially inextensible cord material laid at alternate angles smaller than those of the ply cord structure;
'diagonal-ply tyre' (斜纹帘布层轮胎) means a pneumatic tyre, other than a bias-belted tyre, the structure of which is such that the ply cords extend to the bead so as to be laid at alternate angles of substantially less than 90 degrees to the peripheral line of the tread;
'radial-ply tyre' (径向帘布层轮胎) means a pneumatic tyre, the structure of which is such that the ply cords extend to the bead so as to be laid at an angle of substantially 90 degrees to the peripheral line of the tread, the ply cord structure being stabilized by a substantially inextensible circumferential belt;
'type of structure' (结构类型), in relation to a tyre, means a type of structure of a tyre of a kind as defined in this paragraph.
Cap 374A reg 23 Steering
The steering mechanism of a vehicle shall be so constructed or arranged that no overlock shall be possible and that the wheels shall not in any circumstances foul any part of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 24 Speed indicators
(1) Every motor vehicle, other than a motor vehicle which it is at all times unlawful to drive at a speed exceeding 20 kilometres per hour and an invalid carriage, shall be fitted with an efficient speedometer which shall be-
(a) so placed that it can be easily read by the driver;
(b) maintained in good working order;
(c) kept free from any obstruction which might prevent it from being easily read by the driver;
(d) calibrated and marked so as to indicate clearly the speed at which the motor vehicle is being driven; and
(e) capable of indicating the speed within a margin of accuracy of plus or minus 10 per cent if and when the motor vehicle is being driven at a speed in excess of 15 kilometres per hour.(2) It shall be a good defence to proceedings taken in respect of a contravention of paragraph (1)(b) to prove that-
(a) the defect occurred in the course of the journey during which the contravention was detected; or
(b) at the time when the contravention was detected steps had already been taken to have the defect remedied with all reasonable expedition.
Cap 374A reg 25 Ability to reverse
Every motor vehicle, other than a motor cycle, motor tricycle or invalid carriage, shall be capable of being driven both forwards and backwards.
Cap 374A reg 26 Driver's accommodation
(1) Every motor vehicle, other than a bus or light bus, shall be so designed and constructed that the driver-
(a) has adequate room and can easily reach and quickly operate the controls;
(b) while controlling the vehicle can at all times have a full view of the road and traffic ahead of the vehicle.(2) The driver's seat of every motor vehicle, other than a bus or light bus, shall be secured to the body of the vehicle and shall measure at least 380 millimetres from the backrest to the front edge of the seat and 380 millimetres along the back, except that where the vehicle is fitted with a continuous seat for a passenger or passengers beside the driver the space available for passengers under regulation 27 shall be measured from a point 380 millimetres from that part of the seat nearest to the centre of the steering wheel.
(3) The driver's seat of every motor vehicle, other than a bus or light bus, shall be capable of being adjusted in relation to the steering wheel of the vehicle so that it can be moved from 350 millimetres to at least 450 millimetres from the steering wheel measured from the nearest point on the periphery of the steering wheel to the nearest part of the back of the driver's seat.
(4) Subject to paragraph (5), the driver's seat of every vehicle shall be so placed as to permit the driver to give by hand the usual traffic signals on the right or off side of the vehicle.
(5) The Commissioner may by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, authorize the use of a motor vehicle which does not comply with paragraph (4).
Cap 374A reg 27 Passenger seating capacity
(1) No vehicle shall be provided with seating capacity for passengers in excess of the seating capacity for that class of vehicle specified in the Third Schedule.
(2) The seating capacity for passengers in a bus or special purpose vehicle shall be the seating capacity specified in the registration document issued in respect of that vehicle, and no bus or special purpose vehicle shall be provided with seating capacity in excess of the seating capacity so specified.
(3) No seating capacity for passengers shall be provided in an invalid carriage, trailer, tricycle or pedestrian-controlled vehicle.
(4) Subject to regulation 26, every seat in a vehicle shall be secured to the body of the vehicle and shall, except in the case of a bus or light bus, measure at least 380 millimetres from the backrest to the front edge of the seat and 380 millimetres along the back.
(5) In calculating the seating capacity of a vehicle for the purposes of this regulation-
(a) only those seats that are provided in accordance with paragraph (4) or regulation 73, as the case may be, shall be taken into account; and
(b) no account shall be taken of any space on a seat which is less than 380 millimetres.
Cap 374A reg 28 Safety glass or safety glazing
(1) The glass or transparent material used in all windscreens, windows and partitions of a motor vehicle shall be safety glass or safety glazing-
(a) of a type approved by the Commissioner;
(b) of such transparency that it does not obscure the view of the interior of the motor vehicle; and
(c) where practicable, clearly identifiable as safety glass or safety glazing by a permanent mark inscribed thereon.(2) No alteration or addition shall be made to any windscreen, window or partition referred to in paragraph (1) whereby the reflecting effect of the safety glass or safety glazing is increased, or whereby the ability of such safety glass or safety glazing to transmit light is decreased. (L.N. 203 of 1990)
(3) The Commissioner shall by notice in the Gazette specify the type of safety glass or safety glazing approved by him for the purposes of paragraph (1)(a).
Cap 374A reg 29 Windscreen wipers and washers
(1) In the case of a vehicle which is fitted with a windscreen, other than a motor cycle, invalid carriage or trailer, the vehicle shall be fitted with one or more efficient automatic windscreen wipers, unless the driver can obtain an adequate view to the front of the vehicle without looking through the windscreen.
(2) The windscreen wipers required by paragraph (1) shall be capable of clearing the windscreen so that the driver has an adequate view of the road in front of the near and off sides of the vehicle in addition to an adequate view to the front of the vehicle.
(3) Subject to paragraph (4), every motor vehicle which is required by paragraph (1) to be fitted with one or more efficient automatic windscreen wipers shall be fitted with a windscreen washer capable of clearing, in conjunction with those windscreen wipers, the area of the windscreen swept by those windscreen wipers of mud or other similar deposit.
(4) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to-
(a) a land tractor; or
(b) any vehicle which is incapable by reason of its construction of exceeding a speed of 35 kilometres per hour on the level under its own power.
Cap 374A reg 30 Silencers
(1) Every vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine shall be fitted with a silencer, expansion chamber or other contrivance suitable and sufficient for reducing, as far as may be reasonable, the noise caused by the escape of the exhaust gases from the engine.
(2) Every vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine and used on any road shall be so constructed and maintained that the exhaust gases from the engine shall not escape into the atmosphere without first passing through the silencer, expansion chamber or other contrivance required to be fitted under paragraph (1).
(3) Every such silencer, expansion chamber or other contrivance shall at all times while the vehicle is used on a road be maintained in good and efficient working order, and shall not have been altered or replaced in such a way that the noise caused by the escape of the exhaust gases is made greater by the alteration or replacement.
Cap 374A reg 31 Smoke, etc.
(1) Every motor vehicle shall be so constructed and maintained that-
(a) no excessive smoke or visible vapour is emitted therefrom;
(b) so far as is reasonably practicable, the products of combustion, ashes, steam, cinders, petrol, water or oil are not discharged on the road or in such manner as to be likely to cause damage to property or injury or danger or loss of amenity or annoyance to persons.(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), smoke or visible vapour shall be deemed to be excessive if the smoke or visible vapour emitted from the vehicle measured by means of any one of the apparatuses specified by the Commissioner from time to time by notice published in the Gazette exceeds the maximum permitted smoke or visible vapour level specified in column 1 of Part I of the Fourth Schedule or the maximum permitted smoke or visible vapour level in absolute units of light absorption specified in column 2 of that Part. (L.N. 14 of 1999; L.N. 160 of 2000)
(2A) For the avoidance of doubt, a notice under paragraph (2) is not subsidiary legislation. (L.N. 14 of 1999)
(3) Every motor vehicle using solid fuel shall be fitted with an efficient appliance for the purpose of preventing the emission of sparks or grit.
(4) It shall be a good defence in any proceedings in respect of a contravention of this regulation to prove that the emission or discharge was due to some temporary or accidental cause which could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable care.
Cap 374A reg 31A Exhaust emission
(1) Without limiting regulation 31, this regulation applies to every motor vehicle (other than a motor cycle or a motor tricycle) that is-
(a) manufactured on or after 1 January 1975 and is equipped with a positive-ignition engine and uses unleaded petrol as fuel; or
(b) equipped with a positive-ignition engine and uses liquefied petroleum gas as fuel.(2) A motor vehicle to which this regulation applies shall be so constructed and maintained that its exhaust emission is not excessive.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2), exhaust emission is excessive, in the case of a motor vehicle that is equipped with a positive-ignition engine and uses unleaded petrol as fuel, if the exhaust emission, measured in accordance with the procedure specified in column 2 of Part II of the Fourth Schedule and which is applicable to that motor vehicle having regard to its date of manufacture, does not comply with the standard applicable to that motor vehicle specified in column 3 of that Part.
(4) For the purposes of paragraph (2), exhaust emission is excessive, in the case of a motor vehicle that is equipped with a positive-ignition engine and uses liquefied petroleum gas as fuel, if the exhaust emission, measured in accordance with the procedure specified in column 1 of Part III of the Fourth Schedule, does not comply with the standard specified in column 2 of that Part.
(5) For the purposes of paragraphs (3) and (4), exhaust emission shall be measured by means of any one of the apparatuses specified by the Commissioner from time to time by notice published in the Gazette.
(6) For the avoidance of doubt, a notice under paragraph (5) is not subsidiary legislation.
(7) It shall be a defence in any proceedings in respect of a contravention of this regulation to prove that the excessive exhaust emission was due to some temporary or accidental cause which could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable care.
(L.N. 160 of 2000)
Cap 374A reg 32 (Repealed)
(Repealed L.N. 134 of 1991)
Cap 374A reg 33 (Repealed)
(Repealed L.N. 134 of 1991)
Cap 374A reg 34 (Repealed)
(Repealed L.N. 134 of 1991)
Cap 374A reg 35 Mudguards and mudflaps
(1) Every motor vehicle, other than a bus, light bus, goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle, shall be equipped with mudguards or other similar fittings extending to cover the full width of each wheel and tyre and extending sufficiently around the circumference of each wheel and tyre to catch, so far as reasonably practicable, mud or water thrown up by the rotation of the wheels, unless adequate protection is afforded by the body of the vehicle. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(2) Subject to paragraph (3), every bus, light bus, goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle shall be equipped with-
(a) mudguards at all wheels; and
(b) mudflaps behind the rearmost wheels,which shall be of specifications approved by the Commissioner as being reasonably necessary to ensure that, so far as is reasonably practicable, mud or water thrown up by the rotation of the wheels is caught. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(3) Paragraph (2) shall not apply if the body of the bus, light bus, goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle affords adequate protection to catch, so far as is reasonably practicable, mud or water thrown up by the rotation of the wheels. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(4) The Commissioner shall by notice in the Gazette publish the specifications of mudguards and mudflaps approved by him for the purpose of paragraph (2). (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(5) In this regulation, 'mudflap' (挡泥翼) means a device that acts as a lower extension to a mudguard. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
Cap 374A reg 36 Mascots and other attachments
No mascot or other unnecessary attachment shall be carried by a motor vehicle in any position where it is likely to strike any person with whom the vehicle may collide unless the mascot or attachment is not liable to cause injury to such person by reason of any projection thereon.
Cap 374A reg 37 Visual display units
(1) No person shall install or cause to be installed in or on a motor vehicle and no motor vehicle shall have installed therein or thereon a visual display unit other than a visual display unit that may be installed under paragraph (2)- (L.N. 1 of 2000)
(a) at any point forward of the driver's seat;
(b) so that the screen thereof is partly or wholly, and whether directly or in any reflection, visible to the driver whilst in the driving seat; or
(c) so that the controls thereof, other than the sound volume control and the main switch, are within reach of the driver whilst in the driving seat.(2) Subject to paragraph (3), a visual display unit that is designed to give the driver-
(a) information about the current state of the vehicle or its equipment;
(b) the current closed-circuit view of any part of the vehicle or the area surrounding the vehicle;
(c) information about the current location of the vehicle; or
(d) any other information which is only for the purpose of navigating the vehicle, may be installed in or on a motor vehicle. (L.N. 1 of 2000)
(3) A visual display unit which enables the display of-
(a) any television programme within the meaning of section 2(1) of the Broadcasting Ordinance (Cap 562); or (48 of 2000 s. 44)
(b) any stored visual images except for the purposes of paragraph (2)(d),may not be installed under paragraph (2) at a point forward of the driver's seat as referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or in the manner referred to in paragraph (1)(b) or (c). (L.N. 1 of 2000)
Cap 374A reg 38 Warning instruments
(1) Every motor vehicle shall be fitted with an instrument capable of giving audible and sufficient warning of its approach or presence.
(1A) Every goods vehicle shall also be fitted with an automatic device capable of giving audible and sufficient warning when it is reversing and is about to reverse. (L.N. 1 of 2000)
(1B) An instrument fitted for the purposes of paragraph (1) must be capable of emitting a continuous and uniform sound and must not emit any other sound. (L.N. 1 of 2000)
(1C) An automatic device described in paragraph (1A)-
(a) which is fitted in a goods vehicle for the purposes of that paragraph; or
(b) if fitted in any other motor vehicle, must be capable of emitting an intermittent and uniform sound and must not emit any other sound. (L.N. 1 of 2000)
(2) Notwithstanding paragraphs (1), (1A), (1B) and (1C), no motor vehicle shall be fitted with-
(a) a gong or bell;
(b) a siren;
(c) a multi-toned horn giving a succession of different notes;
(d) a two-tone horn;
(e) a sound producing device giving an unduly harsh, shrill, loud or alarming noise; or
(f) a sound producing device giving a sound which is likely to be confused with a sound emitted from a light signal prescribed by regulation 33 of the Road Traffic (Traffic Control) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg.) at a light signal crossing within the meaning of those Regulations in the operation of that light signal, [cf. S.I. 1986/1078 r. 99(3)(b) U.K.] (L.N. 1 of 2000)unless authorized by the Commissioner by permit in writing and any such permit shall be subject to such conditions as he may specify. (L.N. 1 of 2000)
Cap 374A reg 39 Reflecting mirrors
(1) Every private car, taxi, light bus, bus, goods vehicle and special purpose vehicle shall be equipped with at least two mirrors one of which shall be fitted externally on the off side of the vehicle and the other either internally or on the near side externally and the mirrors shall be so constructed and fitted to the vehicle as to assist the driver, if he so desires, to become aware of traffic to the rear and on both sides rearwards.
(2) Every motor cycle, motor tricycle and invalid carriage shall be equipped with a mirror fitted externally on the off side of the vehicle and so constructed and fitted as to assist the driver, if he so desires, to become aware of traffic to the rear.
(2A) Subject to paragraph (2B), every public bus, private bus, public light bus and private light bus shall be equipped with at least one mirror which shall be fitted externally on the near side front of the vehicle and the mirror shall be of such size and so constructed and fitted to the vehicle sufficient as to give the driver, when looking in the mirror, a full and clear view of any passenger who is alighting from the vehicle. (L.N. 96 of 1997; L.N. 306 of 1998)
(2B) Paragraph (2A) shall not apply to a public bus, private bus, public light bus or private light bus registered before 1 May 1997 until-
(a) that bus is required to be produced at any time on or after 1 November 1998 for examination pursuant to section 78 of the Ordinance; or
(b) 1 November 1999,whichever is the earlier. (L.N. 306 of 1998)
(3) The edges of any mirror fitted internally to the vehicle to assist any person, if he so desires, to become aware of traffic to the rear of the vehicle shall be surrounded by some material such as will make it unlikely that severe cuts will be inflicted in the event of the mirror or that material being struck by any occupant of the vehicle.
(4) Every mirror fitted externally on a vehicle shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) it shall be fitted to the vehicle in such a way that it remains steady under normal driving conditions;
(b) in the case of a vehicle fitted with windows and a windscreen, it shall be fitted in such a way as to be visible to the driver, when in his driving position, through a side window or through the portion of the windscreen which is swept by the windscreen wipers; and
(c) when the bottom of the mirror is less than 2 metres above the road surface when the vehicle is laden, it shall not project more than 10 centimetres beyond the overall width of the vehicle, or, in the case where the vehicle is towing a trailer with an overall width greater than that of the towing vehicle, not more than 20 centimetres beyond the overall width of the trailer, unless the mirror is designed so as not to cause injury to any person in the event of a collision.
Cap 374A reg 40 Construction of fuel tank
Every motor vehicle shall be so constructed that-
(a) any fuel tank fixed on the vehicle is in such a position that it is reasonably secure against its being damaged; and
(b) the leakage of any liquid or vapour from such fuel tank is adequately prevented:
Provided however that nothing in this sub-paragraph shall preclude any fuel tank being fitted with a device which by the intake of air or the emission of vapour relieves changes in pressure in the tank.
Cap 374A reg 40A Sideguards
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), this regulation shall apply to-
(a) a goods vehicle which has a permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 5.5 tonnes and the distance between the centres of any 2 consecutive axles exceeds 3 metres;
(b) a trailer which has a permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 2 tonnes and the distance between the centres of any 2 consecutive axles exceeds 3 metres; and
(c) a semi-trailer which has a permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 2 tonnes and the distance between the centre of its first axle and the centre of the king-pin (the rearmost king-pin, if more than one) exceeds 4.5 metres.(2) This regulation shall not apply to-
(a) a tractor unit of an articulated vehicle;
(b) a vehicle which is incapable by reason of its construction of exceeding a speed of 25 kilometres per hour under its own power on the road;
(c) an agricultural trailer;
(d) a vehicle so constructed that it can unload by tipping sideways or rearwards;
(e) a vehicle, without body work, which is being driven or towed by its manufacturer, dealer or distributor for a quality check or to premises of the manufacturer, dealer or distributor;
(f) a vehicle being driven or towed to a place where, by previous arrangement, the body work or sideguards are to be fitted;
(g) a trailer specially designed and constructed to carry round timber, beams or girders of exceptional length;
(h) a trailer specially designed and constructed to carry other vehicles loaded onto it from the front or the rear; and
(i) a trailer with a load platform where no part of the edge of the platform which is more than 60 millimetres inboard from the tangential plane and the upper surface of the platform is not more than 750 millimetres from the ground in the area where a sideguard would but for this provision have to be fitted.(3) Every vehicle to which this regulation applies shall be fitted with sideguards constructed and fitted to meet the following requirements -
(a) each sideguard shall be of such robust construction as to effectively prevent motor-cyclists or pedestrians from being trapped between the axles in the event of a collision;
(b) the outermost surface of the sideguard shall be smooth, essentially rigid and either flat or horizontally corrugated;
(c) the lowest edge of the sideguard shall be no more than 550 millimetres above the ground when the vehicle is on level ground and in the case of a semi-trailer, when its load platform is horizontal;
(d) where the floor of the vehicle to which the sideguard is fitted-
(i) extends laterally outside the tangential plane;
(ii) is not more than 1.85 metres from the ground;
(iii) extends laterally over the whole of the length of the sideguard; and
(iv) is wholly covered at its edge by a side-rave the lower edge of which is not more than 150 millimetres below the underside of the floor,
the highest edge shall not be more than 350 millimetres below the lower edge of the side-rave;(e) where the floor of the vehicle to which the sideguard is fitted-
(i) extends laterally outside the tangential plane; and
(ii) does not comply with all of the provisions specified in sub-paragraph (d)(ii), (iii) and (iv), and any part of the structure of the vehicle is cut within 1.85 metres of the ground by the tangential plane,
the highest edge shall not be more than 350 millimetres below the structure of the vehicle where it is cut by the tangential plane;(f) where-
(i) no part of the structure of the vehicle is cut within 1.85 metres of the ground by the tangential plane; and
(ii) the upper surface of the load carrying structure of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres from the ground,
the highest edge shall not be less than the height of the upper surface of the load carrying structure of the vehicle;(g) in any case other than sub-paragraphs (d), (e) or (f), the highest edge shall not be less than 1.5 metres from the ground;
(h) the distance between the rearmost edge of the sideguard and the tyre nearest to it shall not exceed 300 millimetres;
(i) in the case of a semi-trailer not fitted with landing legs, the distance between the front edge of the sideguard and a point at right angles to the centre of the king-pin shall not exceed 3 metres;
(j) in the case of a semi-trailer with landing legs, the distance shall be as in sub-paragraph (i) unless the centre of the landing leg is less than 2.75 metres from the king-pin, then the front edge of the sideguard shall not be over 250 millimetres from the centre of the leg;
(k) in the case of a vehicle other than a semi-trailer, the front edge of the sideguard shall not be more than 300 millimetres from the nearest front tyre in the case of a motor vehicle, or 500 millimetres in the case of a trailer;
(l) all external edges of a sideguard shall be rounded at a radius of at least 2.5 millimetres;
(m) no sideguard shall be more than 30 millimetres inboard from the tangential plane;
(n) a sideguard shall not add to the vehicle's width;
(o) a sideguard shall extend downwards at least 100 millimetres from its highest edge, 100 millimetres upwards from its lowest edge and 100 millimetres rearwards and inwards from its front edge and shall not have a vertical gap more than 300 millimetres nor a vertical surface less than 100 millimetres; and
(p) sub-paragraphs (h) to (k) shall not apply to any additional length attributed to the extending of an extendable trailer beyond its minimum length or to any vehicle constructed to carry a demountable body or lift-off container.(4) The requirements in paragraph (3) shall apply only as far as is practicable in the case of a vehicle fitted with a tank for carrying fluid which is provided with valves and hose or pipe connections for loading and unloading and in the case of a vehicle with extending stabilisers required for stability during loading, unloading or while used for operations for which its is designed or adapted.
(5) Every sideguard fitted to a vehicle in pursuance of this regulation shall at all times while the vehicle is used on a road be maintained free from any defect which might in any way affect its effectiveness.
(L.N. 203 of 1990)
Cap 374A reg 40B Rearguards
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), this regulation applies to-
(a) a goods vehicle which had a permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 5.5 tonnes;
(b) a trailer which has a permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 2 tonnes; and
(c) a semi-trailer which has a permitted gross vehicle weight exceeding 2 tonnes.(2) This regulation does not apply to-
(a) a tractor unit of an articulated vehicle;
(b) a vehicle which is incapable by reason of its construction of exceeding a speed of 25 kilometres per hour under its own power on the road;
(c) an agricultural trailer;
(d) a vehicle fitted at the rear with apparatus specially designed for spreading material on a road;
(e) a vehicle without body work which is being driven or towed by its manufacturer, dealer or distributor for a quality check or to premises of the manufacturer, dealer or distributor;
(f) a chassis-cab;
(g) a vehicle specially designed and constructed as a vehicle transporter;
(h) a trailer specially designed and constructed for carrying round timber, beams or girders of exceptional length;
(i) a vehicle being driven or towed to a place where, by previous arrangement, the body work or rearguard is to be fitted;
(j) a concrete mixer;
(k) a vehicle fitted with a tail lift so constructed that the lift platform forms part of the floor of the vehicle and this part has a length of at least 1 metre measured parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or fitted with such tail lift installation which will render rearguard installation impractical;
(l) a vehicle designed and used solely for delivery by means of a conveyor which is fitted to the rear of the vehicle when in use; and
(m) a vehicle so constructed that it can be unloaded by part of the vehicle being tipped rearwards.(3) Every vehicle to which this regulation applies shall be fitted with rearguards constructed and fitted to meet the following requirements -
(a) each rearguard shall be of such robust construction as to effectively prevent a motor vehicle from underrunning the motor vehicle in front in the event of rear-end collision;
(b) the lower edge of the rearguard shall not be more than 550 millimetres above the ground;
(c) the outer edge of the rearguard shall not be extended beyond the outer faces of the rear axle measured at the outermost points of the wheels, excluding the bulging of the tyres close to the ground, or more than 100 millimetres inboard from either outer face of the rear axle, and more than 300 millimetres inboard from either outer face of the rear axle in the case of a vehicle fitted with a demountable body; and in a case where there is more than one rear axle, the width to be considered is that of the widest rear axle; and
(d) the rearguard shall consists of a cross-member and linking components connected to the chassis side members or to whatever replaces the chassis side members; the section height of the cross-member shall not be less than 100 millimetres.(4) Every rearguard fitted to a vehicle in pursuance of this regulation shall at all times when the vehicle is used on a road be maintained free from any defect which might in any way affect adversely its function of giving resistance in the event of an impact from the rear.
(L.N. 203 of 1990)
Cap 374A reg 41 Taximeter
PART III
TAXIS, BUSES AND LIGHT BUSES
(1) Every taxi shall be fitted with a taximeter of a design and construction approved by the Commissioner.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1) the Commissioner may signify his approval either-
(a) generally by notice in the Gazette; or
(b) in any particular case in writing.(3) The Commissioner may specify the position and manner in which an approved taximeter may be fitted to a taxi, and where any such specification has been made every taximeter shall be fitted accordingly.
(4) No taximeter or instrument similar to a taximeter shall be fitted to a vehicle without the prior approval of the Commissioner.
Cap 374A reg 42 Construction of taximeter
(1) Every taximeter shall be provided with an indicator of a size not less than 100 millimetres by 50 millimetres displaying the words 'FOR HIRE' or the word 'TAXI'.
(2) Every taximeter shall be so constructed that-
(a) it may be sealed to the satisfaction of the Commissioner;
(b) the amount of fare calculated by time or distance or a combination of time and distance as prescribed is indicated on the fare dial;
(c) the amount of additional fares in progressive increments of the lowest fare as prescribed is indicated on the fare dial; and
(d) the height of the figures indicating the fare and additional fares is not less than 10 millimetres.(3) The fare dial on every taximeter shall be such that-
(a) the words 'FARE' and 'EXTRAS' appear above, below or beside the figures indicating such item; and
(b) the letters and words 'H.K. dollars' and 'cents' or the letters and symbols 'H.K$.' and 'c' appear immediately above, below or beside the figures indicating the fare and the extras; and
(c) the fare is indicated with a clear division between dollars and cents.(4) Every taximeter shall be actuated by a device which shall cause the taximeter to be set to, and to operate in any one of, the following positions-
(a) FOR HIRE, when the taximeter is not recording and the indicator display is clearly visible to any person standing in front of the taxi at a distance of 20 metres;
(b) HIRED, when the taximeter is recording by time or distance or a combination of time and distance and the indicator display is not visible outside the taxi;
(c) STOPPED, when
(i) the taximeter is recording by distance only and the indicator display is not visible outside the taxi; or
(ii) the mechanism of the taxi is not in motion and the indicator display is not visible outside the taxi.(5) The position of the taximeter actuating device whether-
(a) FOR HIRE;
(b) HIRED; or
(c) STOPPED,shall be clearly shown on the fare dial.
(6) The taximeter actuating device shall operate direct from the 'FOR HIRE' position to the 'HIRED' position and shall pass through the 'STOPPED' position before being returned to the 'FOR HIRE' position.
(7) The fare dial of every taximeter shall be capable of being illuminated during the hours of darkness and when required by the hirer, so as to render the readings on the dial easily legible.
Cap 374A reg 42A Receipt printing device
There shall be installed a device, which is capable whilst in proper working order of printing a fare receipt within 12 seconds, in respect of every taxi, either by forming part of or being connected to the taximeter with which the taxi is fitted.
(L.N. 148 of 1997)
Cap 374A reg 43 Taximeter drive
(1) The gear box or transducer fitted in a taximeter drive shall be so designed that the output revolutions or the number of electronic pulses produced and the drive cable connections are acceptable to approved types of taximeters.
(2) All cable and taximeter gear box or transducer connections shall be capable of being sealed to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.
(3) A plate of an approved type and pattern shall be attached to every taximeter gear box or transducer.
(4) The plate attached in accordance with paragraph (3) shall be clearly and correctly marked with-
(a) the minimum effective circumference of the tyre on the wheels of the taxi to which the taximeter is connected;
(b) the number of teeth on any driving pinion which drives the taximeter gear box;
(c) the reduction gear ratio of the final drive of the vehicle transmission; and
(d) the gear ratio of the taximeter gear box or the number of electronic pulses produced in one kilometre.
Cap 374A reg 44 Sealing and testing of taximeters
(1) Every taximeter shall be tested by the Commissioner before it is fitted to a taxi and thereafter at intervals of not more than 6 months, and, if the tests prove satisfactory and the receipt printing device installed in respect of the taxi (whether by forming part of or being connected to the taximeter) is in proper working order, stamped and sealed by the Commissioner. (L.N. 148 of 1997)
(2) The registered owner of a taxi shall submit the taxi, with the meter properly affixed, to the Commissioner in order that tests in accordance with paragraph (1) may be made.
(3) The registered owner of a taxi shall report to the Commissioner, as soon as reasonably practicable, any fault or damage to the taximeter fitted to the taxi that may result in any inaccurate recording of the fare, or any damage to any stamp or seal of the Commissioner thereon.
Cap 374A reg 45 Taxis to have illuminated signs and markings
Every taxi shall-
(a) have fitted on the top of its roof an illuminated sign, of a type approved by the Commissioner, which at all times during the hours of darkness when the taxi is available for hire displays the word 'TAXI' so that it is clearly visible from the front and the rear of the vehicle; and (L.N. 258 of 1984)
(b) be plainly marked in English and Chinese writing of uniform size not less than 100 millimetres in height on the outside of the vehicle on both the near and off sides with the word 'TAXI' and the characters '的士'.
Cap 374A reg 46 Plates on taxis
(1) Every taxi shall display, on the front and on the back of the vehicle, a plate of the colour, form and dimensions set out in the diagram in Part I of the Sixth Schedule.
(2) Every plate referred to in paragraph (1) shall comply with the provisions of Part II of the Sixth Schedule,
Cap 374A reg 47 Painting of vehicles
(1) The Commissioner may, by notice published in the Gazette, specify the colour, combination of colours or colour scheme with which the outside of public buses, public light buses and taxis shall be painted.
(2) The Commissioner may, by notice published in the Gazette or by condition imposed by him on the issue of a motor vehicle licence in respect of each vehicle, specify the colour, combination of colours or colour scheme with which the outside of private buses and private light buses shall be painted.
(3) The outside of every public bus, private bus, public light bus, private light bus and taxi shall be painted with such colour, combination of colours or colour scheme as the Commissioner may specify in respect of the vehicle under paragraph (1) or (2).
(4) This regulation shall not apply to buses operated under a franchise granted under the Public Bus Services Ordinance (Cap 230).
Cap 374A reg 48 Markings on buses
Every bus shall be marked plainly and correctly in English and Chinese writing of uniform size, not less than 10 millimetres in height-
(a) inside the bus (on the lower deck if it is a double-decked bus); and
(b) outside the bus at the rear or on the near side,with the number of passengers for whom seats are provided on each deck of the bus and the number of standing passengers who may be carried in a single-decked bus or on the lower deck of a double-decked bus while it is in motion (as specified in the registration document issued in respect of that vehicle).
Cap 374A reg 49 Markings on public light buses and private light buses
Every public light bus and private light bus shall be plainly and correctly marked in English and Chinese writing of uniform size not less than 100 millimetres in height, on the outside of the vehicle on both the near and off sides, with the number of passengers for whom seats are provided.
Cap 374A reg 50 Additional markings on public light buses
Every public light bus shall be plainly marked-
(a) in block letters and Chinese characters, of uniform size not less than 100 millimetres in height, on the outside of the vehicle on both the near and off sides, with the words 'Public Light Bus' and the characters '公共小型巴士'; and
(b) (Repealed L.N. 243 of 1997)
Cap 374A reg 51 Signs on school private light buses
(1) A school private light bus providing a service for hire or reward-
(a) shall bear on the outside of the vehicle on the sides, front and back a continuous horizontal purple stripe of a uniform width of not less than 200 millimetres;
(b) shall bear on both the near and off sides, against the background of that purple stripe and in white colour, in block letters and Chinese characters of uniform size not less than 150 millimetres in height, the words 'School Private Light Bus' and the characters '学校私家小巴';
(c) shall bear on the back, against the background of that purple stripe, a sign of the colour, design and dimensions set out in the diagram in the Thirteenth Schedule;
(d) may bear the name or names in English and Chinese writing, on the outside of the vehicle on both the near and off sides, of the educational institution or institutions to or from which the passengers of the school private light bus are being carried; and (L.N. 96 of 1997)
(e) subject to subparagraphs (a) to (d), shall be painted in yellow on the outside of the vehicle. (L.N. 96 of 1997)(2) For the purposes of-
(a) paragraph (1)(a), (b) and (c), the colour purple shall be of British Standard Colour 24E56 @BS 5252: 1976 or Australian Standard Colour AS2700-1985:P13; and
(b) paragraph (1)(e), the colour yellow shall be of British Standard Colour 08E53 @BS 5252: 1976 or Australian Standard Colour AS2700-1985:Y15. (L.N. 96 of 1997)(3) A school private light bus registered before 1 May 1997 shall be deemed to comply with this regulation if it complies with this regulation as in force immediately before that date. (L.N. 306 of 1998)
(L.N. 225 of 1987; 50 of 1999 s. 12)
Cap 374A reg 51A (Repealed)
(Repealed L.N. 96 of 1997)
Cap 374A reg 52 Maintenance of markings and painting of certain vehicles
The owner of every bus, public light bus, private light bus and taxi shall ensure that-
(a) the markings required by these regulations to be on the vehicle are kept legible at all times; and
(b) the vehicle is kept painted at all times in accordance with these regulations.
Cap 374A reg 53 Prohibition marking and painting of vehicles other than buses and taxis
(1) No motor vehicle shall be-
(a) marked with any marking required by these regulations to be on a public light bus, private light bus or taxi; or
(b) so marked as to closely resemble a public light bus, private light bus or taxi,unless the vehicle is a public light bus, private light bus or taxi as the case may be.
(2) No motor vehicle shall be-
(a) painted with such colour, combination of colours or colour scheme as the Commissioner may specify under regulation 47(1); or
(b) so painted as to closely resemble such colour, combination of colours or colour scheme,unless the vehicle is a public bus, public light bus or taxi.
Cap 374A reg 54 Markings on buses, light buses and taxis
(1) No bus, public light bus, private light bus or taxi shall bear any marking, colour marking, sign, word, figure or character other than such as-
(a) is required or permitted, under any Ordinance or under any condition subject to which a motor vehicle licence has been issued in respect of the vehicle, to be borne on the vehicle; or
(b) the Commissioner may in writing permit.(2) No bus, public light bus, private light bus or taxi shall have marked on it a number purporting to be the seating or standing capacity of the vehicle, unless the number accords with-
(a) the number of passengers for whom seats are provided in the vehicle; and
(b) the number of standing passengers who may be carried in a single-decked bus or on the lower deck of a double-decked bus while it is in motion,entered in the registration document in respect of that vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 55 Stability
(1) The stability of a double-decked bus shall be such that when loaded with weights placed in the correct relative positions to represent the driver and a full complement of passengers on the upper deck only, if the surface on which the vehicle stands were tilted to either side to an angle of 28 degrees from the horizontal, the point at which overturning occurs would not be passed.
(2) The stability of a single-decked bus and light bus shall be such that when loaded with weights placed in the correct relative positions to represent the driver and a full complement of passengers, if the surface on which the vehicle stands were tilted to either side to an angle of 35 degrees from the horizontal, the point at which overturning occurs would not be passed.
(3) For the purpose of conducting tests of stability the height of any stop used to prevent a wheel of the bus or light bus from slipping sideways shall not be greater than two thirds of the distance between the surface upon which the vehicle stands before it is tilted and that part of the rim of that wheel which is the nearest to such surface when the vehicle is loaded in accordance with the requirements of this regulation.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation, 57 kilograms shall be deemed to represent the weight of one person.
Cap 374A reg 56 Side overhang
No part of a bus or light bus, other than a direction indicator or a driving mirror, shall project laterally beyond the outer face of the outer tyre of the rearmost wheel on the same side of the vehicle as the projection in the case of-
(a) a bus, by more than 150 millimetres; and
(b) a light bus, by more than 180 millimetres.
Cap 374A reg 57 Guard rails
(1) If any two wheels on the same side of a bus have a clear space of more than 600 millimetres between their nearest points, a guard rail, running board or other similar device, which shall extend to within 220 millimetres of the front wheel and 150 millimetres of the rear wheel, shall be fixed to guard such space effectively to within at least 250 millimetres of the ground when the vehicle is carrying no passengers and is standing on level ground.
(2) Any guard rail fitted in compliance with this regulation shall be so constructed and fitted that, when necessary, by raising the rail or otherwise, access can easily be obtained to any part of the space underneath the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 58 Brake and steering connections
(1) Where brake and steering connections of a bus are secured with bolts or pins, the bolts or pins shall be threaded and effectively locked.
(2) The steering arm, steering rods and joints and all other moving parts of the steering mechanism of a bus shall be kept clean and free from rust.
(3) The ball and socket joints of steering connections when such are used in the steering mechanism of a bus shall not be pendant:
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to spring loaded self-adjusting spherical joints.
(4) Dust-excluding covers fitted to any joint or connection of the steering mechanism of a bus shall be capable of being easily removed to facilitate inspection.
Cap 374A reg 59 Hub projection
No portion of any wheel of a bus or any of its fittings shall project more than 90 millimetres beyond the extreme outer face of the tyre when fully inflated.
Cap 374A reg 60 Fuel tanks, carburettors, etc. on buses and light buses
(1) No fuel tank shall, in any single-decked bus, half-decked bus or lower deck of a double-decked bus, be placed under any part of any gangway or under any part of any passage leading to an emergency exit (not being a secondary emergency exit) if that part of the gangway or passage is within 600 millimetres of any entrance or exit.
(2) No fuel tank shall, in any light bus, be placed immediately under any entrance or exit or within 300 millimetres of any entrance or exit and no filling point for a fuel tank shall be situated at the rear of the vehicle.
(3) No part of any fuel tank or apparatus for the supply of fuel shall, in any bus or light bus, be placed in the compartments or other spaces provided for the accommodation of the driver or passengers.
(4) All fuel tanks and all apparatus supplying fuel to the engine shall, in every bus and light bus, be so placed or shielded that no fuel overflowing or leaking therefrom can fall or accumulate upon any woodwork forming part of the vehicle or upon any other part of the vehicle or fitting thereto such that it might readily be ignited or can fall into any receptacle where it might accumulate.
(5) The filling points for all fuel tanks shall, in every bus and light bus, be accessible only from the outside of the vehicle and filler caps shall be so designed and constructed that they cannot be dislodged by accidental operation and any vent hole shall be protected from danger of penetration by fire and shall be so designed as to prevent fuel from being splashed over.
(6) A device shall be provided in every bus and light bus by means of which the supply of fuel to any carburettor or, in the case of a fuel injection pump, to the injection nozzles, can be readily cut off and the following requirements shall be complied with in respect thereof-
(a) the means of operation shall at all times be readily accessible from outside the vehicle and, except in the case of a vehicle fitted with an engine having a fuel injection system, shall be readily visible from the outside of the vehicle; and
(b) in a case where the device is so visible, the 'off' (停止操作) position of the means of operation thereof shall be clearly marked also on the outside of the vehicle, and in a case where the said device is not so visible, its position shall be clearly marked on the outside of the vehicle and the means of operation shall also be clearly indicated.
Cap 374A reg 61 Exhaust pipes on buses and light buses
(1) The exhaust pipe of every bus and light bus shall be so fitted or shielded, and maintained that-
(a) no inflammable material can be thrown upon it from any other part of the vehicle;
(b) it is not likely to cause a fire through proximity to any inflammable material on the vehicle; and
(c) so far as is reasonably practicable, fumes are prevented from entering the vehicle from it.(2) The outlet of the exhaust pipe of every bus and light bus shall be placed-
(a) on the off side of the vehicle; or
(b) at the rear of the vehicle, as near as is reasonably practicable to the off side of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 62 Locking of nuts
All moving parts of a bus and light bus and all parts subject to severe vibration which are connected by bolts or studs and nuts shall be fastened by lock nuts or by nuts and efficient spring or locking washers or by castellated nuts and split pins or by some other efficient device to prevent their working or coming loose.
Cap 374A reg 63 Artifical lighting
(1) In every bus-
(a) adequate internal lighting shall be provided for the illumination of-
(i) each deck thereof having a permanent top;
(ii) any step or platform thereof forming part of any entrance or exit, other than an emergency exit;(b) at least one lamp shall be provided as near as reasonably practicable to the top of every staircase leading to an upper deck thereof not having a permanent top; and
(c) all lighting circuits shall be so arranged that an electrical failure of any lighting sub-circuit shall not be capable of extinguishing all the lights on any deck thereof.(2) Adequate internal lighting shall be provided in every light bus for the illumination of the light bus and any step or platform thereof forming part of any entrance or exit, other than an emergency exit, and all lighting circuits shall be so arranged that an electrical failure of any lighting sub-circuit shall not be capable of extinguishing all the lights therein.
Cap 374A reg 64 Electrical equipment
(1) All electrical apparatus and circuits in every bus and light bus shall be so constructed and installed as to guard adequately against the risk of electric shock and the outbreak of fire.
(2) Subject to paragraph (3), where the voltage exceeds 100 volts in one or more electrical circuits in a bus or light bus, a manually operated isolating switch which is capable of disconnecting all such circuits from the main electrical supply shall be connected in each pole of that supply which is not electrically connected to earth, and shall be located inside the bus or light bus in a position readily accessible to the driver or conductor.
(3) No isolating switch fitted under paragraph (2) shall be capable of disconnecting any electrical circuit supplying the lamps required to be carried under Part VII of these regulations.
(4) In this regulation any reference to an electrical circuit is a reference to an electrical circuit not being a high tension ignition circuit or a circuit within a unit of equipment.
Cap 374A reg 65 Steps, platforms and stairs
(1) In every bus and light bus-
(a) the top of the tread of the lowest step provided at any entrance or exit, other than an emergency exit, shall be not more than 450 millimetres nor less than 250 millimetres above the ground when the vehicle is empty;
(b) all steps shall be fitted with non-slip treads; and
(c) fixed steps shall be not less than 230 millimetres in depth and shall in no case project laterally beyond the body of the vehicle unless they are so protected by the front wings of the vehicle or otherwise that they are not liable to injure pedestrians.(2) In every bus-
(a) any rear platform shall be not more than 450 millimetres nor less than 250 millimetres above the ground when the vehicle is empty;
(b) the outer edge of any rear platform shall be fitted with non-slip treads; and
(c) risers shall not be more than 270 millimetres in height.(3) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), in the case of a double-decked bus-
(a) the risers of all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be closed and no unguarded aperture shall be left at the top landing board;
(b) all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be fitted with non-slip treads;
(c) the horizontal distance from the nearest point of the riser of the top step to the vertical line passing through the nearest point of the seat opposite to the top tread of the staircase, excluding any grab rail which does not project more than 200 millimetres from the back of the seat, shall not be less than 600 millimetres; and
(d) the outer stringer of an outside staircase shall be so constructed, or a band shall be so placed, as to act as a screen to persons ascending or descending, and the height of the outer guard rail shall not be less than 1.2 metres above the front of the tread of each step.(4) The deck of every bus shall be fitted with a non-slip surface.
Cap 374A reg 66 Entrances and exits on buses
(1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), a bus which has a seating capacity not exceeding 45 passengers shall be provided with 2 exits so placed as not to be on the same side of the bus and one of which may be a primary emergency exit but neither of which shall be a secondary emergency exit.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 23 passengers and which is provided with an exit by virtue of its having a rear platform which communicates with a deck (being, in the case of a double-decked bus, the lower deck) by means of a doorless opening and has a doorless opening on the near side of the bus continuous with another such opening at the rear of the bus, that opening serving together as a means of entrance to or exit from the bus.
(3) Where the exits provided in accordance with paragraph (1) are so placed that the distance between their centres is-
(a) in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 23 passengers, less than 3 metres;
(b) in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity not exceeding 23 passengers, less than 2.4 metres,a primary emergency exit or secondary emergency exit shall be provided and so placed that there is a distance of-
(i) in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 23 passengers, not less than 3 metres; and
(ii) in the case of a bus which has a seating capacity not exceeding 23 passengers, not less than 2.4 metres,between the nearest points of the openings of that exit and one of the two exits required by paragraph (1).
(4) A bus which has a seating capacity exceeding 45 passengers shall be provided with 3 exits which shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) one of the exits may be a secondary emergency exit;
(b) 2 of the exits (neither being a secondary emergency exit) shall be so placed as not to be on the same side of the bus;
(c) where 2 exits are placed on the same side of the bus, the distance between their centres shall not be less than 3 metres; and
(d) one of the exits (not being a secondary emergency exit) shall be placed at the front end of the bus so that the distance between its centre and the foremost part of the bus is not more than 3 metres and another of the exits (not being a secondary emergency exit) shall be placed at the rear end of the bus so that the distance between its centre and the rearmost part of the bus is not more than 3 metres.(5) In the case of a half-decked bus, an emergency exit of dimensions not less than 1500 millimetres by 450 millimetres shall be provided in the roof of the bus and so placed that the transverse centre line of that exit lies within 600 millimetres of the mid-point between the front edges of the foremost and of the rearmost passenger seats in the bus.
(6) Where, in the case of a double-decked bus which has a permanent top, access to the upper deck is obtained by means of an enclosed staircase, an emergency exit of dimensions not less than 1500 millimetres by 450 millimetres shall be provided on that deck and placed otherwise than on the near side of the vehicle.
(7) Every entrance provided in a bus shall be placed on the near side of the bus, but one or more entrances may be provided on the off side of the bus if-
(a) in respect of any entrance so provided it is not also an exit provided in accordance with any of the foregoing provisions in this regulation;
(b) every such entrance is fitted with a door which can be controlled only by the driver while sitting in his seat; and
(c) the device available to the driver for opening or closing that door is a separate and readily distinguishable device from that available to the driver for opening or closing any door fitted to the near side of the bus:Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in the case of a bus referred to in paragraph (2).
(8) Handrails shall be fitted on each side of every entrance and exit provided in a bus (other than an emergency exit) to assist passengers to board or alight from the vehicle.
(9) The width of every entrance and exit provided in a bus (other than the secondary emergency exit or an emergency exit provided in accordance with paragraphs (5) and (6)) shall be-
(a) not less than 500 millimetres; and
(b) in the case of an exit which serves both decks of a double-decked bus (disregarding any stanchion), being an exit which is either-
(i) the only such exit in the bus; or
(ii) the exit most readily and directly associated with a staircase serving the upper deck,
not less than 900 millimetres:Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in the case of an exit referred to in paragraph (2) if the width of that exit measured along the side of the bus is not less than 500 millimetres and its width measured along the rear of the bus is not less than 450 millimetres.
(10) For the purposes of this regulation-
(a) references to the seating capacity of a vehicle shall, in the case of a double-decked bus, be treated as references to the seating capacity of its lower deck;
(b) references to the distance between the centres or between the nearest points of the openings of 2 exits in a bus are references to the distance between lines drawn at right-angles to the longitudinal axis of the bus and passing respectively through the centres or, as the case may be, the nearest points of the openings of the exits at gangway level; and
(c) the reference to the distance between the centre of an exit placed at the front end of a bus and the foremost part of the bus is a reference to the distance between lines drawn at right-angles to the longitudinal axis of the bus and passing through the centre of that exit and the said foremost part and the reference to the distance between the centre of an exit placed at the rear end of a bus and the rearmost part of the bus is a reference to the distance between lines drawn as aforesaid and passing through the centre of that exit and the said rearmost part.(11) A bus shall not be treated as failing to comply with this regulation by reason only that a number of exits are provided in excess of the number specified in relation to it by this regulation.
Cap 374A reg 67 Entrances and exits on light buses
(1) On a light bus there shall be either-
(a) not less than 2 exits (one of which may be an emergency exit) which shall-
(i) not both be situated on the same side of the vehicle; and
(ii) be situated to the rear of the driver's seat; or(b) one exit in the back of the vehicle.(2) Handrails shall be fitted on each side of every entrance and exit provided in a light bus (other than an emergency exit) to assist passengers to board or alight from the vehicle.
(3) Every entrance and every emergency exit of a light bus shall, subject to paragraph (5), be not less than 530 millimetres wide.
(4) The clear height of every exit of a light bus shall be not less than 1.2 metres.
(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), the Commissioner may permit in writing the use of a light bus the entrances or exits of which are less than 530 millimetres wide.
Cap 374A reg 68 Doors
(1) In every bus and light bus-
(a) means shall be provided for holding every entrance and exit door securely in the closed position and, where any such door is capable of remaining open when the vehicle is in motion or of being accidentally closed by the movement of the vehicle, means shall also be provided for holding that door securely in the open position;
(b) subject to paragraph (3), every entrance and exit door shall be provided with at least 2 devices (of which one may be a device provided for use in circumstances of normal operation only by a person authorized by the owner of the vehicle, and one, but not more than one, shall be provided on the outside of the vehicle) being in each case a device for operating the means for holding the door securely in the closed position, and every such device shall be so designed that a single movement of it will allow that door to be readily opened;
(c) there shall be clearly indicated-
(i) the method of operation of any device referred to in sub-paragraph (b);
(ii) the position of such a device where it is not placed on the door;
(iii) the direction and points of application of any manual effort required to open any door; and
(iv) in the case of a power-operated door, a prohibition against passengers using the device except in an emergency;(d) where any device referred to in sub-paragraph (b) is not placed on the door, it shall be placed so as to be readily associated with that door and so that a person of normal height may conveniently operate the device without risk of being injured by movement of the door;
(e) every device referred to in sub-paragraph (b), other than a device provided on the outside of an emergency exit on the upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the roof of a half-decked bus, shall be easily accessible to persons of normal height;
(f) the means and devices referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be so designed and fitted that they are unlikely to become dislodged or be operated accidentally;
(g) every door shall operate so as not to obstruct clear access to any entrance or exit from inside or outside the vehicle;
(h) the storage and transmission system of the power for operating any power-operated door shall be such that operation of the doors does not adversely affect the efficient operation of the braking system of the vehicle and the apparatus shall be so designed and constructed that in the event of the system becoming inoperative the door shall be capable of being operated manually from inside and outside the vehicle;
(i) the design of power-operated doors and their associated equipment at entrances and exits shall be such that, when opening or closing, the doors are unlikely to injure any passenger; and
(j) no power-operated door shall be capable of being operated while the vehicle is in motion except by operation of a device referred to in sub-paragraph (b) not being a device provided for use in circumstances of normal operation only by a person authorized by the owner of the vehicle.(2) Any bus or light bus which has a power-operated door which, when open or being operated, projects laterally beyond the body of the vehicle, shall be so constructed or adapted that it cannot move from rest under its own power when the door is open.
(2A) Subject to paragraph (2B), every bus and light bus fitted with a power-operated door rearward of the driver's seat shall be fitted with- (L.N. 306 of 1998)
(a) a red warning light in the driver's compartment clearly visible to the driver which will remain illuminated when any such door is not completely and securely closed; and
(b) a warning buzzer which will remain audibly activated when any such door is closing and which will deactivate only when all such doors are completely and securely closed. (L.N. 96 of 1997)(2B) Paragraph (2A) shall not apply to a bus or light bus registered before 1 May 1997 until-
(a) that bus is required to be produced at any time on or after 1 November 1998 for examination pursuant to section 78 of the Ordinance; or
(b) 1 November 1999,whichever is the earlier. (L.N. 306 of 1998)
(3) A bus or light bus shall not be deemed to fail to comply with paragraph (1)(b) by reason only of the fact that, for the purposes of securing the vehicle when unattended, any entrance or exit door has been fitted with a supplementary lock with or without an actuating mechanism if the lock is so designed and constructed that a single movement of any device referred to in paragraph (1)(b), being a device provided on the inside of the vehicle, will at all times allow that door to be readily opened.
Cap 374A reg 69 Marking, positioning and operation of emergency exits
(1) In every bus and light bus-
(a) all emergency exits shall-
(i) be clearly marked as such inside and outside the vehicle in English and Chinese writing;
(ii) be fitted with doors which open outwards;
(iii) except in the case of an emergency exit provided in the roof of a half-decked bus, be readily accessible to passengers;(b) the means of operation of doors fitted to emergency exits shall be clearly indicated;
(c) the doors of emergency exits shall not be fitted with any system of power operation; and
(d) the means of operation of the doors of emergency exits other than those provided in the upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the roof of a half-decked bus shall be readily accessible to persons of normal height standing at ground level outside the vehicle.(2) All emergency exits in a single-decked bus or half-decked bus, or in the lower deck of a double-decked bus, shall be so situated that passengers can step directly from the passage referred to in regulation 71 (7) to the outside of the vehicle:
Provided that this requirement shall not apply in the case of an emergency exit provided in the roof of the vehicle or in the case of a secondary emergency exit.
(3) Subject to paragraph (4) and except in the case of an emergency exit provided in the roof of a half-decked bus or, in a window, every bus and light bus fitted with an emergency exit, shall be fitted with-
(a) a red warning light in the driver's compartment clearly visible to the driver which will remain illuminated; and
(b) a warning buzzer in the driver's compartment which will remain audibly activated,when any such door is not completely and securely closed. (L.N. 96 of 1997)
(4) Paragraph (3) shall not apply to-
(a) a private light bus that has a seating capacity of not more than 12 passengers;
(b) a bus or light bus registered before 1 May 1997 and which is not used for the carriage to or from an educational institution of the students of the institution (whether or not for hire or reward);
(c) a bus or light bus registered before 1 May 1997 and which is used for the carriage to or from an educational institution of the students of the institution (whether or not for hire or reward) until-
(i) that bus is required to be produced at any time on or after 1 November 1998 for examination pursuant to section 78 of the Ordinance; or
(ii) 1 November 1999,
whichever is the earlier. (L.N. 306 of 1998)
Cap 374A reg 70 Access to exits
(1) In every bus and light bus-
(a) subject to paragraph (2), there shall be unobstructed access from every seat in the vehicle-
(i) in a case where the vehicle is, in accordance with these regulations, provided with only one exit, to that exit; and
(ii) in a case where the vehicle is, in accordance with these regulations, provided with 2 or more exits, to both or, as the case may be, to at least 2 of those exits; and(b) no seat shall be fitted to any door of the vehicle.(2) Paragraph (1)(a) shall not apply in relation to any seat in a vehicle-
(a) which is placed beside the driver's seat if there is unobstructed access to that seat by means of an entrance other than the driver's entrance; or
(b) which is placed on a deck which does not have a permanent top if there is unobstructed access from every seat on that deck to an exit.
Cap 374A reg 71 Width of gangways
(1) Subject to the provisions of this regulation, in every bus and light bus-
(a) the width of every gangway shall be not less than-
(i) 300 millimetres up to a height of 750 millimetres above the level of the deck of the vehicle;
(ii) 350 millimetres at heights exceeding 750 millimetres but not exceeding 1200 millimetres above the level of the deck of the vehicle; and
(iii) 460 millimetres at heights exceeding 1200 millimetres above the level of the deck of the vehicle; and(b) a vertical line projected upwards from the centre line of any gangway at deck level shall, to the height prescribed in regulation 72 as the height of that gangway, be laterally not less than 150 millimetres from any part of the vehicle other than the roof above the gangway.(2) No part of any gangway in a bus, which is within 900 millimetres of an entrance or exit (other than an emergency exit) to which it provides access, shall be less than 530 millimetres in width.
(3) No part of any gangway in a double-decked bus, which serves as a joint means of access from any entrance to both the upper and lower decks, or to that exit (other than an emergency exit) which is most readily and directly associated with any staircase from both the upper and lower decks, shall be less than 900 millimetres in width.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation, when any space in front of a seat in a bus is required for the accommodation of seated passengers, the space within 230 millimetres of the seat shall not be taken into account in measuring the width of a gangway.
(5) Where a part of a gangway which adjoins an entrance or exit of a bus or light bus is divided by a handrail, the width of that part of the gangway at any point on each side of the handrail shall be not less than 460 millimetres.
(6) Where 2 passenger seats are placed parallel to the longitudinal axis of a bus or light bus and face each other and the space between those seats is not required for the purpose of obtaining access from an entrance to any other seat or from any other seat to an exit (not being an emergency exit), that space shall not for the purposes of this regulation and regulation 72 be treated as forming part of the gangway.
In this paragraph 'passenger seat' (乘客座位) means a seat for one passenger only or the portion of a continuous seat allowed for one passenger only measured in accordance with regulation 73(1)(b).
(7) Subject to paragraph (6), between every exit (not being an emergency exit provided in the roof of a half-decked bus) and gangway of a bus or light bus there shall be a passage which shall-
(a) be of dimensions not less than those prescribed for a gangway in paragraph (1)(a);
(b) be so designed that a vertical line projected upwards from the centre line of the passage at deck level to a height of 750 millimetres from the level of the deck is laterally not less than 150 millimetres from any part of the vehicle (excluding any cowling or cover which projects not more than 230 millimetres from the bulkhead of the vehicle into the passage at deck level and not more than 230 millimetres above the deck level and the provision of which is required by the projection of part of the chassis or mechanism of the vehicle into the body); and
(c) subject to paragraph (8)(b), have a clear height at every point along the centre line of the passage of 1.5 metres from the deck level.(8) (a) For the purposes of paragraph (7)(a) and (b), a seat placed below or in front of an emergency exit, being such an exit provided on the upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the roof of a half-decked bus or which is a secondary emergency exit, shall be deemed to form part of such a passage; and
(b) paragraph (7)(c) shall not apply in the case of a passage in a bus leading to an emergency exit, being such an exit provided on the upper deck of a double-decked bus or in the roof of a half-decked bus or which is a secondary emergency exit, nor shall it apply in the case of a light bus.
Cap 374A reg 72 Height of gangways
(1) In every bus-
(a) the clear height at every point along the centre line of any gangway between the limits specified in paragraph (3) shall be 1.72 metres;
(b) except in respect of any part of any gangway placed on the off side of the bus which is required only to provide access to the foremost passenger seat in the bus, the clear height shall, outside the limits specified in paragraph (3), be not less than the clear height prescribed in relation to the bus in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph reduced by 100 millimetres;(2) No part of any gangway in the top deck of a double-decked bus shall project into the compartment or other space provided for the accommodation of the driver in such a manner as to incommode the driver or cause his view of the road to the front of the bus or to the sides thereof to be restricted.
(3) Subject to paragraph (4), the clear height prescribed in paragraph (1)(a) shall, in the case of the lower deck of a double-decked bus, extend throughout the gangway and in any other case shall extend from the front edge of the foremost passenger seat adjacent to the gangway to the front edge of the rearmost passenger seat adjacent to that gangway.
(4) Where any gangway is on the off side of the bus, it shall be a sufficient compliance with paragraph (1)(a) if the clear height of 1.72 metres extends from a point 460 millimetres behind the front edge of the foremost passenger seat adjacent to that gangway to the front edge of the rearmost passenger seat adjacent thereto.
(5) In every light bus the clear height at every point along the centre line of any gangway in the light bus, except for a distance of 300 millimetres along that line measured from each entrance and exit, shall be not less than 1.37 metres and, in the case of the said distance, shall be not less than 1.2 metres.
Cap 374A reg 73 Passenger seats
(1) In every bus and light bus-
(a) the supports of all seats shall be secured to the body of the vehicle;
(b) a width of at least 380 millimetres, and in the case of a public light bus registered on or after the specified date, a width of at least 450 millimetres, measured horizontally along the back of each seat shall be allowed for the accommodation of a seated passenger : (L.N. 147 of 2002)
Provided that in the case of a continuous seat fitted with arms for the purpose of separating the seating spaces, being arms so constructed that they can be folded back or otherwise put out of use, the seat shall be measured for the purposes of this sub-paragraph as though it were not fitted with arms;(c) every seat shall have a back rest so closed or otherwise constructed as to prevent, as far as reasonably practicable, the pockets or other personal belongings of passengers from being picked or subject to theft;
(d) all seats shall be so fitted-
(i) that the distance between any part of the back rest of any seat placed lengthwise and the corresponding part of the back rest of the seat facing it shall be not less than 1.38 metres;
(ii) that there is a clear space of at least 650 millimetres in front of the back rest of any seat measured from the centre of each complete length of the seat allowed for the accommodation of a seated passenger in accordance with sub-paragraph (b) and a clear space of 230 millimetres in front of any part of that seat:
Provided that in the case of a seat for more than 3 passengers where access to that seat can be obtained only from one end of the seat, the clear spaces shall respectively be at least 680 millimetres and 300 millimetres;(e) there shall be a clear space of at least 480 millimetres between any part of the front edge of any transverse seat and any part of any other seat which faces it;
(f) for the purposes of sub-paragraph (e), any support provided for a table shall be disregarded if there is a clear space of at least 230 millimetres between that support and the front edge of the nearest seat and the support is not in such a position as to cause discomfort to passengers occupying the seats;
(g) no seat shall be placed in such a position as to cause discomfort to passengers;
(h) there shall, in respect of every seat, be a clear space measured vertically from the centre of each complete length of the seat allowed for the accommodation of a seated passenger in accordance with sub-paragraph (b) which shall be, in the case of a light bus not less than 910 millimetres and, in the case of a bus, not less than 960 millimetres;
(i) where any seat is so placed that there is a risk that a passenger seated upon it may be thrown through any entrance to or exit from the vehicle or down a stairway in the vehicle, an effective screen or guard shall be placed so as to afford adequate protection against that occurrence to a passenger occupying that seat; and
(j) the shortest distances between the edge of the well of any step in the vehicle and a vertical plane passing through the front edge of any seat shall be not less than 230 millimetres:
Provided that this sub-paragraph shall not apply in the case of the well of a step provided as a means of obtaining access only to any forward-facing front passenger seat placed alongside the driver in a light bus.(1A) In every public light bus registered on or after the specified date-
(a) every seat shall have a back rest of not less than 700 millimetres in height and if a back rest exceeds 800 millimetres in height, the seat concerned shall also be equipped with a head restraint;
(b) where a retractable belt is fitted to the seat concerned, the surface or edge of any guard, or the top or edge of any screen or partition, that would likely to be struck by the head of a passenger wearing the retractable belt in the event of an accident, shall be provided with padding of impact energy absorption material, but nothing in this subparagraph shall require padding to be provided on any surface more than 1000 millimetres from the intersection of the centre lines of the seat cushion and the back rest or more than 150 millimetres on either side of the longitudinal vertical plane which passes through the intersection;
(c) all seats and their anchorages shall conform with one or more of the specifications and standards set out in Part 1 of Schedule 15;
(d) all head restraints shall conform with one or more of the specifications and standards set out in Part 2 of Schedule 15;
(e) the seats and head restraints-
(i) shall not have sharp edges which may increase the risk or severity of injury to seated passengers in traffic accidents; and
(ii) shall be made of impact energy absorption material and fire resistant material; and(f) the accessories attached to the seats and head restraints shall not have sharp edges which may increase the risk or severity of injury to seated passengers in traffic accidents and shall be made of impact energy absorption material. (L.N. 147 of 2002)(1B) For the purposes of paragraph (1A)(a), all measurements for determining the height of back rest shall be taken, with the seat cushion and back rest undepressed, through the centre line of the individual seating place and measured from the horizontal surface of the seat cushion intersected at the front lower edge of the back rest to the front upper edge of the back rest. (L.N. 147 of 2002)
(2) In this regulation-
'back rest' (靠背) includes any part of the vehicle which is available for seated passengers to lean against;
'seat' (座位) means a passenger seat.
Cap 374A reg 74 Standing passengers
(1) The Commissioner shall on the registration of a bus calculate the total number of standing passengers that may be carried on a single-decked bus or on the lower deck of a double-decked bus by dividing the total floor area of that deck, in square metres, available to standing passengers, by 0.17; such total floor area shall not include-
(a) any space within 230 millimetres of the front of a seat required for the accommodation of seated passengers;
(b) that part of any gangway or any passage to an emergency exit which is within 230 millimetres of any step-well except where adequate means (such as a guard or screen) is provided to prevent passengers being thrown into such step-well;
(c) any step and any space within 230 millimetres of an entrance or exit, the space being measured from the outside of the bus and having the same width as the opening;
(d) any space forward of the rearmost point of the driver's seat;
(e) any space on which it is not possible to place a square of 300 millimetres sides;
(f) any space not connected to a gangway, entrance or exit by space available to standing passengers; or
(g) in the case of a double-decked bus, any space within 230 millimetres of the riser of the bottom step of any staircase.(2) In every bus, grab-rails, straps, stanchions or other devices of adequate strength shall be so placed that at least one such means of support is available to each standing passenger of normal height.
(3) The design and location of the devices referred to in paragraph (2) shall have due regard to the effect of surge on a group of standing passengers during abnormal deceleration of the bus, such as might occur during any emergency stop.
Cap 374A reg 75 Ventilation
Adequate ventilation shall be provided in every bus and light bus for the driver and passengers.
Cap 374A reg 76 Driver's accommodation
(1) Every bus and light bus shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) the vehicle shall be so designed that the driver, when sitting in his seat, has adequate room and can readily reach and operate the controls, including the devices for controlling the direction indicators and stop lamps;
(b) the controls shall be so placed as to allow reasonable access to the driver's seat;
(c) the accommodation for the driver shall be so arranged as to afford adequate protection in bad weather;
(d) means shall be provided to enable the driver to see the passengers on each deck without leaving his seat;
(e) means shall be provided to prevent light from the interior of the vehicle from incommoding the driver and in respect of any window placed on that side of the centre line of the vehicle which is occupied by the driver, the means so provided shall be capable of being operated by the driver when in his seat;
(f) where access to the driver's seat is obtained from the off side of the vehicle-
(i) an opening in the side of the vehicle shall be provided which shall have a clear width of not less than 450 millimetres, except where this dimension cannot be provided by reason only of the presence of a portion of the wheel arch in that opening; and
(ii) a step shall be provided on the vehicle at a convenient position and height adjacent to the opening if the lowest point of the sill of that opening is more than 650 millimetres from ground level when the vehicle is unladen;(g) where a separate and enclosed compartment is provided for the driver and access to the driver's seat is obtained from the off side of the vehicle, an emergency escape window shall be provided (otherwise than on the off side of that compartment) which shall be readily accessible to the driver and shall have a clear opening with dimensions of not less than 530 millimetres by 460 millimetres; and
(h) where any seat for a passenger is placed to the side of the driver's seat-
(i) whether the seat is a separate seat or is continuous with the driver's seat, a space of at least 460 millimetres measured from the centre of the steering column on the side on which the seat is placed shall be reserved for use solely by the driver; and
(ii) if the seat is continuous with the driver's seat or if it is a separate seat so placed that any part of it is nearer to the centre of the steering column than 460 millimetres, the said space shall be divided off by means of a solid partition having a height of at least 230 millimetres measured from the seat level of the driver's seat and extending for the whole depth of the seat.(2) Every bus shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) the driver's seat shall be capable of being adjusted in a vertical direction and in a horizontal direction parallel to the longitudinal axis of the bus and of being firmly secured in any desired position within the limits of such adjustments; the range of such adjustments shall permit the seat to be fixed in a position such that the horizontal distance between the nearest part of the steering wheel and the back rest of the seat is 350 millimetres and the vertical distance between the lowest part of the steering wheel and the horizontal plane level with the top of the seat cushion is 200 millimetres and also as to permit the seat to be adjusted at least 50 millimetres forwards, backwards, upwards and downwards from that position;
(b) direct and reasonable access shall be provided to the driver's seat either from the off side of the bus or by means of a passage which shall be not less than 300 millimetres in width up to a height of 760 millimetres above the floor of the bus and not less than 350 millimetres above that height and shall comply with the requirement prescribed in relation to the gangway of a bus by regulation 71(1)(b); and
(c) where access to the driver's seat is obtained from the off side of the bus a grab handle shall be fitted to assist the driver in boarding and alighting from the bus.
Cap 374A reg 77 Windows to be guarded
The side windows in a single-decked bus with a permanent top and in the lower and upper decks of a double-decked bus shall, when open, if required by the Commissioner, be adequately guarded to a height of 1 metre from the deck.
Cap 374A reg 78 Luggage racks
All luggage racks fitted in a bus and light bus shall be so designed and constructed that no article placed thereon, if it becomes dislodged whilst the vehicle is in motion, is likely to fall on the driver or interfere with his control of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 78A Installation of public address system
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every bus and light bus used for carriage to or from an educational institution of the students of the institution, whether or not for hire or reward, shall have installed in the driver's compartment a public address system or other audio device sufficient to enable the driver to address all passengers on the bus or the light bus. (L.N. 96 of 1997; L.N. 306 of 1998)
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a bus or light bus registered before 1 May 1997 until-
(a) that bus is required to be produced at any time on or after 1 November 1998 for examination pursuant to section 78 of the Ordinance; or
(b) 1 November 1999,whichever is the earlier. (L.N. 306 of 1998)
Cap 374A reg 78B Display of signboard on buses carrying students
Every bus that is used for carriage to or from an educational institution of the students of the institution, whether or not for hire or reward, shall bear in or on the back of the vehicle, in such manner as is clearly visible rearwards, a signboard of the colour, design and dimensions set out in the diagram in the Fourteenth Schedule.
(L.N. 96 of 1997)
Cap 374A reg 79 Markings on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles
PART IV
GOODS VEHICLES AND SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES
(1) The owner of every goods vehicle and special purpose vehicle shall cause the permitted gross vehicle weight as shown in the registration document in respect of such vehicle and the maximum permitted axle weight to be painted or otherwise plainly marked upon some conspicuous place on both sides of the vehicle unless a valid vehicle licence, issued in respect of the vehicle, containing-
(a) the permitted gross vehicle weight; and
(b) the maximum permitted axle weight,of the vehicle is displayed on such vehicle. (L.N. 243 of 1997)
(2) The markings under paragraph (1) shall be in English and in Chinese characters and shall be inscribed in white on a black surface in letters, characters and figures not less than 25 millimetres in height and shall at all times be kept clean and unobscured by the owner.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2) 'white' (白色) includes the colour of polished aluminium or chromium plating.
Cap 374A reg 80 Exhaust pipe on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles
On every goods vehicle and special purpose vehicle the exhaust pipe shall be so fitted or shielded, and maintained that-
(a) no inflammable material can be thrown upon it from any other part of the vehicle;
(b) it is not likely to cause a fire through proximity to any inflammable material in the vehicle or being carried on the vehicle; and
(c) the exhaust outlet is not directed to the near side of the vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 81 Passenger accommodation on goods vehicles and special purpose vehicles
Where the driving cab of a goods vehicle or special purpose vehicle is specifically designed to carry passengers, seating accommodation for the carriage of not more than 5 passengers may be installed in a manner approved by the Commissioner.
Cap 374A reg 81A Protective partitions inside vans
(1) There shall-
(a) be in every van, permanently, between the goods compartment and the seating accommodation, a partition, which shall be of such height, width, strength, design and construction as to be capable of-
(i) withstanding or bearing the weight of any load the partition is likely to encounter or the van is likely to carry; and
(ii) acting as a protective barrier against goods in the goods compartment shifting into the seating accommodation; and(b) not be any side windows in the goods compartment of any van.(2) In this regulation, 'van' (客货车) means a light goods vehicle constructed with a fully enclosed body which is an integral part of the vehicle.
(3) This regulation shall apply-
(a) to a van registered on or after 1 July 1990, as from the date of such registration; and
(b) to a van registered before 1 July 1990, as from 1 July 1991.
(L.N. 113 of 1990)
Cap 374A reg 82 Markings on trailers
PART V
TRAILERS
(1) The owner of every trailer shall cause the permitted gross vehicle weight as shown in the registration document issued in respect of such vehicle and the maximum permitted axle weight to be painted or otherwise plainly marked upon some conspicuous place on the trailer unless a valid vehicle licence, issued in respect of the trailer, containing-
(a) the permitted gross vehicle weight; and
(b) the maximum permitted axle weight,of the trailer is displayed on such trailer. (L.N. 243 of 1997)
(2) The markings under paragraph (1) shall be in English and in Chinese characters and shall be inscribed in white on a black surface in letters, characters and figures not less than 25 millimetres in height and shall at all times be kept clean and unobscured by the owner.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2) 'white' (白色) includes the colour of polished aluminium or chromium plating.
Cap 374A reg 83 Brakes on trailers
(1) Subject to paragraphs (5) and (6), every trailer shall be equipped with an efficient braking system complying with paragraphs (2), (3) and (4).
(2) The braking system of every trailer shall be so designed and equipped that when the trailer is being towed the brakes of such braking system are capable of being applied to all the wheels of the trailer by the driver of the towing vehicle using the means of applying those brakes of the towing vehicle which are designed and constructed to have the highest braking efficiency in accordance with regulation 19 of any of the brakes of any braking system with which the towing vehicle is equipped.
(3) The braking system of every trailer shall be so designed and constructed that when the trailer is stationary-
(a) the brakes of such braking system can be applied to at least 2 wheels of the trailer and be released by a person standing on the ground by a means of operation fitted to the trailer;
(b) the braking force of such braking system can, when applied in the manner indicated in paragraph (2) or sub-paragraph (a), at all times be maintained in operation by direct mechanical action without the intervention of any hydraulic, electric or pneumatic device; and
(c) the braking force of such braking system, when so applied and so maintained in operation by direct mechanical action, is capable of holding the trailer stationary on a gradient of at least 1 in 6.25 without the assistance of stored energy.(4) The braking system of every trailer shall be so constructed that it is not rendered ineffective by the non-rotation of the engine of the towing vehicle.
(5) The provisions of paragraph (2) shall not apply in the case of a trailer of a gross vehicle weight not exceeding 2 tonnes if the brakes of the trailer automatically come into operation on the overrun of the trailer.
(6) This regulation shall not apply to-
(a) any land implement towed by a motor vehicle;
(b) any trailer designed for and used for street cleaning, which does not carry any load other than its necessary gear and equipment; and
(c) any broken down vehicle which is being towed by a motor vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.
Cap 374A reg 84 Mudguards and mudflaps on trailers
(1) Subject to paragraphs (1A) and (2), every trailer shall be equipped with-
(a) mudguards at the rear wheels; and
(b) mudflaps behind the rearmost wheels,which shall be of specifications approved by the Commissioner as being reasonably necessary to ensure that, so far as is reasonably practicable, mud or water thrown up by the rotation of the wheels is caught. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(1A) Paragraph (1) shall not apply if the body of the trailer affords adequate protection to catch, so far as is reasonably practicable, mud or water thrown up by the rotation of the wheels. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to-
(a) trailers in an unfinished condition proceeding to a works for completion;
(b) land implements;
(c) trailers used only for or, when empty, in connection with the carriage of round timber;
(d) trailers towed by a vehicle the maximum speed of which is restricted to 20 kilometres per hour or less; and
(e) any broken down vehicle which is being towed by another vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.(3) The Commissioner shall by notice in the Gazette publish the specifications of mudguards and mudflaps approved by him for the purpose of paragraph (1). (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(4) In paragraph (1), reference to the rear wheels of a trailer shall, in the case of a two-wheeled trailer, be read as reference to both its wheels. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
(5) In this regulation, 'mudflap' (挡泥翼) means a device that acts as a lower extension to a mudguard. (L.N. 113 of 1998)
Cap 374A reg 85 Brakes on motor cycles, motor tricycles and invalid carriages
PART VI
MISCELLANEOUS VEHICLES
(1) Every motor cycle, motor tricycle and invalid carriage shall be equipped with either an efficient braking system having 2 means of operation or 2 efficient braking systems each having a separate means of operation, complying with paragraphs (2), (3) and (4).
(2) The braking system or braking systems with which a motor cycle, motor tricycle or invalid carriage is required to be equipped shall be so designed and constructed that notwithstanding the failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin) through or by means of which the force necessary to apply the brakes is transmitted there shall still be available for application by the driver to at least one wheel brakes sufficient under the most adverse conditions to bring the vehicle to rest within a reasonable distance.
(3) The brakes of every motor cycle, motor tricycle and invalid carriage shall as applied by one of the means of operation have a braking efficiency of not less than 30 per cent and the brakes as applied by the other means shall have a braking efficiency of not less than 25 per cent.
(4) The application of one of the means of operation required under paragraph (1) shall not affect or operate the pedal or hand level of the other means of operation.
Cap 374A reg 86 Tyres and brakes on pedestrian controlled vehicles
Every pedestrian-controlled vehicle exceeding 50 kilograms in unladen weight shall be provided with efficient pneumatic tyres on all wheels and an efficient brake in good working order.
Cap 374A reg 87 Brakes on bicycles and tricycles
Remarks:
Amendments retroactively made - see 23 of 1998 s. 2
(1) Every bicycle and tricycle shall be equipped with at least one braking system.
(2) Every bicycle and tricycle having any wheel of which the outside diameter (including any tyre when fully inflated) exceeds 460 millimetres shall-
(a) if it is so constructed that one or more of the wheels is incapable of rotating independently of the pedals, be equipped with a braking system operating on the front wheel or both the front wheels if it has 2 front wheels;
(b) if it is not so constructed as aforesaid, be equipped with 2 independent braking systems one of which operates on the front wheel or both the front wheels if it has 2 front wheels, and the other of which operates on the rear wheel or one of the rear wheels if it has 2 rear wheels:
Provided that in the case of a tricycle not constructed or adapted for the carriage of goods it shall be a sufficient compliance with this sub-paragraph if the tricycle is equipped with 2 independent braking systems operating on the front wheel if it has 2 rear wheels, or on the rear wheel if it has 2 front wheels.(3) All braking systems required by this regulation shall be efficient and shall be kept in proper working order.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation, a braking system shall be deemed not to be efficient if the brake operates directly on the tyre of any wheel.
(5) Nothing in this regulation shall apply to any bicycle or tricycle-
(a) so constructed that the pedals act directly upon any wheel or upon the axle of any wheel without the inter-position of any gearing, chain or other device; or
(b) brought temporarily into Hong Kong by a person resident outside Hong Kong and intending to make only a temporary stay in Hong Kong, for a period not exceeding one year from the date of the arrival of the bicycle or tricycle in Hong Kong, while the bicycle or tricycle is being used by that person, if its brakes comply with the requirements of Article 26 of the 1949 Convention. (23 of 1998 s. 2)
Cap 374A reg 88 Warning instrument on bicycles and tricycles
(1) Every bicycle and tricycle shall be fitted with a bell capable of giving sufficient warning of the approach or presence of the vehicle.
(2) No bicycle or tricycle shall carry a warning instrument other than a bell.
Cap 374A reg 89 Obligatory front lamps
PART VII
LIGHTING AND REFLECTORS
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle shall carry 2 lamps capable, during the hours of darkness or in poor visibility conditions, of showing to the front a white light visible from a reasonable distance, which shall be attached to the motor vehicle in such position and manner as is provided by these regulations. (L.N. 40 of 2002)
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), in the case of-
(a) a motor cycle not having a sidecar attached thereto; and
(b) an invalid carriage,only a single lamp capable of showing a white light to the front need be carried.
(3) Every lamp required to be carried by this regulation shall be maintained in clean and efficient condition.
Cap 374A reg 90 Character of front lamps
(1) This regulation shall apply to every obligatory front lamp showing a light which is derived from an electric bulb or a sealed beam lamp:
Provided that it shall not apply to-
(a) a lamp normally used as a direction indicator; and
(b) a lamp fitted with an electric bulb or bulbs, if the rated wattage of any bulb, or the total rated wattage of all the bulbs which are capable of being illuminated at the same time, does not exceed 7 watts and the lamp is fitted with frosted glass or other material which has the effect of diffusing the light.(2) An obligatory front lamp shall be so constructed, fitted and maintained that the beam of light emitted therefrom-
(a) is at all times a dipped beam;
(b) can be deflected at the will of the driver so as to become a dipped beam; or
(c) can be extinguished by the operation of a device which at the same time either-
(i) causes the lamp to emit a dipped beam; or
(ii) causes another lamp to emit a dipped beam.(3) An obligatory front lamp shall not be held to comply with paragraph (2)(a) unless it is so fixed that its centre is not less than 600 millimetres from the ground.
Cap 374A reg 91 Position of obligatory front lamps
(1) Every obligatory front lamp shall be so fixed that-
(a) the highest part of the illuminated area of the lamp is not more than 1.7 metres from the ground except that in the case of a land tractor, agricultural tractor, industrial tractor, agricultural implement or engineering plant the lamp may be so fixed that the highest part of the illuminated area of the lamp is not more than 2 metres from the ground; and
(b) no part of the vehicle or its equipment extends laterally on the same side as the lamp more than 400 millimetres beyond the nearest part of the illuminated area of the lamp.(2) Where 2 obligatory front lamps are carried on any vehicle they shall be fixed on opposite sides of the vehicle and shall be fixed at the same height from the ground.
(3) Where a dual-purpose lamp is carried on a sidecar attached to a motor cycle or on a land tractor, agricultural tractor or pedestrian-controlled vehicle, such lamp may be so fixed that no part (including equipment) of the sidecar, tractor, or pedestrian-controlled vehicle extends laterally on the same side as the lamp more than 400 millimetres from the nearest part of the illuminated area of the obligatory front lamp combined in the dual-purpose lamp.
Cap 374A reg 92 Restriction on the nature of lamps to be carried
(1) Subject to paragraph (2) and regulations 108, 109, 111, 112, 113, 114 and 115, no vehicle shall carry any lamp capable of showing-
(a) a red light to the front; or
(b) any light to the rear, other than a white light for the purpose of reversing or a red light. (L.N. 1 of 2000)(2) Paragraph (1)(b) shall not prevent a vehicle from carrying a lamp showing a light to the rear for the purposes of-
(a) the internal illumination of the vehicle;
(b) illuminating a number plate or taximeter;
(c) illuminating a sign fitted on the top of the roof of a taxi in accordance with regulation 45; or
(d) in the case of a public service vehicle, illuminating boards, plates or devices indicating the route or destination of the vehicle.(3) No vehicle shall carry a lamp capable of showing a light to the rear for the purpose of illuminating any device for giving signals to overtaking traffic.
Cap 374A reg 93 Multi-purpose lamps and combined lamps and reflectors
(1) Nothing in this Part shall require a vehicle to carry separate lamps for different purposes if it carries a lamp satisfying all the requirements which would be applicable to separate lamps carried by it for those purposes.
(2) An obligatory rear lamp may be so constructed that, when not showing a light, it is an efficient red reflector for the purposes of regulation 106.
Cap 374A reg 94 Restriction of movement, etc. of lamps
Except as otherwise provided in these regulations, no light shown by a motor vehicle shall be capable of being swivelled, deflected or otherwise moved while the vehicle is in motion:
Provided that the beam of light emitted from not more than 2 lamps showing a light to the front, other than the obligatory front lamps, fitted to any motor vehicle may be deflected to either side by the movement of, although not necessarily through the same angle as, the front wheels of the vehicle when turned for the purpose of steering the vehicle, if the centre of any such lamp is not more than 1 metre from the ground.
Cap 374A reg 95 Markings of electric bulbs in front lamps and of front sealed beam lamps
Every electric bulb used in a lamp, and every sealed beam lamp, being in either case a lamp showing a light to the front fitted to any motor vehicle, shall be indelibly marked with the rated wattage thereof in a readily legible manner.
Cap 374A reg 96 Obligatory headlamps
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle shall be equipped with headlamps in accordance with the provisions of these regulations.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to-
(a) a pedestrian-controlled vehicle;
(b) a straddle carrier;
(c) an agricultural implement or agricultural tractor;
(d) a road roller;
(e) a vehicle so constructed as to be incapable of exceeding 10 kilometres per hour on the level under its own power; and
(f) a vehicle brought temporarily into Hong Kong and used by virtue of an international circulation permit if it complies with the requirements as to lighting equipment and reflectors contained in Part II of Annex 6 to the 1968 Convention.
Cap 374A reg 97 Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 2 or 3 wheels
(1) A motor vehicle which has 2 or 3 wheels shall carry-
(a) one headlamp in the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (disregarding, for the purpose of ascertaining such axis, any sidecar attached thereto) which either-
(i) in the case of a motor cycle with or without a sidecar attached thereto, can only emit a dipped beam; or
(ii) is wired to a device the operation of which at the will of the driver can cause to be emitted from it either a main beam or a dipped beam; or(b) a matched pair of headlamps, both headlamps in the pair being wired to a device the operation of which at the will of the driver can cause to be emitted from them at the same time either main beams or dipped beams.(2) Every beam emitted by any headlamp required to be carried by this regulation shall be derived from the filament or filaments of an electric bulb or bulbs, or from the filament or filaments of a sealed beam lamp, the rating of such filament or at least one of such filaments not being less than-
(a) 18 watts in the case of a main beam or dipped beam emitted by a headlamp carried by a motor cycle with or without a sidecar attached thereto; and
(b) 24 watts in the case of a dipped beam, and 30 watts in the case of a main beam, emitted by a headlamp carried by any other vehicle.(3) Where any vehicle carries a matched pair of headlamps in accordance with this regulation, each of the headlamps in the pair shall, except in the case of headlamps carried by a vehicle which is engineering plant, an industrial tractor or motor cycle with or without a sidecar attached thereto, be so positioned on one side of the vehicle that no part of its illuminated area is less than 300 millimetres from any part of the illuminated area of the other headlamp in the pair.
Cap 374A reg 98 Headlamps to be carried by vehicles with 4 or more wheels
(1) Every motor vehicle which has 4 or more wheels shall carry-
(a) a matched pair of headlamps, both headlamps in the pair being wired to a device the operation of which at the will of the driver can cause to be emitted from them at the same time either main beams or dipped beams; or
(b) 2 or more matched pairs of headlamps, the headlamps being arranged so that-
(i) they form 2 groups of headlamps, one on each side of the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle;
(ii) the headlamps in one of the matched pairs, which are at least as far away from the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as any other headlamps in another matched pair of headlamps, can each emit a dipped beam without at the same time emitting a main beam, and so that every other headlamp can emit a main beam; and
(iii) all the headlamps in both groups are wired to a device the operation of which at the will of the driver can at the same time extinguish every main beam emitted by every headlamp in both groups, and cause either to be emitted or to continue to be emitted the dipped beams from the 2 headlamps in the matched pair which are at least as far away from the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as any other headlamps in another matched pair of headlamps:Provided that in the case of a bus it shall be a sufficient compliance with this paragraph if the bus carries a matched pair of headlamps one of which can emit a dipped beam without either headlamp at the same time emitting a main beam.
(2) Every main beam or dipped beam emitted by any headlamp required to be carried by this regulation shall be derived from the filament or filaments of an electric bulb or bulbs, or from the filament or filaments of a sealed beam lamp, the rating of such filament or at least one of such filaments not being less than 30 watts.
(3) Every headlamp which emits a dipped beam carried by a vehicle in accordance with this regulation shall, except in the case of a headlamp carried by a vehicle which is engineering plant or an industrial tractor, be so positioned on one side of the vehicle that-
(a) no part of its illuminated area is less than 600 millimetres from any part of the illuminated area of any such headlamp on the other side; and
(b) the outermost part of the illuminated area of the headlamp is not more than 400 millimetres from the outermost part of the vehicle on the side on which the headlamp is placed.
Cap 374A reg 99 Single units for obligatory front and headlamps
(1) In the case of a vehicle which carries one obligatory front lamp and one obligatory headlamp, such lamps may be combined so as to form a single unit.
(2) In the case of a motor cycle with a sidecar attached thereto, being a vehicle which carries 2 obligatory front lamps and one obligatory headlamp, one of the obligatory front lamps may be combined with the obligatory headlamp so as to form a single unit.
(3) In the case of a vehicle which carries 2 obligatory front lamps they may be combined-
(a) in the case of a vehicle which has only 2 obligatory headlamps, with such lamps; or
(b) with the 2 obligatory headlamps in the matched pair of headlamps which are at least as far away from the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as any other obligatory headlamps in another matched pair of obligatory headlamps,so as to form 2 single units each comprising an obligatory headlamp and an obligatory front lamp.
Cap 374A reg 100 Requirements for every obligatory headlamp
Every obligatory headlamp carried by a vehicle shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) it shall be securely fixed to the vehicle;
(b) it shall be so constructed and maintained that the direction of the beam of light emitted therefrom can be adjusted whilst the vehicle is stationary so that the headlamp when lit emits the type of beam which it is required to be capable of emitting by this Part; and
(c) it shall be kept in a clean and efficient condition.
Cap 374A reg 101 Requirements for every matched pair of obligatory headlamps
Every matched pair of obligatory headlamps carried by a vehicle shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) both headlamps in the pair shall have the same area and shape when illuminated;
(b) both headlamps in the pair shall have their wiring arranged so that-
(i) if they can emit either main beams or dipped beams, the beams which they can emit can only be switched on or off together;
(ii) if they can emit both main beams and dipped beams, the dipped beams can only be switched on or off together and the main beams can only be switched on or off together;
(iii) if they can emit supplementary main beams, such beams can only be switched on or off together with the main beams emitted by another pair of obligatory headlamps; and(c) both headlamps in the pair shall, when lit, emit beams of light of the same colour.
Cap 374A reg 102 Colour of headlamp beams
Every main beam or dipped beam emitted by a headlamp or fog lamp carried by a vehicle shall be a beam of white or yellow light.
Cap 374A reg 103 Obligatory rear lamps
Every vehicle listed in column 1 of the Seventh Schedule shall carry obligatory rear lamps in accordance with the requirements specified in the Seventh Schedule in respect of that vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 104 Character of obligatory rear lamps
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every obligatory rear lamp carried on a vehicle shall, if circular, have an illuminated area not less than 50 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an illuminated area-
(a) not less than the area of a circle 50 millimetres in diameter; and
(b) of such a shape that a circle of 25 millimetres in diameter may be inscribed therein.(2) Every obligatory rear lamp carried on a motor cycle with a sidecar attached thereto shall, if circular, have an illuminated area of not less than 40 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an illuminated area-
(a) of not less than the area of a circle of 40 millimetres in diameter; and
(b) of such a shape that a circle of 25 millimetres in diameter may be inscribed therein.(3) Every electric bulb used in an obligatory rear lamp carried on a vehicle shall have a rated wattage of not less than 5 watts and the rated wattage thereof shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or the metal cap thereof in a readily legible manner.
(4) When 2 obligatory rear lamps are carried on a vehicle, both lamps shall when illuminated have the same appearance and the same illuminated area, and if such lamps are electrically operated, the wiring shall be so arranged that in the event of any failure of a bulb in either of the lamps the other lamp shall not thereby be extinguished.
Cap 374A reg 105 Reversing lamps
(1) No vehicle shall carry more than 2 reversing lamps.
(2) Every reversing lamp carried on a vehicle shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) it shall be illuminated by electricity;
(b) it shall be so constructed that it cannot be switched on otherwise than-
(i) automatically by the selection of the reverse gear of the vehicle; or
(ii) by the operation of a switch by the driver of the vehicle, being a switch which serves no other purpose;(c) the rated wattage of the electric bulb or the total rated wattage of all such bulbs with which it is fitted or the rated wattage of the sealed beam lamp with which it is fitted shall not exceed 24 watts; and
(d) it shall be so constructed, fitted and maintained that the light emitted thereby is at all times a beam which is deflected downwards to such an extent that it is incapable of dazzling any person who is on the same horizontal plane as the vehicle at a greater distance than 8 metres from the reversing lamp and whose eye-level is not less than one metre above that plane.(3) Where a reversing lamp is so constructed and fitted that it can be switched on by the operation of a switch by the driver of the vehicle, the vehicle shall be equipped with a device so fitted as to be readily visible to the driver at all times when in his seat and so designed as to indicate when the reversing lamp is illuminated.
Cap 374A reg 106 Obligatory reflectors
Every vehicle listed in column 1 of the Eighth Schedule shall be fitted with reflectors in accordance with the requirements specified in the Eighth Schedule in respect of that vehicle.
Cap 374A reg 107 Character of reflectors
Every obligatory reflector shall comply with the following requirements-
(a) the reflecting area shall, if circular, be not less than 40 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, be-
(i) not less than the area of a circle 40 millimetres in diameter; and
(ii) of such a shape that a circle of 25 millimetres in diameter may be inscribed therein;(b) the reflecting area shall be of such a shape as to be capable of lying wholly within a circle of 150 millimetres in diameter;
(c) the reflector shall be so attached to the vehicle that the reflecting area of the reflector is in a vertical position and facing squarely to the rear; and
(d) the reflector shall be kept clean and shall be plainly visible from the rear.
Cap 374A reg 108 Front corner marker lamps
(1) Subject to paragraph (4), every trailer forming part of a combination of 2 or more vehicles with a total overall length of more than 11 metres shall when on any road during the hours of darkness or poor visibility conditions carry 2 front corner marker lamps in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3).
(2) The 2 front corner marker lamps required to be carried under paragraph (1) shall be carried one on each side of the longitudinal axis of the trailer and attached to the trailer in such a position that-
(a) no part of the illuminated area of either lamp is more than 1.5 metres behind the foremost part of the trailer, except that the said distance of 1.5 metres may be extended to a distance of not more than 3.5 metres behind the foremost part of the trailer if by virtue of such extension no part of the trailer to the front of either lamp has an overall width of more than half the maximum overall width of the trailer;
(b) subject to paragraph (3), no part of the trailer on the same side thereof as that on which such a lamp is carried projects outwards more than 300 millimetres beyond a vertical line through the nearest part of the illuminated area of the lamp; and
(c) no part of the trailer obscures the light shown by a lamp required to be carried in accordance with this regulation.(3) Where a front corner marker lamp is attached to a trailer so that-
(a) its illuminated area is more than 900 millimetres but not more than 1.5 metres behind the foremost part of the trailer and no part of that area is more than 1.5 metres from the ground; and
(b) no part of the trailer on the same side thereof as that on which the lamp is carried, being a part which is below a height of 1.5 metres from the ground and to the front of the illuminated area of the lamp, projects outwards more than 300 millimetres beyond a vertical line through the nearest part of that illuminated area,then the position of that lamp may be such that any other part of the trailer on that side may project outwards by not more than 500 millimetres beyond a vertical line through the nearest part of the said illuminated area.
(4) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to-
(a) a trailer the overall length of which does not exceed 2.25 metres; and
(b) a broken down vehicle which is being towed by another vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.(5) For the purposes of this regulation, in ascertaining-
(a) the overall length of a trailer, its drawbar and any fitting for the attachment thereof shall be disregarded;
(b) the foremost part of a trailer, its drawbar and any fitting for the attachment thereof and the part (if any) of the trailer that is more than 1.5 metres from the ground shall be disregarded.
Cap 374A reg 109 Side marker lamps
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every trailer forming part of combination of 2 or more vehicles with a total overall length of more than 11 metres shall when on any road during the hours of darkness or poor visibility conditions carry on each side of the longitudinal axis of the trailer the following side marker lamps which shall be attached to the trailer or the load, if any, carried thereby-
(a) one lamp in such a position that no part of its illuminated area is more than 3 metres nor less than 2 metres from the foremost part of the front corner marker lamp required to be carried by regulation 108;
(b) one lamp in such a position that no part of its illuminated area is more than 3 metres nor less than 2 metres from the rearmost part of the trailer (inclusive of the load, if any, carried); and
(c) such other lamps between the lamps mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) in such positions as will ensure that the distance between the nearest part of the illuminated area of any one side marker lamp and the nearest part of the illuminated area of the side marker lamp next thereto is not more than 3 metres nor less than 2 metres.(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to a combination of vehicles where any vehicle in that combination is broken down and is being towed by another vehicle in consequence of the breakdown.
Cap 374A reg 110 Character of front corner and side marker lamps
(1) Every front corner marker lamp and side marker lamp shall be-
(a) capable of being properly lighted, and kept in a clean and efficient condition;
(b) when lit, visible from a reasonable distance to a person facing the lamp and in a position being on a line passing through the lamp and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle by which it is being carried; and
(c) carried so that the highest part of the illuminated area of any such lamp is not more than 1.5 metres from the ground.(2) Every front corner marker lamp and side marker lamp which is illuminated by electricity shall be-
(a) subject to paragraph (3), connected to an electrical supply forming an integral part of the electrical system of the motor vehicle or trailer;
(b) fitted with a bulb or bulbs the rated wattage or the total rated wattage of which shall not exceed 7 watts and the rated wattage shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or metal cap thereof in a readily legible manner; and
(c) fitted with frosted glass or other material which has the effect of diffusing light.(3) Nothing in paragraph (2)(a) shall apply in the case of a front corner marker lamp or side marker lamp carried by a trailer designed and constructed for the carriage of round timber, if the electricity illuminating that lamp is derived from a battery having a voltage of at least 3 volts.
(4) Every front corner marker lamp shall, if circular, have an illuminated area not less than 25 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an illuminated area not less than the area of a circle 25 millimetres in diameter.
(5) Every side marker lamp shall, if circular, have an illuminated area through which a white light is displayed and an illuminated area through which a red light is displayed in each case not less than 25 millimetres in diameter or, if not circular, have an illuminated area through which a white light is displayed and an illuminated area through which a red light is displayed in each case not less than the area of a circle 25 millimetres in diameter.
Cap 374A reg 111 Amber lamps on certain vehicles
(1) The Commissioner may at his discretion vary the requirements of this Part so as to permit one or more lamps showing an amber light to be carried on motor vehicles for purposes specifically permitted by the Commissioner.
(2) Each lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be so fixed to the vehicle that the centre of the lamp is at a height not less than 1.5 metres from the ground and that it is on or as near as practicable to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
(3) The shape and size of each lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be such that the area of the orthogonal projection on to any vertical plane of that part of the lamp through which light is emitted shall be capable of lying wholly within a rectangle having sides 225 millimetres in length.
(4) Where only one lamp is carried pursuant to paragraph (1) the light shown by it shall be visible from a point on any part of a circle drawn in a horizontal plane with the lamp at the centre, and where more than one lamp is so carried the light shown by all such lamps together shall be visible from a point on any part of a circle drawn in a horizontal plane and having as its centre a point on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
(5) When observed from any point on a circle drawn as described in paragraph (4), the light shown by any one lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be visible not less than 60 nor more than 150 equal times per minute, and the intervals between each display of light towards that point shall be constant.
(6) The light shown by each lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be in the form of a concentrated beam or beams rotating in a substantially horizontal plane.
(7) With respect to any lamp carried pursuant to paragraph (1), the rated wattage of the electric bulb or the total rated wattage of all the bulbs with which it is fitted shall not exceed 36 watts.
(8) No vehicle, other than a vehicle authorized under paragraph (1), shall carry a lamp similar to a lamp which, when it is showing an amber light, may be carried by a vehicle so authorized by virtue of this regulation.
Cap 374A reg 112 Blue lamps for ambulance vehicles
(1) The Commissioner may at his discretion permit one or more lamps showing a steady or intermittent blue light to be carried on a motor vehicle used as an ambulance.
(2) No vehicle other than an ambulance permitted to carry a lamp under paragraph (1) shall carry a lamp similar to a lamp which, by virtue of this regulation, when it is showing a blue light may be carried by an ambulance.
Cap 374A reg 113 Lamps for illuminating accident and breakdown scenes
(1) A breakdown vehicle may carry one or more lamps showing a white light which comply with paragraph (2) for the purposes of illuminating the scene of an accident or breakdown.
(2) Each lamp referred to in paragraph (1) shall be so constructed, fitted and maintained that no part of its illuminated area is less than 1.5 metres from the ground.
Cap 374A reg 114 Direction indicators
(1) Subject to paragraph (2)-
(a) every motor vehicle shall be fitted with direction indicators in accordance with the provisions of Part I, Part II or Part III of the Ninth Schedule;
(b) every trailer shall be fitted with direction indicators in accordance with the provisions of Part III or Part V of the Ninth Schedule except that if it is towed by a motor vehicle fitted with direction indicators in accordance with Part III of the said Schedule it shall be fitted with direction indicators in accordance with that Part.(2) This regulation shall not apply to-
(a) an industrial tractor, a land tractor or a pedestrian-controlled vehicle;
(b) a motorcycle; and
(c) a trailer-
(i) which is towed by a motor vehicle not required to be fitted with direction indicators in accordance with this regulation;
(ii) the dimensions of which are such that when the longitudinal axis of the trailer lies in the same vertical plane as the longitudinal axis of the towing vehicle both rear or both side direction indicators on that vehicle are visible to an observer in that vertical plane, from a point 6 metres behind the rear of the trailer whether it is loaded or not; or
(iii) which is a broken down motor vehicle or forms part of a broken down articulated vehicle or which tows another trailer behind it.
Cap 374A reg 115 Stop lamps
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor cycle and invalid carriage shall be fitted with one stop lamp, and every other motor vehicle and trailer shall be fitted with 2 stop lamps.
(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall require any vehicle specified in Part I of the Tenth Schedule to carry any stop lamp.
(3) Every stop lamp fitted to any motor vehicle or trailer pursuant to paragraph (1) shall comply with the requirements set out in Part II of the Tenth Schedule.
(4) No vehicle shall be fitted with stop lights, additional stop lights or other lights connected so as to be illuminated upon application of the brakes, that do not comply with this regulation.
Cap 374A reg 116 Maintenance of direction indicators and stop lamps
Every direction indicator and every stop lamp fitted to a motor vehicle or trailer shall at all times while the vehicle is used on a road be maintained in a clean and efficient condition.
Cap 374A reg 117 Hazard warning device
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), a motor vehicle may be fitted with a hazard warning device so as to operate simultaneously-
(a) one or more direction indicators on both sides of the motor vehicle; or
(b) those indicators and one or more direction indicators on both sides of any trailer being towed by the motor vehicle.(2) A hazard warning device fitted in accordance with paragraph (1) shall-
(a) include a warning light capable of indicating to the driver of the motor vehicle when the device is being operated; and
(b) be capable of being actuated by a switch controlling only that device.(3) No device other than a hazard warning device complying with this regulation shall be fitted to a motor vehicle for the purpose of operating direction indicators in the manner referred to in paragraph (1).
Cap 374A reg 117A Obligatory hazard warning device
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor vehicle registeredon or after 1 January 1988 shall be fitted with a hazard warning device that -
(a) operates simultaneously one or more direction indicators on each side of the motor vehicle;
(b) includes a warning light capable of indicating to the driver of the motor vehicle when the device is being operated; and
(c) is capable of being actuated by a switch controlling only that device.(2) This regulation shall be not apply to an industrial tractor, a land tractor, a pedestrian-controlled vehicle or a motor cycle.
(L.N. 225 of 1987)
Cap 374A reg 118 Application
PART VIII
REAR MARKINGS
This Part applies to every-
(a) goods vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which exceeds 5.5 tonnes; and
(b) trailer the unladen weight of which exceeds 1 tonne.
Cap 374A reg 119 Fitting of rear markings
(1) Every-
(a) goods vehicle to which this Part applies, being a goods vehicle the overall length of which does not exceed 13 metres; and
(b) trailer to which this Part applies, if it forms part of a combination of 2 or more vehicles the total overall length of which does not exceed 13 metres,shall be fitted with a rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 1 or 2 in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule except that where any such goods vehicle or trailer is so constructed at the rear that it is impracticable for that marking to be fitted in accordance with Part III of the Eleventh Schedule, a rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 3 in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule may be fitted instead.
(2) Every-
(a) goods vehicle to which this Part applies, being a goods vehicle the overall length of which exceeds 13 metres; and
(b) trailer to which this Part applies, if it forms part of a combination of 2 or more vehicles the total overall length of which exceeds 13 metres,shall be fitted with a rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 4 or 5 in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule.
(3) A rear marking fitted to a vehicle in pursuance of this regulation shall-
(a) be of the size and colour shown in the diagram relating to the marking set out in Part I of the Eleventh Schedule subject, however, to the provisions of Part II of that Schedule; and
(b) be so fitted as to comply with such of the provisions set out in Part III of that Schedule as relate thereto.
Cap 374A reg 120 Alternative provision for fitting of rear markings
(1) This regulation applies to a vehicle which is for the time being carrying a load which so projects to the rear of the vehicle that if any rear marking were to be fitted in accordance with regulation 119, the marking would be so obscured by the load as not to be clearly visible within a reasonable distance to the rear of the vehicle.
(2) A vehicle to which this regulation applies need not be fitted with a rear marking in accordance with regulation 119, if the marking required or authorized by that regulation to be fitted to the vehicle is instead fitted to the load it is carrying.
(3) In relation to a rear marking fitted to such a load in the course of being carried, the provisions of Part III of the Eleventh Schedule shall apply to that marking, subject to the following modifications-
(a) in paragraphs 1, 2, 5 and 6 of that Part for any reference to the vehicle there shall be substituted a reference to the load; and
(b) in the said paragraph 6, for the words from 'except while' to the end of that paragraph there shall be substituted the words 'except while the load is being mounted on or removed from the vehicle.'.
Cap 374A reg 120A Fees
PART IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Unless otherwise specifically provided, the fee for any permit or permission in writing issued under these regulations shall be $110.
(L.N. 258 of 1984; L.N. 522 of 1996; L.N. 30 of 1998; L.N. 143 of 1998)
Cap 374A reg 121 Offences
(1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations, any person who uses or causes or permits to be used on any road any vehicle which does not comply in all respects with the provisions of these regulations commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10000 and to imprisonment for 6 months. (L.N. 134 of 1991; 80 of 1997 s.102)
(2) Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with any requirement under these regulations commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(3) Any person who uses or suffers or permits to be used to ply for hire or for the carriage of passengers for hire or reward on any road, any taxi on which-
(a) the stamp or seal of the Commissioner on the taximeter has been broken;
(b) the taximeter has not been stamped and sealed by the Commissioner within the previous 6 months;
(c) the wheel of the taxi by which the taximeter is driven is, with fully inflated tyre thereon, of a diameter different from that for which the taximeter has been designed, geared and tested or that marked on the taximeter;
(d) the taximeter was affixed thereon without the prior approval of the Commissioner; (L.N. 148 of 1997)
(e) the taximeter does not comply in every way with the provisions of these regulations; or (L.N. 148 of 1997)
(f) a receipt printing device is not installed in accordance with regulation 42A, (L.N. 148 of 1997)commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(4) Any person who without lawful excuse defaces, damages or alters any taximeter commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
Cap 374A reg 122 Transitional provisions
(1) Every vehicle registered or licensed immediately before the date on which regulations 12, 16, 17, 20, 26, 28, 29, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 76, 77, 115 and the Tenth Schedule come into operation shall be exempt from complying with those regulations for a period of 5 years after such date so long as it continues to comply with any corresponding provision in the Road Traffic (Construction and Use) Regulations (Cap 220 sub. leg.) (hereinafter in this regulation referred to as the 'revoked regulations') revoked by regulation 123 of these regulations, which is reproduced in Part I of the Twelfth Schedule as if those regulations had continued in force for that period.
(1A) Every goods vehicle registered or licensed immediately before the date on which regulation 79 comes into operation shall be exempt from complying with the requirement in paragraph (1) of that regulation as regards the painting or making of the maximum permitted axle weight on the vehicle for a period of 3 years after such date. (L.N. 258 of 1984)
(1B) Every trailer licensed immediately before the date on which regulation 82 comes into operation shall be exempt from complying with the requirement in paragraph (1) of that regulation as regards the painting or marking of the maximum permitted axle weight on the trailer for a period of 3 years after such date. (L.N. 258 of 1984)
(1C) Every vehicle to which regulation 40A or 40B applies, and which was registered or licensed immediately before the commencement of those regulations shall be exempted from complying with those regulations for a period of 3 years after the commencement of those regulations. (L.N. 203 of 1990)
(1D) Every private light bus to which regulation 51A applies, and which was registered immediately before the commencement of the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) (Amendment) Regulation 1995 (L.N. 231 of 1995) shall be exempted from complying with the requirement in paragraph (1) of that regulation for a period of 1 year after that commencement. (L.N. 231 of 1995)
(2) Every goods vehicle registered and trailer licensed immediately before the date on which Part VIII of these regulations comes into operation shall be exempt from complying with that Part for a period of 5 years after such date.
(3) Every taximeter lawfully in use immediately before the date on which regulations 41, 42, 43 and 44 come into operation shall be exempt from complying with those regulations for a period of 5 years after such date so long as it continues to comply with the corresponding provision in the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations revoked by regulation 60 of the Road Traffic (Public Service Vehicles) Regulations (Cap 374 sub. leg.), which is reproduced in Part II of the Twelfth Schedule, as if those regulations had continued in force for that period.
(3A) A taxi which is, immediately before the commencement# of the Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulation 1997 (L.N. 148 of 1997), registered shall be exempt from complying with regulation 42A at any time before-
(a) the taxi is since such commencement next required to be produced for examination under section 78 of the Ordinance; or
(b) 20 June 1998,whichever is the earlier. (L.N. 148 of 1997)
(4) Any permit given under regulation 11, 36(2), 92, 93, 94, 95 or 96(3) of the revoked regulations subsisting or in force immediately before the date on which regulation 123 comes into operation, shall not be invalidated by the revocation effected by regulation 123 but shall be deemed to be an exemption granted under regulation 4 of these regulations.
(5) The engine of every motor vehicle which immediately before the date on which regulation 32(1) comes into operation complied with regulation 27A(1) of the revoked regulations, shall be deemed to comply with regulation 32(1) of these regulations.
(6) Without prejudice to any other provision of these regulations, insofar as any exemption, permit, approval, specification or determination granted, given or made under the revoked regulations could have been granted, given or made under a corresponding provision of these regulations, it shall not be invalidated by the revocation effected by regulation 123 of these regulations but shall, insofar as it is subsisting or in force at the coming into operation of regulation 123, have effect as if granted, given or made under that corresponding provision.
____________________________________________________________
Note:
# Commencement date: 20 June 1997
Cap 374A reg 123 (Omitted as spent)
(Omitted as spent)
Cap 374A Sched 1 OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF VEHICLES
[regulation 6]
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Vehicle
Overall
Length
Overall
Width
Overall
Height
Private Car
6.3 metres
2.3 metres
2.0 metres
Taxi
6.3 metres
2.3 metres
2.0 metres
Invalid Carriage
6.3 metres
2.3 metres
2.0 metres
Light Bus
7.0 metres
2.3 metres
3.0 metres
Bus
Single-decked
12.0 metres
2.5 metres
3.5 metres
Double-decked
12.0 metres
2.5 metres
4.6 metres
Articulated
15.0 metres
2.5 metres
3.5 metres
Light Goods Vehicle
10.0 metres
2.5 metres
3.5 metres
Medium Goods Vehicle
11.0 metres
2.5 metres
4.6 metres
Heavy Goods Vehicle
Rigid
11.0 metres
2.5 metres
4.6 metres
Articulated
16.0 metres
2.5 metres
4.6 metres
Special Purpose Vehicle
12.0 metres
2.5 metres
4.6 metres
Tricycle
-
1.1 metres
-
Trailer
13.5 metres
2.5 metres
4.6 metres
Pedestrian-controlled Vehicle
4.3 metres
1.6 metres
-
Cap 374A Sched 2
[regulation 7]
For the purposes of this Schedule the distance between any two axles shall be obtained by measuring the shortest distance between the line joining the centres of the areas of contact with the road surface of the wheels of one axle and the line joining the centres of the areas of contact with the road surface of the wheels of the other relevant axle.
PART I
MAXIMUM WEIGHT OF VEHICLES
(Subject to Parts II, III, IV, V and VI)
Column 1
Column 2
Class of Vehicle
Maximum
Gross Vehicle Weight
Private Car
3.0 tonnes
Taxi
3.0 tonnes
Invalid Carriage
3.0 tonnes
Light Bus
5.5 tonnes
Bus
24 tonnes
Light Goods Vehicle
5.5 tonnes
Medium Goods Vehicle
24 tonnes
Heavy Goods Vehicle
38 tonnes
Motor Cycle
500 kilograms
Motor Tricycle
600 kilograms
Trailer
38 tonnes
(L.N. 242 of 1985; L.N. 146 of 1990; 19 of 2004 s. 5)
PART II
MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR RIGID VEHICLES
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Class of Rigid Vehicle
Wheel Span
Measurement
Maximum
Gross
Vehicle Weight
Metres
2 axled vehicle
Less than 2.65
14 tonnes
At least 2.65
16 tonnes
3 axled vehicle
Less than 3.00
16 tonnes
At least 3.00
18 tonnes
At least 3.20
20 tonnes
At least 3.90
22 tonnes
At least 4.90
24 tonnes
4 axled vehicle
Less than 3.70
18 tonnes
At least 3.70
20 tonnes
At least 4.60
22 tonnes
At least 4.70
24 tonnes
At least 5.60
26 tonnes
At least 5.90
28 tonnes
At least 6.30
30 tonnes
(L.N. 242 of 1985)
PART III
MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR ARTICULATED VEHICLES
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Class of Motor Vehicle
Wheel Span
Measurement
Maximum
Gross
Vehicle Weight
Metres
2 axled motor vehicle
Less than 2.4
At least 2.4
14 tonnes
16 tonnes
3 axled motor vehicle
Less than 3.0
At least 3.0
At least 3.8
At least 4.3
18 tonnes
20 tonnes
22 tonnes
24 tonnes
Class of Semi-trailer
Distance between 2
closely spaced axles
Maximum Gross Axle
Weight for 2 closely
spaced axles
Metres
2 axled semi-trailer
Less than 1.02
At least 1.02
At least 1.05
At least 1.20
At least 1.50
At least 1.85
11 tonnes
16 tonnes
17 tonnes
18 tonnes
19 tonnes
20 tonnes
Distance between
outer axles of 3 closely
spaced axles
Maximum Gross Axle
Weight for 3 closely
spaced axles
Metres
3 axled semi-trailer
Less than 1.40
At least 1.40
At least 1.50
At least 2.00
At least 2.55
At least 2.70
10.5 tonnes
12 tonnes
18 tonnes
19.5 tonnes
21 tonnes
22.5 tonnes
In this Part and regulation 7(3)-
'2 closely spaced axles' (2条近距车轴) means axles that are spaced at a distance apart of not more than 2.5 metres and not less than 1 metre.
'3 closely spaced axles' (3条近距车轴) means the outermost axles that are spaced at a distance apart of 3.25 metres or less. (L.N. 242 of 1985)
PART IV
MAXIMUM COMBINED WEIGHTS FOR ARTICULATED VEHICLES
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Type of Combination
of Articulated Vehicle
Inner Axle
Spacing
Maximum
Gross Combined
Weight
Metres
2 axled motor vehicle with 1 axled trailer
Less than 2.1
At least 2.1
At least 3.1
20 tonnes
22 tonnes
24 tonnes
2 axled motor vehicle with 2 axled trailer
Less than 2.9
At least 2.9
At least 3.1
At least 3.6
At least 4.0
24 tonnes
26 tonnes
29 tonnes
32 tonnes
34 tonnes
2 axled motor vehicle with 3 or more axled trailer
At least 4.2
38 tonnes
3 or more axled motor vehicle with 1 axled trailer
Less than 2.0
At least 2.0
At least 2.7
At least 3.0
At least 4.0
At least 4.4
22 tonnes
24 tonnes
26 tonnes
28 tonnes
30 tonnes
32 tonnes
3 or more axled motor vehicle with 2 or more axled trailer
Less than 2.0
At least 2.0
At least 2.3
At least 3.2
At least 4.0
24 tonnes
26 tonnes
30 tonnes
34 tonnes
38 tonnes
3 or more axled motor vehicle with 3 or more axled trailer (L.N. 146 of 1990)
At least 4.7
At least 5.2
At least 5.7
40 tonnes
42 tonnes
44 tonnes
In this Part-
'inner axle spacing' (内轴距) means the distance between the rearmost axle of a motor vehicle and the foremost axle of the trailer towed thereby. (L.N. 242 of 1985)
PART V
MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR 2 CLOSELY SPACED AXLES OF VEHICLES
Column 1
Column 2
Distance between 2 closely
spaced axles
Maximum Axle Weight for
any one axle
Metres
Less than 1.02
At least 1.02
At least 1.05
At least 1.20
At least 1.50
At least 1.85
5.5 tonnes
8 tonnes
8.5 tonnes
9 tonnes
9.5 tonnes
10 tonnesIn this Part and regulation 7(5), '2 closely spaced axles' (2条近距车轴) means axles that are spaced at a distance apart of not more than 2.5 metres and not less than 1 metre.
(L.N. 242 of 1985)
PART VI
MAXIMUM WEIGHTS FOR 3 CLOSELY SPACED AXLES OF VEHICLES
Column 1
Column 2
Distance between outer axles
of 3 closely spaced axles
Maximum Axle Weight for
any one axle
Metres
Less than 1.40
At least 1.40
At least 1.50
At least 2.00
At least 2.55
At least 2.70
3.5 tonnes
4 tonnes
6 tonnes
6.5 tonnes
7 tonnes
7.5 tonnes
In this Part and regulation 7(6), '3 closely spaced axles' (3条近距车轴) means the outermost axles that are spaced at a distance apart of 3.25 metres or less.
(L.N. 242 of 1985)
Cap 374A Sched 3 MAXIMUM PASSENGER SEATING CAPACITY
[regulation 27]
Class of Vehicle
Passenger
seating capacity
Private Car
7
Taxi
5
Light Bus
16
Light Goods Vehicle
5
Medium Goods Vehicle
5
Heavy Goods Vehicle
5
Motor Cycle
1
Motor Cycle (with sidecar)
2
Motor Tricycle
1
(89 of 1988 s. 8)
Cap 374A Sched 4
[regulations 31 & 31A]
PART I
MAXIMUM PERMITTED SMOKE OR VISIBLE VAPOUR EMISSIONS
FROM MOTOR VEHICLES
Column 1
Column 2
Maximum permitted smoke or
visible vapour level
Maximum permitted smoke or visible
vapour level in absolute units of
light absorption (M-1)
60 Hartridge Smoke Units
2.13
PART II
STANDARDS FOR EXHAUST EMISSIONS FROM MOTOR VEHICLES
EQUIPPED WITH POSITIVE-IGNITION ENGINE AND
USING UNLEADED PETROL AS FUEL
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Date of manufacture
Measurement procedures
Emission standards
Between 1 January 1975 and 31 December 1986 (both dates inclusive)
As specified in item 8.2.1(a) of Annex II of the Council Directive 96/96 EC made by the Council of the European Union
(a) carbon monoxide level at idle is not to exceed the maximum permissible level specified by the vehicle manufacturer and which is available to the Authority; or
(b) where the specified level is not available to the Authority, carbon monoxide level at idle is not to exceed 4.5% vol.
Between 1 January 1987 and 31 December 1991 (both dates inclusive)
As specified in item 8.2.1(a) of Annex II of the Council Directive 96/96 EC made by the Council of the European Union
(a) carbon monoxide level at idle is not to exceed the maximum permissible level specified by the vehicle manufacturer and which is available to the Authority ; or
(b) where the specified level is not available to the Authority, carbon monoxide level at idle is not to exceed 3.5% vol.
On or after 1 January 1992
As specified in item 8.2.1(b) of Annex II of the Council Directive 96/96 EC made by the Council of the European Union
(a) carbon monoxide level at idle is not to exceed the maximum permissible level specified by the vehicle manufacturer and which is available to the Authority ; or
(b) where the specified level is not available to the Authority-
(i) at idle, carbon monoxide level is not to exceed 0.5% vol.; and
(ii) at high idle1, carbon monoxide level is not to exceed 0.3% vol. and Lambda2 is not to exceed 1±0.03
PART III
STANDARDS FOR EXHAUST EMISSIONS FROM MOTOR VEHICLES
EQUIPPED WITH POSITIVE-IGNITION ENGINE AND
USING LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS AS FUEL
Column 1
Column 2
Measurement procedure
Emission standards
As specified in item 4-21-1 of Chapter 11-2 of the Automobile Type Approval Handbook for Japanese Certification, October 1997, Technical Edition II by the Japan Automobile Standards Internationalization Center (L.N. 147 of 2002)
Carbon monoxide level is not to exceed 1.0% vol.; and Hydrocarbons are not to exceed 300ppm vol. as normal-hexane equivalent
Note: 1. At high idle, the speed of engine must not be less than 2000 rev/min.
2. Lambda is the quantity of intake air divided by the theoretical air requirement of the engine.
(Fourth Schedule replaced L.N. 160 of 2000)
Cap 374A Sched 5 (Repealed L.N. 134 of 1991)
Cap 374A Sched 6 PLATES ON TAXIS
[regulation 46]
PART 1
NUMBER TO BE ALTERED TO COMPLY WITH SEATING CAPACITY OF VEHICLE
PART II
PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLATES
1. The plate referred to in regulation 46 shall be indelibly coloured white on a green surface.
2. No letter or figure shall be capable of being detached from such surface, provided that it shall not be an infringement of these regulations if the letters or figures are made separately and either welded or firmly rivetted on to such surface. If the letters and figures are exhibited on a flat plate, the plate may be constructed of cast or pressed metal having raised letters.
3. Subject to the provisions of regulation 46 every such plate shall be affixed to the vehicle to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.
4. All letters on any such plate must be 25 millimetres high, every part of every letter must be 5 millimetres broad and the total width of the space taken by every letter, except in the case of the letter I, must be 25 millimetres.
5. The figures shown upon the plate shall be the seating capacity as shown in the registration document in respect of the vehicle, and every such figure shall be 56 millimetres high and 38 millimetres broad.
6. Every such plate shall be exhibited on the front and on the back of the vehicle so that every letter and figure thereon is easily distinguishable, in the case of a plate placed on the front of the vehicle, from in front of the vehicle, and in the case of a placed on the back of the vehicle, from behind the vehicle.
7. No other figures or letters and no design, advertisement or ornamentation shall be placed near any such plate in such a manner as to be likely to render it more difficult to read or distinguish the words or figure thereon when the vehicle is in motion.
Cap 374A Sched 7 REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER AND POSITION ON VEHICLES OF OBLIGATORY REAR LAMPS
[regulation 103]
1
Description
of
vehicle
2
Number
of rear
lamps
3
Lateral position
of rear lamp
4
Longitudinal
position of
rear lamp
5.
Maximum height from ground of highest part of illuminated area of rear lamp
6.
Minimum height from ground of lowest part of illuminated area of rear lamp
7.
Varying or
additional
provisions
1.
(Repealed L.N. 258 of 1984)
1.1 metres
380 millimetres
2.
Motor cycles,
without sidecar
attached, and
invalid carriages
(L.N. 258 of 1984)
1
On centre line or off
side of vehicle
Not more than
500 millimetres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1.1 metres
380 millimetres
3.
Motor cycles,
with sidecar
attached and
motor tricycles
2
One lamp on centre
line or off side of
motor cycle; and one
lamp on centre line
or near side of
sidecar, no part of
the sidecar or its
equipment to extend
laterally on the near
side more than 400
millimetres beyond
the nearest part of
the illuminated area
of the lamp
Lamp on
motor cycle
not more than
500 millimetres
from extreme
rear of motor
cycle; lamp on
sidecar not
more than 760
millimetres
from extreme
rear of sidecar
2.4 metres
380 millimetres
4.
Buses
2
One lamp on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
illuminated area of
one lamp to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
illuminated area of
the other lamp, and
no part of the vehicle
or equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
lamp more than 600
millimetres from the
nearest part of the
illuminated area of
the lamp
Not more than
760 millimetres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1.1 metres
380 millimetres
5.
Heavy goods
vehicles, special
purpose vehicle
or goods-
carrying trailers
other than
engineering
plant
2
One lamp on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
illuminated area of
one lamp to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
illuminated area of
the other lamp, and
no part of the vehicle
or its equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
lamp more than 760
millimetres from the
nearest part of the
illuminated area of
the lamp
Not more than
1.1 metres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1. Height from ground of highest part of illuminated area of each lamp to be the same
2. In relation to a vehicle fitted with a movable platform, in determining the position of the rear lamps no account shall be taken of the special equipment of the vehicle
3. In relation to a vehicle being a mobile crane with a jib projecting to the rear of the vehicle, if an additional lamp showing to the rear a red light visible from a reasonable distance is carried not more than 300 millimetres from the rearmost point of the jib, column 4 shall have effect as though the jib were not part of the vehicle
4. In relation to a vehicle designed and constructed for carriage of round timber, if an additional lamp showing to the rear a red light visible from a reasonable distance is carried not more than 300 millimetres from the rearmost point of the vehicle, column 4 shall have effect as though '2.7 metres' were substituted for '1.1 metres'
5. In relation to a goods vehicle or a goods-carrying trailer specially designed and constructed for the primary purpose of moving excavated material and fitted with a tipping body, moving platform or other similar device for discharging its load, column 5 shall have effect as though '1.4 metres' were substituted for '1.1 metres'
6.
Trailers other than goods-carrying trailers
2
One lamp on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
illuminated area of
one lamp to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
illuminated area of
the other lamp and no
part of the vehicle or
its equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
lamp more than 760
millimetres from the
nearest part of the
illuminated area of
the lamp
Not more than
1.1 metres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1.5 metres
None
Height from ground of highest part of illuminated area of each lamp to be the same
7.
Private cars, taxis, light buses, goods vehicles other than heavy goods vehicles, and any other motor vehicles not included in any of the foregoing provisions of this Schedule (other than engineering plant and agricultural implements)
2
One lamp on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
vehicle or its
equipment to extend
laterally on the same
side as the lamp more
than 400 millimetres
from the nearest part
of the illuminated
area of the lamp
Not more than
760 millimetres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1.1 metres
380 millimetres
1. Height from ground of highest part of illuminated area of each lamp to be the same
2. In relation to a vehicle fitted with a movable platform, in determining the position of the rear lamps no account shall be taken of the special equipment of the vehicle
8.
Engineering
plant and
agricultural
implements,
not being
horse-drawn
vehicles or
pedestrian
controlled
vehicles
2
One lamp on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
vehicle or its
equipment to extend
laterally on the same
side as the lamp more
than 400 millimetres
from the nearest part
of the illuminated
area of the lamp
Not more than
1.4 metres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1.9 metres
None
If an additional lamp showing to the rear a red light visible from a reasonable distance is carried not more than 300 millimetres from the rearmost point of the vehicle and at a height of not more than 1.9 metres from the ground, column 4 shall have effect as though '2.7 metres' were substituted for '1.4 metres'
Cap 374A Sched 8 REQUIREMENTS AS TO THE NUMBER AND POSITION ON VEHICLES OF OBLIGATORY REFLECTORS
[regulation 106]
1
Description
of
vehicle
2
Number
of
reflectos
3
Lateral position
of reflector
4
Longitudinal
position of
reflector
5
Maximum
height
from
ground of
highest
part of
reflecting
area of
reflector
6.
Minimum
height from
ground of
lowest part
of reflecting
area of
reflector
7
Varying or
additional
provisions
1.
Cycles,
tricycles
and invalid
carriages
1
On centre line or off
side of cycle
Not more than 500
millimetres.from
the extreme rear
of the cycle
1.1
metres
380
millimetres
In relation to a
cycle having no
wheel of which
the outside
diameter
(including any
tyre when fully
inflated)exceeds
450 millimetres
column 6 shall
have effect as
though '300
millimetres'
were substituted
for '380
millimetres'
2.
Motor cycles
without
sidecar
attached
1
On centre line or off
side of vehicle
Not more than 500
millimetres from
extreme rear of
vehicle
1.1
metres
380
millimetres
Height from
ground of
highest part of
reflecting area
of each
reflector
to be the same
3.
Motorcycles,
with sidecar
attached and
motor
tricycles
2
One reflector on
centre line or off side
of motor cycle; and
one reflector on
centre line or near
side of sidecar, no
part of the sidecar or
its equipment to
extend laterally on
the near side more
than 400 millimetres
beyond the nearest
part of the reflecting
area of the reflector
Reflector on motor
cycle not.more
than
500 millimetres
from extreme rear
of motor cycle;
reflector on sidecar
not more than 760
millimetres from
extreme rear of
sidecar
1.1
metres
380
millimetres
Height from
ground of
highest part of
reflecting area
of each
reflector to be
the same
4.
Buses
2
One reflector on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
reflecting area of one
reflector to
be less than 530
millimetres from any
part of the reflecting
area of the other
reflector, and no part
of the vehicle or its
equipment to extend
laterally on the same
side as the reflector
more than 600
millimetres from the
nearest part of the
reflecting area of the
reflector
Not more than 760
millimetres from
extreme rear of
vehicle
2.4
metres
380
millimetres
Height from
ground of
highest part of
reflecting area
of each
reflector to be
the same
5.
Heavy goods
vehicles,
special
purpose
vehicles or
goods-
carrying
trailers,other
than
engineering
plant
2
One reflector on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
reflecting area of one
reflector to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
reflecting area of the
other reflector, and
no part of the vehicle
or its equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
reflector more than
400 millimetres from
the nearest part of
the reflecting area of
the reflector
Not more than
760 millimetres
from extreme rear
of vehicle
1.4
metres
380
millimetres
1. Height from
ground of
highest part of
reflecting area
of each reflector
to be the same
2. In relation to a
vehicle fitted
with a movable
platform, in
determining the
position of the
obligatory
reflectors no
account shall be
taken of the
special
equipment of
the vehicle
3. In relation to a
vehicle being a
mobile crane
with a jib
projecting to
the rear of the
vehicle, if an
additional lamp
showing to the
rear a red light
visible from a
reasonable
distance is
carried not more
than 300
millimetres
from the
rearmost point
of the jib,
column 4 shall
have effect as
though the jib
were not part of
the vehicle
4. In relation to a
vehicle designed
and constructed
for carriage of
round timber, if
an additional
lamp showing to
the rear a red
light visible
from a
reasonable
distance is
carried not more
than 300
millimetres from the
rearmost point
of the vehicle,
column 3 shall
have effect as
though '760
millimetres' were substituted
for '400
millimetres' and
column 4 shall
have effect as
though '2.7
metres' were
substituted for
'760
millimetres'
6.
Trailers
other
than goods-
carrying
trailers
2
One reflector on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
reflecting area of one
reflector to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
reflecting area of the
other reflector, and
no part of the vehicle
or its equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
reflector more than
400 millimetres from
the nearest part of
the reflecting area of
the reflector
Not more than 760
millimetres from
extreme rear of
vehicle
1.5
metres
None
Height from ground
of highest part of
reflecting area of
each reflector to be
the same
7.
Privatecars,
taxis, light
buses, goods
vehicles
other than
heavy goods
vehicles, and
any other
motor
vehicles not
included in
the
foregoing
provisions
of this
Schedule
(other than
engineering
plant and
agricultural
implements)
2
One reflector on each
side of longitudinal no
axis; no part of the
reflecting area of one
reflector, to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
reflecting area of the
other reflector, and
no part of the vehicle
or its equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
reflector more than
400 millimetres from
the nearest part of
the reflecting area of
the reflector
Not more than
760 millimetres
from extreme
rear of vehicle
1.1
metres
380
millimetres
1. Height from
ground of
highest part of
reflecting area
of each reflector
to be the same
2. In relation to a
vehicle fitted
with a movable
platform, in
determining the
position of the
obligatory
reflectors no
account shall be
taken of the
special
equipment of
the vehicle
8.
Engineering
plant and
agricultural
implements,not being
horse-drawn
vehicles or
pedestrian
controlled
vehicles
2
One reflector on each
side of longitudinal
axis; no part of the
reflecting area of one
reflector to be less
than 530 millimetres
from any part of the
reflecting area of the
other reflector, and
no part of the vehicle
or its equipment to
extend laterally on
the same side as the
reflector more than
400 millimetres from
the nearest part of
the reflecting area of the reflector
Not more than 1.4
metres from
extreme rear of
vehicle
1.5
metres
None
If an additional
lamp showing to
the rear a red light
visible from a
reasonable distance
is carried not more
than 300
millimetres from
the rearmost point
of the vehicle and
at a height of not
more than 1.5
metres from the
ground, column 4
shall have effect as
though '2.7
metres' were
substituted for '1.4
metres'
Cap 374A Sched 9 DIRECTION INDICATORS
[regulation 114]
PART I
1. Every direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in accordance with this Part shall be, when in operation, in the form of an illuminated sign of a minimum illuminated length of 150 millimetres and a maximum illuminated breadth not exceeding one-fourth of the illuminated length, and shall show either a steady or a flashing light.
2. Save as provided in paragraph 3 as respects additional indicators, every direction indicator shall be so designed and fitted that-
(a) it is not more than 1.8 metres behind the base of the windscreen; and
(b) when in operation-
(i) it temporarily alters the outline of the vehicle to the extent of at least 150 millimetres measured horizontally;
(ii) the outermost point of the direction indicator is at least 150 millimetres further from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle than is the outermost point of the driver's cab, or of the side of the body immediately behind the driver's seat;
(iii) the illuminated surface is visible at a reasonable distance both from the front and the rear of the vehicle; and
(iv) it remains steady:Provided that sub-paragraph (a) shall not apply in the case of a pillarless saloon car if the direction indicator is not situated behind the widest part of the body. For the purposes of this proviso a pillarless saloon car means a car which has an enclosed body and four doors and no vertical pillar between the doors on either side.
3. (1) An additional indicator may be fitted at the rear of any vehicle on any side to which there is fitted any indicator not being an additional indicator. Such additional indicator shall either-
(a) be in the form specified in paragraph 1 and shall, except when a trailer is being towed, be visible at a reasonable distance from any point to the rear of the vehicle; or
(b) comply with the requirements of paragraph 3(1) of Part II as respects indicators showing a flashing light to the rear.(2) An additional indicator may be fitted on the front of any side to which there is fitted an indicator not being an additional indicator. Such additional indicator shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 3(1), 4 and 5 of Part II as respects indicators showing a flashing light to the front.
4. Any direction indicator intended to indicate a right hand turn shall be fitted only to the right of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and one intended to indicate a left hand turn shall be fitted only to the left of that axis.
5. Every direction indicator shall be at a height of not more than 2.25 metres nor less than 430 millimetres above the level of the ground.
6. (1) The illuminated colour of every direction indicator shall-
(a) if it shows both to the front and to the rear, be amber;
(b) if it shows only to the front, be amber or white; and
(c) if it shows only to the rear, be amber or red.(2) The light emitted by every direction indicator shall be diffused by frosted glass or other adequate means.
7. Every direction indicator showing a flashing light shall when in operation show a light which flashes constantly at the rate of not less than 60 nor more than 120 flashes per minute, each flash being of such duration as to permit the light to achieve its full brightness and to be fully observable to the eye at a reasonable distance. The light shall begin to flash not later than one second after the operating switch of the indicator is operated and between each flash there shall be an interval observable to the eye.
8. The following requirements shall be complied with as respects the direction indicators on a vehicle-
(a) not less than one indicator on each side to which indicators are fitted shall be so designed and fitted that the driver when in this seat can readily be aware when it is in operation; or
(b) the vehicle shall be equipped with a device or devices so designed and fitted that, when the switch actuating the indicator or indicators on one side of the vehicle is operated, the device or devices shall-
(i) if and so long as every indicator not being an additional indicator fitted on that side of the vehicle is in operation, together with the indicator on that side of the trailer (if a trailer is towed), give a warning readily visible or audible to the driver when in his seat;
(ii) in any other case give no warning or warning different from that given if the conditions of sub-sub-paragraph (i) of this sub-paragraph are satisfied.
9. Every direction indicator shall be so fitted that when not in operation it will not be likely to mislead the driver of any other vehicle or any person controlling traffic.
10. Any reference in this Schedule to the side of a vehicle shall be taken to include that part of the front or the back of the vehicle which is on that side of the vehicle.
PART II
1. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3, every direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in accordance with this Part shall be in the form of a lamp which, when in operation, shows a flashing light visible at a reasonable distance from both the front and the rear of the vehicle.
2. Every such indicator shall be so designed and fitted that-
(a) it is not more than 1.8 metres behind the base of the windscreen;
(b) both the minimum illuminated area showing to the front and the minimum illuminated area showing to the rear shall-
(i) in the case of a vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which does not exceed 5.5 tonnes, or of a vehicle constructed or adapted solely for the carriage of not more than 7 passengers and their effects, be not less than 25 square centimetres in extent:
Provided in either case that the vehicle is not being used, except in a case of emergency, to tow a trailer other than one with less than 4 wheels or a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side;(ii) in any other case be not less than 80 square centimetres in extent.
3. (1) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (2), in lieu of a direction indicator in respect of which the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 are complied with, 2 indicators may be fitted to any side of a vehicle and shall be so designed and fitted that-
(a) when in operation one of the indicators on one side shall show a flashing light visible from a reasonable distance to the front of the vehicle and the other indicator on that side shall, except when a trailer is being towed, show a flashing light visible from a reasonable distance to the rear of the vehicle;
(b) every such indicator shall be so placed that the centre of its illuminated area is not more than 400 millimetres nearer to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle than is the outermost part of the vehicle which is comprised in the overall width of the vehicle on the side on which the indicator is placed; and
(c) the minimum illuminated area showing to the front or rear as the case may be shall be that prescribed in paragraph 2.(2) Whilst a vehicle is towing a trailer the preceding provisions of this paragraph shall have effect subject to the following modifications-
(a) there shall be carried on either side of the trailer an indicator so designed and fitted that when in operation it complies with the provisions of Part III or Part V; and
(b) it shall not be necessary for an indicator showing a flashing light to the rear to be carried on either side of the vehicle.This sub-paragraph shall not apply when the trailer is of a weight unladen not exceeding 100 kilograms, or is a broken down motor vehicle being towed in consequence of the breakdown.
4. (1) Save as provided in sub-paragraph (2), a direction indicator fitted in compliance with this Part and showing a flashing light to the front shall not be combined with nor obscure any lamp showing to the front a white light being a lamp required to be carried by or under any enactment.
(2) In the case of a vehicle on either side of which two direction indicators are fitted in accordance with paragraph 3 an indicator showing a flashing light to the front may be combined with an electric lamp showing a white light to the front being a lamp required to be carried by or under any enactment provided that-
(a) the power of the lamp does not exceed 7 watts; and
(b) the indicator is fitted with a separate electric circuit and either a separate electric bulb or a separate electric filament.
5. The total power of the bulb or bulbs illuminating any indicator carried in compliance with this Part shall be not less than 15 watts and not more than 36 watts.
6. Where a vehicle is equipped on any side with direction indicators in respect of which the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 are complied with, an additional indicator may be carried on the side at the rear of the vehicle provided that any such indicator complies with the provisions of paragraph 3 of Part I.
7. Every direction indicator shall be at a height of not more than 2.25 metres nor less than 430 millimetres above the level of the ground:
Provided that a direction indicator fitted to any side of a bus in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 may be fitted at a height of not more than 2.6 metres above the level of the ground if on the same side of the vehicle and at a height of not more than 1.9 metres above the level of the ground there is also fitted an additional direction indicator which complies with the provisions of paragraph 6.
8. The provisions of paragraphs 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 of Part I shall apply as respects direction indicators fitted in compliance with this Part as they apply as respects direction indicators fitted in compliance with that Part.
PART III
1. (1) In this Part and in the diagrams set out in Part IV-'inboard angle' (内侧角度),in relation to a direction indicator, means an angle, within which light from the indicator is visible, measured horizontally inwards from a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of the illuminated area of the indicator;
'outboard angle'(外侧角度), in relation to a direction indicator, means an angle, within which light from the indicator is visible, measured horizontally outwards from a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of the illuminated area of the indicator;
'blind angle'(盲角度), in relation to a direction indicator, means an angle, throughout which no light from the indicator need be visible, measured horizontally outwards from a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of the illuminated area of the indicator.
(2) In this Part the expressions 'front indicator' (前指示器), 'shoulder indicator'(肩指示器), 'side indicator'(侧指示器), 'flank indicator'(示廓器)and 'rear indicator'(后指示器)mean respectively a direction indicator to which diagram 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 set out in Part IV applies and which being of a kind mentioned in column 1 of the following Table is when fitted to a vehicle in the position indicated in column 3 of that Table in compliance with the provisions of this Part capable of being seen by an observer on the road standing in the position or, in turn, in each position in relation to that vehicle indicated in column 2 of that Table with an angle of visibility as indicated in column 4 of that Table-
TABLE
1Kind of
Direction
Indicator
2Observer's
Position in
relation to
the Vehicle
3Position on
Vehicle
4Angle of visibility required in relation to an axis parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of the direction indicator lamp.
Front
In Front
At Front
An outboard angle of visibility of 80 degrees to the front.
An inboard angle of visibility of 45 degrees to the front.
Shoulder
In Front and Alongside
On side
An outboard angle to the rear of 60 degrees of visibility, of which the inboard 10 degrees from the axis may be blind angle (no light). An outboard angle of visibility to the front of 45 degrees.
An inboard angle of visibility to the front of 10 degrees.
Side
In Front, Alongside
and in Rear
Side
An outboard angle of visibility to the front of 45 degrees and an inboard angle of visibility to the front of 5 degrees.
An outboard angle of visibility to the rear of 60 degrees and an inboard angle of visibility to the rear of 5 degrees.
Flank
Alongside
Side
An outboard angle of visibility to the rear of 60 degrees of which the inboard of 10 degrees from the axis may be blind (no light).
Rear
In Rear
Rear
An outboard angle of visibility of 80 degrees to the rear and an inboard angle of visibility to the rear of 45 degrees.Note: An illuminated area of at least 2 square centimetres must be visible throughout the angles of visibility, within a reasonable distance, for at least 15 degrees above and 15 degrees below the horizontal.
2. Every direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part shall be in the form of a lamp which, when in operation, shows a flashing amber light.
3. (1) On each side of a motor vehicle there shall be fitted either-
(a) a single rear indicator and a single front indicator;
(b) a single rear indicator and at least one shoulder indicator; or
(c) at least one side indicator.(2) A motor vehicle to which front indicators have been fitted in accordance with sub- paragraph (1) shall in addition have fitted on each side of the vehicle at least one flank indicator, if the distance between the nearest part of the illuminated area of the front indicator and the nearest part of the illuminated area of the rear indicator on either side of the vehicle exceeds 6 metres or if the motor vehicle is the towing vehicle forming part of an articulated vehicle.
(3) Where one or more flank indicators are fitted on each side of a motor vehicle in accordance with sub-paragraph (2) at least one shall be so fitted on that side that the distance between the foremost part of the motor vehicle which is comprised in the overall length of the vehicle and the rearmost part of the illuminated area of that indicator is not more than one third of the overall length of the motor vehicle or, where the motor vehicle is the towing vehicle forming part of an articulated vehicle, not more than one third of the overall length of the articulated vehicle.
(4) Where in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph more than one kind of direction indicator is required to be fitted on a side of a motor vehicle, it shall be a sufficient compliance with those provisions if the vehicle is fitted on that side with either one direction indicator which satisfies or with two or more direction indicators which together satisfy the requirements of paragraph 8 in relation to each kind of direction indicator with which that vehicle would otherwise be required to be fitted on that side.
4. In the case of a combination of a motor vehicle towing a trailer and in the case of an articulated vehicle, where that motor vehicle or the motor vehicle forming part of the articulated vehicle is fitted with direction indicators in compliance with this Part, the trailer shall be fitted on each side with a single rear indicator in compliance with this Part.
5. No motor vehicle towing a trailer, being a trailer to which is fitted on each side a rear indicator in compliance with this Part of this Schedule, need be fitted with any rear indicator under (a) or (b) of paragraph 3(1) if the motor vehicle forms part of an articulated vehicle.
6. (1) One or more additional indicators may be fitted on the side (excluding the front or rear) of any motor vehicle or trailer to which direction indicators have been fitted in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Part.
(2) The requirements of paragraph 13 as to the minimum total rated wattage of the bulb or bulbs illuminating any indicator shall not apply to an additional indicator.
7. Every direction indicator other than a flank indicator or an additional indicator shall be so designed and fitted to a vehicle that the minimum illuminated area showing to the front and the minimum illuminated area showing to the rear in accordance with the diagram relating to that indicator shall be-
(a) not less than 25 square centimetres in extent in the case of either a motor vehicle the permitted gross vehicle weight of which does not exceed 5.5 tonnes or a passenger vehicle adapted to carry not more than 16 passengers, if in either case the vehicle is not being used, except in a case of emergency, to tow a trailer other than one with less than 4 wheels or a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side; (89 of 1988 s. 9)
(b) not less than 25 square centimetres in extent in the case of a trailer which has less than 4 wheels or is a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side; and
(c) not less than 80 square centimetres in extent in any other case.
8. Every direction indicator of a kind to which a diagram in Part IV applies and which is fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part shall have an illuminated area of at least 2 square centimetres visible within a reasonable distance at any point between not less than 15 degrees above and not less than 15 degrees below the horizontal throughout at least each inboard angle and at least each outboard angle (excluding any blind angle not exceeding 10 degrees) shown in the diagram relating to that kind of indicator.
Provided that in the case of any indicator fitted to a motor vehicle towing one or more trailers the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be treated as being satisfied if the said illuminated area of the indicator would have been visible as aforesaid but for the presence of the trailer or trailers.
9. Every direction indicator shall be so placed that the outermost part of its illuminated area further from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle is not more than 400 millimetres nearer to that longitudinal axis than is the outermost part of the vehicle which is comprised in the overall width of the vehicle on the side on which the indicator is placed, except that in the case of a public service vehicle having combined rear and side entrances a nearside rear indicator may be so placed that the outermost part of its illuminated area furthest from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle is not more than 760 millimetres nearer to that longitudinal axis than is the said outermost part of the vehicle.
10. No part of the illuminated area of any direction indicator fitted to either side of a vehicle shall be less than 300 millimetres from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
11. (1) No part of the illuminated area of any direction indicator shall be at a height of more than 2.3 metres above the level of the ground; except that in the case of a public service vehicle to which are fitted rear indicators in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3, if no part of the illuminated area of each of the rear indicators is at a height of more than 2 metres above the level of the ground, then any shoulder indicator or flank indicator may be fitted to that vehicle so that no part of its illuminated area is at a height exceeding 2.6 metres above the level of the ground.
(2) No part of the illuminated area of a front indicator or a rear indicator shall be below a height of 380 millimetres above the level of the ground when the vehicle is unladen and no part of the illuminated area of any other indicator shall be below a height of 500 millimetres above the level of the ground when the vehicle is unladen.
12. A direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part shall be optically separated from any other lamp carried by the vehicle.
13. Except as provided in paragraph 6(2), the total rated wattage of the bulb or bulbs illuminating any direction indicator fitted to a vehicle in compliance with this Part shall be not less than 15 watts nor more than 36 watts and the rated wattage of each bulb shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or the metal cap thereof in a readily legible manner.
14. Any direction indicator intended to indicate a right hand turn shall be fitted only to the right of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and one intended to indicate a left hand turn shall be fitted only to the left of that axis.
15. Where more than one direction indicator is fitted on the same side of a motor vehicle, an articulated vehicle or a combination of vehicles comprising a motor vehicle and one or more trailers they shall be so designed and fitted that the light emitted by such indicators flashes at the same time.
16. The provisions of paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and 10 of Part I shall apply to direction indicators fitted in compliance with this Part of this Schedule as they apply to direction indicators fitted in compliance with that Part.
PART IV
DIAGRAMS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTION INDICATORS MENTIONED IN
PART III, PARAGRAPH 1
(Note: Positional requirements are set out in paragraphs 9, 10 and 11)
PART V
1. Every direction indicator fitted to a trailer shall comply with the provisions of this Part:
Provided that nothing in this Part shall apply to a broken down vehicle being towed in consequence of the breakdown.
2. Every direction indicator shall either-
(a) when in operation be in the form of an illuminated sign of a minimum illuminated length of 150 millimetres and a maximum illuminated breadth not exceeding one-fourth of the illuminated length, and shall show either a steady or a flashing light; or
(b) be such that-
(i) when in operation it shall show a flashing light;
(ii) the total power of the bulb or bulbs illuminating the indicator shall be not less than 15 watts and not more than 36 watts;
(iii) the minimum illuminated area shall be not less than 2 250 square millimetres in extent if the trailer to which it is fitted has less than 4 wheels or is a four-wheeled trailer having 2 close-coupled wheels on each side and not less than 7 740 square millimetres in extent in any other case; and
(iv) the centre of the illuminated area shall be not more than 400 millimetres nearer to the longitudinal axis of the trailer than is the outermost part of the trailer on the same side.
3. Every direction indicator shall, when in operation, be visible at a reasonable distance from any point to the rear of the trailer.
4. The provisions of paragraphs 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 of Part I shall apply to direction indicators fitted in compliance with this Part in the same manner as they apply to direction indicators fitted in compliance with that Part.
Cap 374A Sched 10 STOP LAMPS
[regulations 115 & 122]
PART I
Vehicles not required to be fitted with stop lamps
1. Any land implement, land tractor and pedestrian controlled vehicle.
2. Any motor vehicle-
(a) which it is at all times unlawful to drive at a speed exceeding 25 kilometres per hour; or
(b) which is incapable by reason of its construction of exceeding a speed of 25 kilometres per hour on the level under its own power.
3. Any trailer towed by a motor vehicle fitted with 2 stop lamps, the dimensions of the trailer being such that when the longitudinal axis of the trailer lies in the same vertical plane as the longitudinal axis of the towing vehicle both such stop lamps are visible to an observer in that vertical plane from a point 6 metres behind the rear of the trailer whether it is loaded or not.
4. Any trailer which is a broken down motor vehicle or which forms part of a broken down articulated vehicle.
5. In the case of a combination of two or more vehicles, being a motor vehicle towing a trailer, the vehicles in that combination other than the rearmost.
PART II
Requirements to be complied with by stop lamps fitted to motor vehicles and trailers
1. Every stop lamp fitted to a vehicle or trailer shall be fitted at the rear of the vehicle and not to the left of the centre thereof and when in operation shall show a red light:
Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the fitting of a duplicate stop lamp on the left or near side of the vehicle which (except when the stop lamp fitted on the right or off side of the vehicle is showing a flashing light as a direction indicator) comes into operation at the same time as the stop lamp fitted at the centre or on the right or off side of the vehicle.
2. Every light shown by a stop lamp shall be diffused by means of frosted glass or other adequate means and shall be a steady light.
3. Every stop lamp shall show a steady red light, when the braking system which operates the lamp is applied, visible to the rear of the vehicle at any point between at least 15 degrees above and 15 degrees below the horizontal throughout an angle of at least 45 degrees in the horizontal plane on each side of a line parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and passing through the centre of the illuminated area of the lamp.
4. The total rating of the filament illuminated in a stop lamp shall not be less than 15 watts nor more than 36 watts and the rated wattage of that filament shall be indelibly marked upon the glass or the metal cap of the filament lamp in a readily legible manner.
5. No part of the illuminated area of a stop lamp shall be less than 400 millimetres or more than 1500 millimetres above the level of the ground except that the said measurement of 1500 millimetres may be increased to 2100 millimetres, if it is not practicable by reason of the structure of the vehicle at its rear for the said measurement of 1500 millimetres to be complied with.
6. Every stop lamp fitted to a motor vehicle shall be operated by the application of a braking system designed to be used to bring the motor vehicle when in motion to a halt and when fitted to a trailer towed by a motor vehicle shall be operated by the application of such a system.
7. Where one stop lamp is fitted to a vehicle it shall be fitted at the rear of the vehicle and on or to the off side of the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle (disregarding, for the purpose of ascertaining such axis, any sidecar attached to a motor cycle).
8. In any case where 2 or more stop lamps are fitted to a vehicle-
(a) they shall be fitted at the rear of the vehicle;
(b) at least 2 shall be so designed that the light emitted thereby is emitted at the same time and shall be fitted to the vehicle so that they are-
(i) symmetrically positioned on each side of the vertical plane passing through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle;
(ii) at the same height from the ground; and
(iii) in such positions that no part of the illuminated area of one such lamp is nearer than 600 millimetres to any part of the illuminated area of the other such lamp;(c) the wiring required for the illumination of the lamps shall be so arranged that in the event of any failure of a bulb in one of the lamps the other lamp or lamps shall not thereby be extinguished.
9. Where a stop lamp fitted to a motor vehicle or to a trailer is capable of being operated on either of 2 levels of illumination, it shall be wired in such a way that, when the obligatory front and obligatory rear lamps of the motor vehicle on which the stop lamp is fitted, or of the motor vehicle which is towing the trailer on which the stop lamp is fitted, are switched off, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the higher level of illumination, and when the obligatory front and obligatory rear lamps of the motor vehicle are switched on, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the lower level of illumination, so, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not preclude each stop lamp and the obligatory front and obligatory rear lamps of the motor vehicle being wired in such a way that, when such obligatory lamps are switched on and any front fog lamp on that motor vehicle is switched on, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the higher level of illumination, and when such obligatory lamps are switched on but no front fog lamp is switched on, the stop lamp when operated is lit at the lower level of illumination:
Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall apply to a stop lamp on a trailer which is being towed by a motor vehicle which is not required to be fitted with stop lamps.
Cap 374A Sched 11
[regulations 2, 119 & 120]
PART I
SIZE, COLOUR AND TYPE OF REAR MARKING
NOTE : The height of each half of the marking shown in diagram 3 may be reduced to a minimum of 140 mm. provided the width is increased so that each half of the marking has a minimum area of 250 square centimetres.
DIAGRAM 4
PART II
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO FORM OF REAR MARKINGS
1. Any variation in a dimension (other than as to the height of a letter or character ) specified in any of the diagrams in Part I of this Schedule shall be treated as permitted for the purposes of these regulations if the variation-
(a) in the case of a dimension so specified as 275 mm or as over 275 mm does not exceed 21/2% of that dimension;
(b) in the case of a dimension so specified as 16 mm or as over 16 mm but as under 275 mm, does not exceed 5% of that dimension; or
(c) in the case of a dimension so specified as under 16 mm, does not exceed 10% of that dimension.
2. Any variation in a dimension as to the height of a letter or character specified in any of the said diagrams shall be treated as permitted for the purposes of these regulations if the variation-
(a) in the case of a dimension so specified as 94 mm or as 141 mm, does not exceed 21/2% of that dimension; or
(b) in the case of a dimension so specified as 75 mm or as 113 mm, does not exceed 5% of that dimension.
3. Any variation in a dimension as to the angle of hatching specified in any of the said diagrams shall be treated as permitted for the purposes of these regulations if the variation does not exceed 5 degrees.
4. Every rear marking shall be illuminated by the use of red fluorescent material in the stippled areas shown in any of the said diagrams and by the use of yellow reflex-reflecting material in any of the areas so shown, being areas not stippled and not constituting a letter.
5. Every rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 1 or 4 in Part I shall be constructed in the form of a single plate, and every rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part I shall be constructed in the form of 2 plates of equal size and shape, and every such plate shall comply with any requirements laid down by the Commissioner.
6. The letters forming the words 'Long Vehicle' and the characters “长车” on any rear marking shall be coloured black.
PART III
PROVISIONS AS TO POSITION ON VEHICLE, MAINTENANCE, ETC.
OF REAR MARKINGS
1. A rear marking shall be fitted at the rear of the vehicle.
2. A rear marking shall be securely attached to the vehicle so that no part of the marking projects beyond the outermost part of the vehicle on either side.
3. The lower edge of every rear marking shall be horizontal and at a height of not more than 1 700 mm nor less than 400 mm above the ground, whether the vehicle is laden or unladen, and in the case of the rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part I the lower edge of each half of the marking shall be at the same height above the ground.
4. Every part of a rear marking shall lie within 20 degrees of a transverse vertical plane at right angles to the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle so that-
(a) in the case of the rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 1 or 4 in Part I, the vertical centre line of the marking lies on that vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and
(b) in the case of the rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part I, each half of the marking lies in the same vertical plane and the innermost vertical edges of each half of the marking are equidistant from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
5. A rear marking of the type shown in Diagram 2, 3 or 5 in Part I shall lie so that each half of the marking is as near as is practicable to the outermost edge of the vehicle on the side thereof on which it is fitted.
6. Every rear marking shall be so fitted that every part thereof is clearly visible to other persons using the road within a reasonable distance to the rear of the vehicle at all times, except while the vehicle is being loaded or unloaded if the vehicle is so constructed at the rear that it is impracticable for the marking to be so fitted, without undue expense or risk of damage to the marking.
7. Every rear marking shall be maintained in a clean and efficient condition while the vehicle is on a road.
Cap 374A Sched 12
[regulation 122]
PART I
PROVISIONS OF THE ROAD TRAFFIC (CONSTRUCTION AND USE)
REGULATIONS WHICH CORRESPOND WITH REGULATIONS 12, 16, 17, 20, 26, 28, 29,
65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 76, 77, 115 AND THE TENTH SCHEDULE
14. Brakes
(1) Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with an efficient braking system or efficient braking systems, in either case having two means of operation, so designed and constructed that notwithstanding the failure of any part (other than a fixed member or a brake shoe anchor pin), through or by means of which the force necessary to apply the brakes is transmitted, there shall still remain available for application by the driver brakes sufficient under the most adverse conditions, to bring the vehicle to rest within a reasonable distance:
Provided that-
(a) in the event of failure as aforesaid it shall not be necessary for brakes to be available for application by the driver in the case of a vehicle the weight unladen of which does not exceed 1 ton and having less than 4 wheels, to more than 1 wheel;
(b) this paragraph shall not apply to invalid carriages.(2) In the case of a motor vehicle having more than 3 wheels, at least one means of operation shall be capable of causing brakes to be applied to all the wheels of the vehicle:
Provided that-
(a) in the case of an articulated vehicle it shall be deemed sufficient compliance with this paragraph if the rearmost wheels are equipped with brakes capable of being applied by some other means of operation;
(b) in the case of a vehicle having more than 2 steering wheels only half the number of steering wheels shall be counted in all the wheels of the vehicle.(3) The application of one means of operation shall not affect or operate the pedal or hand lever of the other means of operation.
(4) No braking system shall be rendered ineffective by the non-rotation of the engine.
(5) All the brakes of a motor vehicle which are operated by one means of operation shall be capable of being applied by direct mechanical action without the intervention of any hydraulic, electric or pneumatic device.
(6) One at least of the means of operation required by this regulation shall be capable of causing brakes to be applied directly and not through the transmission gear to not less than half the number of wheels of the vehicle:
Provided that where a motor vehicle has more than 4 wheels and the drive is transmitted to all wheels other than the steering wheels without interposition of a differential driving gear or similar mechanism between the axles carrying the driving wheels it shall be deemed to be sufficient compliance with this paragraph if the brakes applied by one means of operation act directly on 2 driving wheels on opposite sides of the vehicle and the brakes applied by the other means of operation act directly on all other driving wheels.
(7) For the purpose of this regulation every moving shaft to which any part of the braking system or any means of operation thereof is connected or by which it is supported shall be deemed to be part of that system.
(8) Every motor vehicle shall be equipped with a braking system (which may be one of the systems required by this regulation) so designed and constructed that it can at all times be set so as to prevent two at least, or in the case of a vehicle with only 3 wheels, one of the wheels from revolving when the vehicle is not being driven or is left unattended:
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to-
(a) motor cycles with or without side-cars attached; or
(b) invalid carriages.(9) Every motor vehicle which is fitted with a servo braking system which embodies a vacuum of pressure reservoir or reservoirs shall be provided with a warning device so placed as to be readily visible to the driver of the vehicle when in the driving seat in order to indicate any impending failure or deficiency in the vacuum or pressure system.
16. Wheels
(1) Every motor vehicle and every trailer shall be so constructed that the entire weight of the vehicle and of the trailer, if any, is transmitted to the road surface by wheels or by tracks, or by a combination of wheels and tracks:
Provided that-
(a) in the case of a track laying vehicle the parts of the track which come into contact with the road surface shall be flat and have a minimum width of half an inch. The total area of each track actually in contact with the road surface at any one time shall not be less than 36 square inches in respect of each ton of the weight unladen;
(b) a track laying motor tractor shall not draw any trailer.(2) Every wheel of a motor vehicle other than a road roller and every wheel on a trailer when the trailer is being drawn on a road other than a trailer used solely on road repair work shall be equipped with pneumatic tyres of suitable size and design:
Provided that-
(a) this regulation shall not apply to the following motor vehicles or trailers if they are equipped with tyres of soft or elastic material of a design and type approved by the Commissioner on every wheel-
(i) a motor tractor;
(ii) a motor vehicle designed for use in works or on private premises and used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or premises to another or to works or premises in the immediate neighbourhood; and(b) the Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of a motor vehicle in contravention of this regulation.(3) All wheels of a motor vehicle or trailer which are equipped with tyres other than pneumatic tyres shall have a rim diameter of not less than 26 2/5 inches:
Provided that this regulation shall not apply to-
(a) any motor vehicle or trailer not exceeding 30 cwt. in weight unladen designed for use in works or on private premises and used on a road only in passing from one part of the works or premises to another or to works or premises in the immediate neighbourhood;
(b) any mobile crane.(4) Every wheel of a vehicle shall be truly circular accurately centred on its axle and fitted to work thereon without oscillation or side play.
18. Driver's accommodation
Every motor vehicle shall be so designed and constructed that thedriver-
(a) has adequate room and can easily reach and quickly operate the controls;
(b) while controlling the vehicle can at all times have a full view of the road and traffic ahead of the motor vehicle.
19. Placing of driver's seat
The driver's seat of every vehicle shall be so placed as to permit him to give by hand the usual traffic signals on the right or off side of the vehicle:
Provided that the Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of a motor vehicle which does not comply with this regulation.
21. Safety glass
(1) The glass of all windscreens and windows on the outside of every motor vehicle shall be safety glass of such transparency that it does not obscure the view of the interior of the vehicle.
(2) No alteration or addition shall be made to the windscreens and windows referred to in paragraph (1) whereby the reflecting effect of the glass is increased.
22. Windscreen wiper
Two efficient automatic windscreen wipers shall be fitted to the windscreen of every motor vehicle unless the motor vehicle is so constructed that either-
(a) the driver, by opening the windscreen or otherwise, can obtain an adequate view to the front of the vehicle without looking through the windscreen; or
(b) the driver can obtain an adequate view to the front of the vehicle even though the vehicle is fitted with only one windscreen wiper.
25. Stop lights
(1) Not less than 2 stop lights shall be fitted at the back of-
(a) every motor vehicle except a motor cycle; and
(b) every trailer which is being towed by a motor vehicle.(2) Not less than 1 stop light shall be fitted at the back of every motor cycle.
(3) Every stop light shall be fitted so that the centre thereof is at a height not exceeding 5 feet from the ground.
(4) If 2 or more stop lights are fitted at the back of a vehicle-
(a) 1 stop light shall be situated on the near side of the back of the vehicle; and
(b) a second stop light shall be situated on the off side of the back of the vehicle, so that-
(i) no part of the vehicle extends laterally more than 12 inches beyond the centres of the stop lights referred to in subparagraphs (a) and (b); and
(ii) both the stop lights referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) are equidistant from the centre of the back of the vehicle.(5) When in operation every stop light shall show a steady red or amber light.
(6) Every light shown by a stop light shall be diffused by means of frosted glass or any other adequate method.
(7) No person shall use a motor vehicle unless every stop light required under this regulation to be fitted to it and to any trailer being towed by it is in good working order.
39. Turning circle
(1) Every omnibus shall be so constructed as to be capable of turning in either direction in a circle not exceeding in diameter 66 feet. For the purpose of this regulation such diameter shall be determined by reference to the extreme outer edge of the wheel track at ground level:
Provided that the Commissioner by permit in writing, subject to such terms and conditions and for such period as appears to him fit, may authorize the use of an omnibus with a turning circle exceeding 66 feet but not exceeding 76 feet, if the omnibus has a swept circle not exceeding 80 feet in diameter.
(2) In this regulation, the expression 'swept circle' (扫掠圆圈) means the circle traced at ground level by a vertical line passing through any part of the omnibus included in the overall length and overall width of the omnibus.
56. Steps
(1) In every omnibus and every light bus-
(a) the top of the tread of the lowest step for any entrance or exit (other than an emergency exit) shall not be more than 17 inches or less than 10 inches above the ground when the vehicle is empty;
(b) all steps shall be fitted with non-slip treads; and
(c) fixed steps shall in no case project laterally beyond the body of the vehicle, unless they are so protected by the front wings or otherwise that they are not liable to injure pedestrians.(2) In every omnibus-
(a) the tread of each step shall be not less than 9 inches deep; and
(b) risers shall be not more than 11 inches in height.
57. Steps in case of double-decked omnibuses
In the case of a double-decked omnibus-
(a) the risers of all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be closed and no unguarded aperture shall be left at the top landing board;
(b) all steps leading from the lower to the upper deck shall be fitted with non-slip treads;
(c) the horizontal distance from the nearest point of the riser of the top step to the vertical line passing through the nearest point of the seat opposite to the top tread of the staircase, excluding any grab rail which does not project more than 3 inches from the back of the seat, shall not be less than 26 inches;
(d) the outer stringer of an outside staircase shall be so constructed, or a band so placed, as to act as a screen to persons ascending or descending, and the height of the outer guard rail shall not be less than 3 feet 3 inches above the front of the tread of each step.
58. Number and position of entrances and exits
(1) On a single-decked omnibus and on the lower deck of every double-decked omnibus, either-
(a) the deck of the vehicle shall communicate with the rear platform by means of a doorless opening and the exit from the platform to the near side of the vehicle shall be continuous with the exit to the rear of the vehicle; or
(b) there shall be not less than 2 exits (one of which may be an emergency exit) which shall not both be situated on the same side of the vehicle.(2) On a light bus there shall be either-
(a) not less than 2 exits (one of which may be an emergency exit) which shall-
(i) not both be situated on the same side of the vehicle; and
(ii) be situated to the rear of the driver's seat; or(b) one exit in the back of the vehicle.(3) If there is access to the upper deck of an omnibus by means of an enclosed staircase, an emergency exit shall be provided on the upper deck which-
(a) need not be provided with a staircase; and
(b) shall not be on the near side of the omnibus.
59. Width of entrances and exits
Every entrance and exit of an omnibus shall be at least 21 inches in width:
Provided that-
(a) where in accordance with proviso (a) to regulation 58(1) one exit only is provided, the width of such exit measured along the rear of the vehicle need not exceed 18 inches if the width of the exit to the side of the vehicle complies with the preceding provisions of this regulation;
(b) the size of an emergency exit from the upper deck of an omnibus shall not be less than 4 feet by 2 feet;
(c) where the same entrance is used for both the upper and the lower deck of an omnibus no part of the entrance exclusive of a stanchion measured along the near side of the vehicle shall be less than 36 inches in width.
59A. Width of entrances on light buses
(1) Every entrance and every exit of a light bus shall, subject to paragraph (2), be not less than 21 inches wide.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Commissioner may permit in writing the use of a light bus the entrances or exits of which are less than 21 inches wide.
60. Doors
(1) Every entrance and exit door of an omnibus and of a light bus shall be capable of being opened by one operation of the locking mechanism:
Provided that for the purpose of securing the vehicle when unattended it shall be permissible to fit to any entrance or exit door a supplementary lock with or without a detachable actuating mechanism if such lock is so designed and constructed that the door can at all times be opened by a person inside the vehicle by one operation of the ordinary locking mechanism.
(2) Door handles or levers to door catches shall be recessed or so designed and fitted that they are not liable to be dislodged or to be operated accidentally. Where any entrances are provided with doors which are intended to remain open when the vehicle is in motion suitable fastenings shall be provided to hold such doors securely open.
(3) A grab handle shall be fitted to each entrance or exit other than an emergency exit to assist passengers in boarding or alighting from the omnibus or light bus.
(4) All doors including those of emergency exits shall be so designed as to be readily opened in case of need from both the inside and the outside of the omnibus or light bus.
(5) All doors shall open so as not to obstruct clear access to any mentrance or exit either from inside or from outside the omnibus or light bus.
61. Emergency exit
(1) The means of operation of all emergency exits of-
(a) an omnibus; and
(b) a light bus,
shall be clearly indicated in English and in Chinese characters.(2) All emergency exits shall-
(a) be clearly marked as such in English and in Chinese characters;
(b) be designed to open outwards;
(c) be easily accessible to the passengers; and
(d) be connected with any gangway by a passage which shall not be of less dimensions than those prescribed in regulation 63(1) for a gangway, and shall be so designed that a vertical line projected upwards at any point from the centre line of the passage at floor level is laterally not less than 6 inches from any part of the vehicle in the case of-
(i) an omnibus to a height of 4 feet 6 inches; and
(ii) a light bus to a height of 4 feet.(3) The actuating mechanism of all emergency exits other than those fitted to an upper deck of an omnibus shall be easily accessible to persons of normal height standing on ground level outside the omnibus.
(4) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(d) a seat on the upper deck of an omnibus placed below or in front of an emergency exit, shall be deemed to form part of the passage.
62. Access to exits
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), there shall be unobstructed access from every seat on-
(a) an omnibus; and
(b) a light bus,to at least 2 exits from the vehicle or to 1 exit if only 1 exit is required by these regulations.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any seats that are alongside the driver if there is access to them by an entrance other than the driver's entrance.
(3) Direct access shall be provided to the driver's seat either-
(a) from the off side of the vehicle; or
(b) by means of a passage which shall not be of less dimensions than those prescribed in regulation 63(1) for a gangway.(4) No seat in an omnibus or light bus shall be fitted to a door so that when the seat is in position for use it obstructs any passage to an exit or gangway required by these regulations.
63. Width of gangways
(1) The width of every gangway in an omnibus or light bus shall be not less than 1 foot up to a height of 2 feet 6 inches from the floor level and above that height not less than 1 foot 2 inches and shall be so designed that a vertical line projected upwards from the centre line of any gangway at floor level shall, to the height prescribed in regulation 64 as the height of that gangway be laterally not less than 6 inches from any part of the omnibus or light bus other than the roof over the gangway.
(2) No part of any gangway which serves as a joint means of access from any entrance to both the upper and lower deck of an omnibus shall be less than 36 inches in width.
(3) For the purposes of this regulation when any space in front of a seat is required for the accommodation of seated passengers the space within 9 inches of the seat shall not be taken into account in measuring the width of a gangway.
64. Height of gangways
(1) The clear height at every point along the centre line of any gangway between the limits specified in paragraph (3) shall be as follows-
(a) in the case of a single-decked omnibus not less than 5 feet 8 inches;
(b) in the case of a double-decked omnibus not less than 5 feet 8 inches on both decks; and
(c) in the case of a light bus not less than 4 feet 6 inches.(2) The clear height at every point along the centre line of any gangway shall, outside the limits specified in paragraph (3), be not less than 4 inches lower than the clear height prescribed in paragraph (1).
(3) The limits referred to in paragraph (1) extend from the front edge of the foremost passenger seat adjacent to the gangway to the front edge of the rearmost passenger seat adjacent to the gangway.
65. Seats
(1) The supports of all seats in an omnibus and in a light bus shall be firmly fixed in position and at least 15 inches measured in a straight line along the back of each seat shall be allowed for each passenger.
(2) Every seat in an omnibus and in a light bus shall have a back rest so closed or otherwise constructed as to prevent as far as possible the pockets of passenger being picked.
(3) No part of the back rest of any seat placed lengthwise in an omnibus or light bus shall be less than 54 inches from the corresponding part of the back rest of the seat facing it.
(4) In an omnibus and in a light bus transverse seats shall be so fitted that-
(a) there is clear space of at least 26 inches in front of the whole length of the top of the back rest of every seat, any handles or grips which do not project more than 4 inches from the back rest being disregarded when measuring the clear space herein referred to; and
(b) there is a clear space of at least 19 inches between any part of the front edge of a seat and any part of any other seat which faces it.(5) All passenger seats on omnibuses and light buses shall provide an adequate degree of comfort with suitable seats and seat backs.
(6) Seats over a wheel arch shall not be placed in such a position as to cause discomfort to passengers in an omnibus or light bus.
(7) If any transverse seat on an omnibus is so placed that a passenger seated upon it is liable to be thrown forward through an entrance or down a stairway an effective screen or guard shall be placed so as to provide protection for any passenger occupying the seat.
(8) No part of any seat on the left hand side of the driver of an omnibus or light bus shall be in front of a line passing through the front edge of the driver's seat at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and any seat on the left of the driver's seat and in line with it must face forward.
66. Step wells
The shortest distance between the edge of any step well and a vertical plane passing through the front edge of a seat of an omnibus shall not be less than 9 inches.
67. Safety glass
All glass used in the construction of-
(a) an omnibus; and
(b) a light bus,shall be safety glass.
68. Side windows
In the case of a single-decked omnibus with a permanent top or the lower deck of a double-decked vehicle the side windows, when open, shall be adequately guarded to a height of 39 inches from the floor.
71. Driver's accommodation
(1) Every omnibus and light bus shall be-
(a) so designed that the driver has adequate room and can easily reach and quickly operate the controls;
(b) so constructed and maintained that the accommodation for the driver is weather-proof; and
(c) provided with means to prevent light from the interior of the vehicle from incommoding the driver.(2) (Repealed L.N. 95 of 1969)
(3) The accommodation for the driver of an omnibus shall be divided off by means of a partition behind the driver's seat extending upwards not less than 30 inches from the floor level, and by a continuation of the partition, or guard rails on the left of the driver not less than 18 inches from the centre of the steering wheel at any point.
72. Steering pillar
The steering pillar of an omnibus shall be on the right or off side of the vehicle and the driver's seat shall be so placed as to permit him to give by hand the usual traffic signals, on the off side of the vehicle.
73. Driver's seat
(1) There shall not be any seat, gangway or passage on the right hand side of the driver's seat in an omnibus or a light bus.
(2) The driver's seat of an omnibus and a light bus shall be capable of being adjusted in relation to the steering wheel of the vehicle so that it can be moved from 12 inches to at least 16 inches from the steering wheel measured from the nearest point on the periphery of the steering wheel to the nearest part of the back of the driver's seat.
(3) In an omnibus and a light bus the centre of the driver's seat shall not be offset more than 4 inches in relation to the centre of the steering wheel and adequate comfort shall be provided for the driver.
(4) In an omnibus the driver's seat shall be adequately protected by guard rails or a partition providing adequate room for the driver and being not less than 18 inches from the centre of the steering wheel at any point.
(5) Where passengers are carried on an omnibus on the left-hand side of the driver a space of at least 18 inches from the centre of the steering column to the left thereof shall be reserved for the driver, to be divided off from such passengers by means of a solid partition at least 9 inches high from seat level and extending for the whole depth of the seat.
(6) In every light bus the driver's seat shall be adequately protected by a guardrail which-
(a) is situated to the left of the driver's seat;
(b) provides adequate room for the driver; and
(c) is at any point not less than 15 inches from the centre of the steering wheel.
PART II
PROVISIONS OF THE ROAD TRAFFIC (PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES)
REGULATIONS
WHICH CORRESPOND WITH REGULATIONS 41, 42, 43 and 44
(In these regulations 'Authority'(主管当局)means the Commissioner for Transport.)
17. Taximeter
(1) Every taxi shall be fitted with a taximeter of a design and construction approved by the Authority and which in every respect complies with the provisions of these regulations.
(2) Every taximeter shall be fitted to the taxi in such position and in such manner as may be approved by the Authority.
(3) No taximeter shall be fitted to a taxi without the prior approval of the Authority.
(4) If the registered owner of a taxi removes the taximeter from a taxi or ceases to use the taximeter, he shall notify the Authority within 24 hours of such removal or cessation.
18. Construction of taximeter
(1) Every taximeter shall be so constructed that it may be effectually sealed to the satisfaction of the Authority.
(2) Every taximeter shall be provided with an indicator (hereinafter
referred to as the 'flag') of a size not less than 2 inches by 1 inch showing the words 'for hire' or the word 'taxi'.
(3) Every taximeter shall be so constructed that the flag can be placed in any one of the following positions-
(a) the flag is raised in such manner that it is clearly visible by any person standing in front of a taxi at a distance of not more than 20 yards and, at all times during which the lights of the taxi are required to be illuminated, the flag is adequately illuminated and the mechanism of the taximeter is not in motion;
(b) the flag is lowered to the recording position in such manner that it is not visible outside the taxi and the mechanism of the taximeter is in motion; and
(c) the flag is placed in the non-recording position in such manner that it is not visible outside the taxi and the mechanism of the taximeter is not in motion.
19. Sealing and testing of taximeters
(1) Every taximeter shall be-
(a) tested by the Authority before it is fitted to a taxi and at intervals of not more than 6 months thereafter; and
(b) stamped and sealed by the Authority after every such test.(2) The registered owner of every taxi shall cause the taxi to be made available at such place and time as the Authority may from time to time require for the purpose of inspecting, testing and regulating the taximeter fitted therein.
20. Lighting of taximeter
(1) Every taxi shall be provided with a lamp so placed on the taximeter as to render the readings on the dial of the taximeter easily legible at all times of the day and night and such lamp shall be maintained in proper working order and condition.
(2) The driver shall keep such lamp properly lit through any part of a hiring which is during such time as the lights on the taxi are required to be illuminated and shall light such lamp during a hiring at any other time at the request of a hirer so as to enable the hirer to read the dial of the taximeter.
Cap 374A Sched 13 SIGNS ON PRIVATE LIGHT BUSES CARRYING STUDENTS, ETC.
[regulation 51]
(L.N. 225 of 1987)
Cap 374A Sched 14 SIGNBOARD ON BUSES CARRYING STUDENTS
[regulation 78B]
( L.N. 96 of 1997; L.N. 147 of 1997)
Cap 374A Sched 15
[regulation 73(1A)]
PART 1
SEATS AND THEIR ANCHORAGES FOR PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES
REGISTERED ON OR AFTER SPECIFIED DATE
1. ECE Regulation No. 80 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated 25 May 1989 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 79) including all revisions for seats of large passenger vehicles and of these vehicles with regard to the strength of the seats and their anchorages made before the date this section comes into operation.
2. ECE Regulation No. 17 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated 14 August 1970 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 16) including all revisions for vehicles with regard to the seats, their anchorages and any head restraints made before the date this section comes into operation; and ECE Regulation No. 21 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated 2 June 1971 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 20) including all revisions for vehicles with regard to their interior fittings made before the date this section comes into operation.
3. Directive 74/408/EEC issued by the European Economic Community dated 22 July 1974 including all revisions for motor vehicles with regard to the seats, their anchorages and head restraints made before the date this section comes into operation.
4. (a) Technical Standard for Seats and Seat Anchorages and Type Approval Test Procedures (TRIAS) 35-1975; and
(b) Technical Standard for Seatback Impact Absorption and Type Approval Test Procedures (TRIAS) 36-1975,
made by the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport of Japan for motor vehicle with a passenger capacity of 11 or less in Circular of Jisha No. 899 of 1 October 1983 and Circular of Kinshin No. 453 of 24 August 1971 including all revisions of those standards and test procedures made before the date this section comes into operation.5. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 201 of Federal Regulations Vol. 36 No. 232 of USA dated 2 December 1971 including all revisions for occupant protection in interior impact made before the date this section comes into operation; and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 207 of Federal Regulations Vol. 36 No. 232 of USA dated 2 December 1971 including all revisions for seating systems made before the date this section comes into operation.
6. Australian Design Rule 68/00 approved in Motor Vehicles Standards Determination No. 3 of 1992 (Australia) including all revisions for occupant protection in buses made before the date this section comes into operation.
PART 2
HEAD RESTRAINTS FOR PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES
REGISTERED ON OR AFTER SPECIFIED DATE
1. ECE Regulation No. 25 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated 30 December 1971 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 24) including all revisions for head restraints (headrests), whether or not incorporated in vehicle seats, made before the date this section comes into operation.
2. ECE Regulation No. 17 made by the Economic Commission for Europe dated 14 August 1970 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev. 1/Add. 16) including all revisions for vehicles with regard to the seats, their anchorages and any head restraints made before the date this section comes into operation.
3. Directive 78/932/EEC issued by the European Economic Community dated 20 November 1978 including all revisions for head restraints of seats of motor vehicles made before the date this section comes into operation.
4. Directive 74/408/EEC issued by the European Economic Community dated 22 July 1974 including all revisions for motor vehicles with regard to the seats, their anchorages and head restraints made before the date this section comes into operation.
5. Technical Standard for Head Restraints and Type Approval Test Procedures (TRIAS) 32-1983 made by the Minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport of Japan for driver's seat and front seat beside the driver’s seat of a motor vehicle with a passenger capacity of 11 or less in Circular of Jisha No. 899 of 1 October 1983 and Circular of Kinshin No. 453 of 24 August 1971 including all revisions of that standard and test procedures made before the date this section comes into operation.
6. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 202 of Federal Regulations Vol. 36 No. 232 of USA dated 2 December 1971 including all revisions for head restraints made before the date this section comes into operation.
7. Australian Design Rule 22/00 approved in Road Vehicle (National Standards) Determination No. 2 of 1995 (Australia) including all revisions for head restraints made before the date this section comes into operation.
(Schedule 15 added L.N. 147 of 2002)